SolidWorks complete guide for CAD and 3D modeling | Nicolas Forgue | Skillshare

Playback Speed


1.0x


  • 0.5x
  • 0.75x
  • 1x (Normal)
  • 1.25x
  • 1.5x
  • 1.75x
  • 2x

SolidWorks complete guide for CAD and 3D modeling

teacher avatar Nicolas Forgue, Welcome awesome students !

Watch this class and thousands more

Get unlimited access to every class
Taught by industry leaders & working professionals
Topics include illustration, design, photography, and more

Watch this class and thousands more

Get unlimited access to every class
Taught by industry leaders & working professionals
Topics include illustration, design, photography, and more

Lessons in This Class

    • 1.

      Introduction

      3:03

    • 2.

      Download software

      4:03

    • 3.

      Start with dashboard

      5:52

    • 4.

      Edit toolbars

      7:27

    • 5.

      Edit styles

      5:57

    • 6.

      Master navigation

      6:49

    • 7.

      Document properties

      6:52

    • 8.

      Start with sketches

      10:11

    • 9.

      Create rectangles

      9:26

    • 10.

      Create circles

      7:08

    • 11.

      Create polygons

      4:49

    • 12.

      Create ellipses

      9:24

    • 13.

      Create lines

      10:29

    • 14.

      Create slots

      7:55

    • 15.

      Create curves

      6:58

    • 16.

      Create arcs

      6:47

    • 17.

      Create points

      5:20

    • 18.

      Trim sketches

      7:15

    • 19.

      Offset sketches

      6:25

    • 20.

      Convert sketches

      8:48

    • 21.

      Mirror sketches

      8:20

    • 22.

      Scale sketches

      5:04

    • 23.

      Move sketches

      5:42

    • 24.

      Stretch sketches

      6:04

    • 25.

      Rotate sketches

      8:23

    • 26.

      Copy sketches

      5:38

    • 27.

      Master constraints part 1

      9:53

    • 28.

      Master constraints part 2

      9:28

    • 29.

      Master dimensions part 1

      12:07

    • 30.

      Master dimensions part 2

      6:40

    • 31.

      Master linear patterns with sketches

      10:07

    • 32.

      Master circular patterns with sketches

      10:12

    • 33.

      Create extrusions

      9:52

    • 34.

      Create revolutions

      10:06

    • 35.

      Create lofts

      10:36

    • 36.

      Create swepts

      7:15

    • 37.

      Create boundaries

      9:28

    • 38.

      Create cut extrusions

      7:22

    • 39.

      Create cut revolutions

      5:11

    • 40.

      Create cut lofts

      6:01

    • 41.

      Create cut swepts

      6:28

    • 42.

      Create cut boundaries

      5:02

    • 43.

      Create fillets

      8:08

    • 44.

      Create chamfers

      8:20

    • 45.

      Create drafts

      4:35

    • 46.

      Create threads

      8:08

    • 47.

      Create mirrors

      7:04

    • 48.

      Create shells

      4:18

    • 49.

      Create ribs

      5:02

    • 50.

      Create thicknesses

      7:17

    • 51.

      Create domes

      6:47

    • 52.

      Create deforms

      12:07

    • 53.

      Move selections

      5:28

    • 54.

      Combine objects

      8:57

    • 55.

      Split objects

      7:32

    • 56.

      Create linear patterns

      8:50

    • 57.

      Create circular patterns

      8:54

    • 58.

      Add construction plans part 1

      8:08

    • 59.

      Add construction plans part 2

      8:27

    • 60.

      Create extrusions with surfaces

      5:33

    • 61.

      Create revolutions with surfaces

      7:14

    • 62.

      Create lofts with surfaces

      5:13

    • 63.

      Create swepts with surfaces

      5:10

    • 64.

      Create boundaries with surfaces

      5:00

    • 65.

      Fill surfaces

      5:36

    • 66.

      Create ruled surfaces

      9:27

    • 67.

      Planar surfaces

      6:04

    • 68.

      Extend surfaces

      6:01

    • 69.

      Radiate surfaces

      5:11

    • 70.

      Offset surfaces

      5:03

    • 71.

      Replace surfaces

      7:07

    • 72.

      Knit surfaces

      5:44

    • 73.

      Trim surfaces

      6:52

    • 74.

      Untrim surfaces

      5:05

    • 75.

      Master construction tree part 1

      8:23

    • 76.

      Master construction tree part 2

      8:57

    • 77.

      Create assembly part 1

      9:13

    • 78.

      Create assembly part 2

      6:12

    • 79.

      Create assembly part 3

      8:42

    • 80.

      Create assembly part 4

      9:05

    • 81.

      Add materials part 1

      10:34

    • 82.

      Add materials part 2

      10:44

    • 83.

      Edit environments

      9:08

    • 84.

      Edit lights

      9:30

    • 85.

      Create base with sketches

      6:08

    • 86.

      Create base with solids

      7:23

    • 87.

      Create flanges

      6:44

    • 88.

      Miter flanges

      7:05

    • 89.

      Create hems

      4:06

    • 90.

      Jog bends

      6:10

    • 91.

      Sketch bends

      6:04

    • 92.

      Loft bends

      8:16

    • 93.

      Swept flanges

      12:22

    • 94.

      Close corners

      4:43

    • 95.

      Weld corners

      4:44

    • 96.

      Fold bends

      4:08

    • 97.

      Unfold bends

      5:06

    • 98.

      Drawings create model

      8:39

    • 99.

      Drawings add views

      10:36

    • 100.

      Drawings add cuts

      6:45

    • 101.

      Drawings add dimensions

      6:37

    • 102.

      Drawings add pages

      13:26

    • 103.

      Drawings add annotations

      8:01

    • 104.

      Drawings export

      6:25

    • 105.

      Create table

      8:27

    • 106.

      Create support

      7:49

    • 107.

      Create square

      6:16

    • 108.

      Create bracket

      9:00

    • 109.

      Create book

      8:33

    • 110.

      Create disk

      5:11

    • 111.

      Create vase

      7:07

    • 112.

      Object modeling part 1

      5:16

    • 113.

      Object modeling part 2

      5:20

    • 114.

      Tap modeling part 1

      10:06

    • 115.

      Tap modeling part 2

      16:51

    • 116.

      Pipe modeling part 1

      7:07

    • 117.

      Pipe modeling part 2

      5:32

    • 118.

      Spatula part 1

      7:37

    • 119.

      Spatula part 2

      8:31

    • 120.

      Hinge modeling part 1

      12:43

    • 121.

      Hinge modeling part 2

      10:15

    • 122.

      Hinge modeling part 3

      5:03

    • 123.

      Hinge modeling part 4

      7:22

    • 124.

      Bench modeling part 1

      6:05

    • 125.

      Bench modeling part 2

      8:35

    • 126.

      Bench modeling part 3

      8:35

    • 127.

      Bench modeling part 4

      5:26

    • 128.

      Shower modeling part 1

      11:25

    • 129.

      Shower modeling part 2

      11:36

    • 130.

      Shower modeling part 3

      13:44

    • 131.

      Shower modeling part 4

      10:41

  • --
  • Beginner level
  • Intermediate level
  • Advanced level
  • All levels

Community Generated

The level is determined by a majority opinion of students who have reviewed this class. The teacher's recommendation is shown until at least 5 student responses are collected.

117

Students

--

Projects

About This Class

SolidWorks software

Solidworks is a powerful CAD software. Its features are impressive. It allows you to work on many features such as working with sketches, converting these sketches into 3D models, creating surfaces, assembling parts, creating renderings, or presenting models on pages. The version for Makers allows you to work efficiently with many ergonomic features. The course focuses on all the features with the Maker version of SolidWorks. In a single product, the software offers endless solutions for to create 3D models. You can convert all your ideas into 3D models. Start with sketches, add dimensions and constraints, convert these sketches into 3D models with powerful features. You can work on models intended for 3D printing, but you can also create models for presentations.

Advantages of the software

- Ergonomic software

- Work with sketches

- Powerful features

- Many tools to convert sketches into models

- Work with surfaces

- Add materials

- Create realistic renders

- Generate drawings with views

- Creating assemblies

- Many formats to export models

Training course

In this training, you will learn SolidWorks version Makers from scratch. With a course structure, you will be able to convert all your ideas into 3D models. Start with dashboard, master navigation, work with sketches. You will learn the different tools to create sketches. You will see the different tools to convert these sketches into 3D models. Create extrusions, create revolutions, lofts or swepts, you will learn everything you need to create your models. You will also see how to work with materials, create surfaces, create assemblies or generate animations. Many trainings on the creation of parts will be proposed to apply the features. At the end of the training, you will master SolidWorks to create your models.

Meet Your Teacher

Teacher Profile Image

Nicolas Forgue

Welcome awesome students !

Teacher
Level: All Levels

Class Ratings

Expectations Met?
    Exceeded!
  • 0%
  • Yes
  • 0%
  • Somewhat
  • 0%
  • Not really
  • 0%

Why Join Skillshare?

Take award-winning Skillshare Original Classes

Each class has short lessons, hands-on projects

Your membership supports Skillshare teachers

Learn From Anywhere

Take classes on the go with the Skillshare app. Stream or download to watch on the plane, the subway, or wherever you learn best.

Transcripts

1. Introduction: Hello body it's Niklas and welcome to this curse. Solid works, the complete curse. Solid works, software where is this, solid works is a powerful CID software. Its features are impressive. It allows you to work on many features such as working with sketches, converting the sketches into SD models, creating surfaces, assembling parts, creating renderings, or presenting models on drawings. The version for Makers allow you to work efficiently with many ergonomic features. The curse focuses on all the features with a MCR version of solid works. In a single product, the software offers endless solution for creating Swedi models. You can convert all your IDs into Swedi models. Start with sketches, add dimension at constraint, and then you can convert the sketches into Swedi models with powerful features. You can work on models intending for Sweden printing, but you can also create models for different types of presentation. What are the advantages of the software? It is a ergonomic software. You can work with sketches. You can have access to powerful features. You will have access to many tools to convert these sketches into models. You can work with surfaces, add materials, create realistic renders, generate drawings with view, create assemblies, and many format to export models. So now, what you will be able to learn in this training curse. Concrete in this training curse, you will learn solid works with the MCRs version from scratch. With a cur structure, starting from scratch, you will be able to convert all your IDs into Swedi models. Start with the dashboard, master the navigation, work with sketches. You will learn the different tools to create sketches. You will see the different tools also to convert the sketches into Swede models, like crate extrusion, crate revolution, rt loft or Swipt. But we will see all the features in details to convert these sketches in Sudi models. You will learn everything you need to create your models. You will also see how to work with materials, create surfaces, crate assembly, create animations. Many trainings on the creation of different type of project, different type of part will be proposed at the end of the course to apply the different features. At the end of the training, you will master this version of solid work to create all your Sudi models. 2. Download software: To start with solid works for makers, we are going to go on the solid works website. The first thing to do is to take a subscription to have access to this version of solid works and after to download solid works. First things to do, you go solid works.com. This is their website and you can have access to the different features and different information as you can see. Now hope to have access directly to solid works for Mcers. Here you can find some products with a listing on the different projects. One of the best things to do is to directly to go and buy here. And you can see starter and MRs, and you can find makers here. When I click on this area, what I can see. I can see solid works for makers. Concretely, it is perf perfect for personal use. If you want to use all the different tools of creation. If you want also to introduce your work on pages, if you want to work with a different type of component, ta assembly, you can do this with solid work for MRs. You can find the price. At this moment, this is this price for the subscription for years, and you can also take a price for subscription per month. Will have some information. It is perfect for makers, bit, bist, and DEI, enthusiasts who are passionate about creating, designing and more. You can find also the yearly subscription and the monthly subscription here. So after what you will have access here. With Solid work for acers, you will have Swede solid works professional tools, so it means you can create anything that you want with all the different tools of solid works to create parts. You will have also access to Swede creator, something very interesting that you can use, Swedish cultures and solid works visualize connected. After you have more options like a community programmer in market places, but we are going to focus on this element here. After that, you just need to take a subscriptions. After to take a subscription, you will have access to a dashboard that I'm going to show you. Concretely, after that, when you will instant solid works SD experience. After it's possible to download solid works, you will have a link to download solid work. You will have access to this dashboard. After to have access to this dashboard, it depends on the language, so you can have the English language, but you can use also different type of language when you install solid works, for example, me, I can work also with another language. And here on the left, you can find Swede crater on this area, Swede crater Hm, Swedish cultur and Swede experience solid works. We will focus more on this element, Swedi experience solid works, at any moment, when you are inside these panels, you can just open solid works connected. Or you can also open the X design mode, or you can also open the X shaped modes. The X designer, the shaped modes correspond to the Swede creator mode and to the Swedish sculptor. X design mode, it is a Swede creator mode, and X shaped mode, it is a Swedi scor mode. You just need to click on open and you can open one of these things. Solid works connected Swede experience solid works will be in the separate window, but you can work directly with the X designer shapes directly on the browser like this. This is how you can start with solid work and after I will introduce to you how you can work with SD experience solid works. 3. Start with dashboard: We are going to see the dashboard. One of the first things to do is to see the dashboard. By default, you won't have exactly this type of dashboard. I change some of the toolbars and one of the first things to do is to see the different module that you have. On the top, you have different type of things like files and you can a new document open a new document, you can save and expert your work here. You can have access to different edit options. You can work with a view here, and thanks to the view, you will be able to edit the tool bars, and to focus on the workspace, we'll see after how to edit the tool bars, you can insert different type of elements. Concretely, you will find a different type of tools, different type of features just here and other type of options. Here you can find a list of different tools, like, for example, you have a different sketch entities, or again, the sketch tools options, and after you can work also on the window. Just on this area, you have different tools. By default, you won't have this line, it's me, which added this line for a simple reason that it is different things and the arising that we can use. By default, you will have this element, you will have this element. When you work in solid works with this version, you focus on the features. This is all the features that you can have, and you focus on the sketch. Here it's all the tools that you can use for features. But you can have more tools when you unlock different type of toolbars. Here this is a sketch features and after you have some more options just here. Or totally on the left here, it is like a construction tree. Concretely, you can see the different elements that you will have in your creation in the dels, and you can focus on different workplan every time when you had a features, when you create a sketch, we see this different element on the left. Here this is your work space by default, we won't see the different plane, but it's possible to add the view of the different planes, and I will show you directly after. Total on the right what you can have. You have different type of options. For example, if you click here, you can have access to your Swedi experience options, and here I see the name of the component, and this is a part number one as you can see. If I extend a little bit, just here, I will see the name of my component. By default is the SD experience here. You can have also the design library tools. You can go on the file explorer just on this area. You can view a palette also just here. You can edit appearance with different type of colors and different type of materials here. You have some custom properties, and the right thing that you can do is to find some file from the SRD experience on your computer. This is the first thing that you need to understand. This window, by default, you can extend a little bit on this area. If you want to reduce sales window, you can just go totally on the right and come back to these options. At any moment, you can click on for example one of these. For example, I can click on appearance, and I can unlock these panels and I can drag and move and my convenience if I need. Or I can just come back here. You can click on one of these elements and you can come back on this area. Totally on the bottom left corner, you have model and motion study because you can also create motion study, and models will be the conceptions area. When we go here, you have different type of options, and this is a document unit. I will show you after how to edit this document unit. Concretely, you will have access to some document properties, and you can edit the document properties from the panels. When you go also on a view, you have different tool bars and you will be able to add different tools bar, and just after I'm going to show you how you can add more tool bars or edit your workspace. On the top here, you will find different options, like if you want to navigate, you can have the Zoom options. You can also focus on different view orientation. You can edit the deep display style. It's possible also to show different item, like if you want to show the grid. If you want to show a notation, if you want to show axis, different type of things, you can check or uncheck the different element. For example, by default, we don't have the primary planes, but it's possible to activate at any moment. We can also edit the appearance or apply some ban roots B root environment on the scene when you click on this area. Here you can see different type of options for the final render, how you would like to have your final render. It's possible to drag and move some window, like, as I explained on the right, but this one on the left, if for example, it's not perfect for you, you can extend directly this window. If you think it's too small, it's possible to extend on this direction as you can see. By default, you will arrive on this area, but you can change that. You can also diut if you need, or you can extend. Sometimes it depends about the size of the screen if you want to extend or if you want to reduce. When you start with solid works by default, we create a new part, and here we focus on the design mode of a part. 4. Edit toolbars: We're going to explain how to edit the toolbars. So what is the tool bars? Concretely by default, as you can see, you are inside the features mod and inside the features mod, you have different type of tools. The tool bars that I have on the top by default you want have. Concretely, what you have at the beginning. First, if you want to edit the toolbar, you need to go and view here, and you can find tool bar and work space. Something that you can do in the tool bars, you can add in net tools bars on this area. For example, I activated in more the surface options on this area. If I don't want that, I can come back to tool bar and deactivate surfaces. Something that I can do also, it's to go on view, select tool bars, and I apply also something like the sheet metal feature, so I can disactivate this one, as you can see. Here I have panels for view. Something that I can do also, it is so here we sheet metal, it's going to disappear, and let's go on view. Let's select tool bars. And I have also the standard view here, and I can deactivate. By default, when you have this is basic panel that you will have, features sketch here. When you go on features, you only have this area, this area with the different features, and on the right, you can focus on the referent geometry and focus on the curves. And you can start like this. It is definitely not a problem. After, for example, you need to surfaces, you can select view, and directly on tool bars, you can select, for example, surfaces, if you need or you can select something more. For example, I want something for drawing, I can click on drawing, and I have now the panels drawing activated, and you can dragon move the panels, for example, if you need on a specific area. If I need something more, view clic toolbars, if for example, you want to have all the features. Because I'm going to give you an example. When you go on features here, if clic, for example, insert, bz base, you have the option second. Second, it is interesting feature that you can use for example with surfaces. And by de foot, when you are here, you won't see second. You want, for example, to second surfaces, you won't have inside this feature. What you will do, you have to option the first options. It's just to select insert, boy base, and you will select second. All the second options will be to for example, have more toolbars, more tools inside your tool bars, and you can select insert. You can select view, for example, tool bars, and something that you can use it is features. When you click on features, you can see all the features. Here we have the features that we use the most. We have a lot already, but not all the features, here we have all the features. If for example, I put these tool bars just on the top, just here, we have a list of all the features. Why it's not possible to click because I don't have anything here at this moment. But we have a lot of features that we don't have directly here, like for example, we have cut with surface, but here it's for surfaces, we have boundary cut, it is some option for surfaces, but you have also things. For example, you have scone cut. If I go on the left, you can find sicken here. It can be interesting to put the panels, but I think it's a little too much, so I don't like too much to use these panels. Something that I will do to start it is to use view. You have also the possibility in the tool bar options when you go on this area. It's possible to use customize and customized menu. If you click on customized menu, you can deactivate any element like this. For example, I think I have something not activated just here, a notation or something like this. Let's activate everything. When you go on view, you select tool bars. You have the option to use also just customize. When you click on customize, you can directly see different options about shortcut first. In different categories, and you can click on any element, and you can find some information, some description about the tools. You can click on any tools here, you will have information about the tools. If I just continue here, you have some comments so you can have access to all your tools here. We have even most gesture just on this area. If I just come back because here we can use this type of thing, but in my example, I'm not going to show you this type of things now. Something that I'm going to do is to click on toolbars. If you activate any element just here, you can directly see the window with a feature. If I click on assembly, I will have the different options of assembly. Is it interesting here in the Part mode? No, because we can craft assembly in a different panel general panel. This is why it will be too much. If you click on drawing, is it useful? No, because we can craft a drawing from a different window, a different mode. This is why it's not useful. But you can click, for example, we have standard, all the standard tools here. All the standard tools will repeat this basic tool that we have in the beginning and more. So now you can also sit by default, and if you click on sit the tool bars here. You need to exit and restart solid work to take effect. And if you sit the tool bar, for example, you edit some option here, you will come back to this basic tool bars. Now what I'm going to do to adjust this tool bar. We'll go and edit. I will go and view here. And I will select tool bars. In the tool bars, I will add directly the first things to do with surfaces because we will use surfaces also in affinities and interesting to mix with these different features. I can go also in view tool bars, and something that I will use it is sheet metal features, and I will apply the shed metal features just on this area. If it's not, you can work, for example here and put the sheeld metal on this area for the curse. And something that I will do also is to go and view toolbars. I think it's interesting to use the standard views and click on standard views because you can click here, and when you click here, you can select one of the views that you want. Here we have the different axis or you can click on this area. Yes, you can select the different views that you want, but it's not extremely convenient. When you are on the face on a plane, you can also directly select the normals. But sometimes it's definitely not convenient. You can directly click here and have access to a view that you want on this area. You can also separate the window. So definitely, I think it's convenient to position this. For the curse, what you can add, you can add all the surface tools on this line, all the sheet metal tools on this line, and you can complete with the views tools on this line for the curse. This is how we are going to start on this area. 5. Edit styles: Edit the types. Let's see how it's possible to change the visibility of the types. For this, we are going to focus on this area. And when we will work after we will add our different work planes in view. After that, when we will start different type of obsesion, every time we will see the primary plane, and we will have also the grid activated when we will focus on the sketches. By default, This is everything that you have by default. For example, something that you can do, you can view the plane, you can hide show primary planes, and we are going to activate show primary planes. Why it is useful because thanks to that when you activate the primary planes, you can see the front plane, the top planes, and the right plane by default. By default, we have this plane here. But one of the problems is, if it's not activated, you don't see this plane, and when you click here, you can just see one of this plane and you can work like this and craft a sketch directly on this area. I think definitely it's convenient to start and to have this plane activated. I think it's better for the works. We can click here, and for example, we have a top plane, a front plane, and right plane. When we continue here, you can also focus on Mrsing. For example, you can see coordinate system, you can view the print. You can view the sketch dimension. It depends when, for example, Mrsing is when you focus on sketches. If I want to activate the cred, I can select my top plane just here. When I click on the top planes, I can create a sketch. After to correct a sketch, as you can see, we don't have a crede. It's totally possible to work without any cred. But I think definitely in a lot of case, it can be interesting to work also with the cred. You can activate the cred, click here and you can activate the cred. In the different session, we will have this three different plane activated and we will have the crede activity. If we want to deactivate, we can deactivate at any moment. So this is how to start, for example, in the sketch mode. In the sketch mode, I have the top plane, and I created a sketch and I have my grid activated. If I want to come back to the top planes, I have two options, I can click on the right axis here, or I can go on this option and we focus on top, just like that. Something that I can do after it's, for example, to create an element and I will select the rectangles, and we can use the center rectangles. I have the possibility also to snap to the center. When you go to the options, what you can see also, you have different types of options, hide all types, here, something that you can do it is a cordiate system, to level notation, and you can find sketches relation, you can find a notation and more. About the snapping options of this cred, we can have the sapping options in the document properties. By default, it is activated. If I click on my rectangles, I can create the rectangles just like this. This rectangle, you can see the relation. By default, we have, for example, a constraint, this is the constraint horizontal and vertical constraint. We have also constraint here with this line and this line. It means if I drag and move my rectangles, I have the constraint activated and thanks to that, I can go here, I slic this line, I have the horizontal constraint. I can click here, I have the vertical constraint. And if you click on this line, this is a coincident constraint. You can also add for example dimensions. You can use the smart dimension tools, and when we use the smart dimension tool, I can select a line. For example, this one, click here and I can enter dimensions. Something that I will use, it is 160. I will add another dimension, I can click here and add another one just here, and something that I will use it is, for example, let's just use something like, I will use just 100. And I will press enter. We have added dimension. Now, what happened if I go on this type of display just here. You can continually tele it and you view the sketch dimension. If I deactivate here, I can desactivate the view of the sketch dimension, as you can see, this one is activated, so this is why it was not moving. If I go here, Ilic view sketch dimension, I can deactivate the view of my sketch dimension. You have also the relation. If I click here, you can see the constraints are not activated, are not seen. The constraints are here, but they are not seen because I deactivated the sketch relation. Relation, it is like constraint. The view sy sketch, is something a little specific. Here it is a view of the sketch also, more something in a different way. So this is the main things that you need to understand when you start. And you have the view of the plane here, or view of the main plane also because you have a difference between primary plane and view plane because it is possible to add more plane. If for example, I exit here, you can exit the sketch on this area just like this, and I go on this area, you have also the possibility to create a new reference plane here. This is why if you create new reference planes, you have these options with visibility of plane and also I show primary planes because you can have more th only the primary planes. So this is how to start. I'm going to click on the sketch on the left and just press delete on my keyboard, and now we are going to start with these deferent work plans activated. 6. Master navigation: We are going to see the navigation. To work with this, as you can see on this area, first, we can see the different axis with the Z axis, the X axis, and the y axis. This is the three axis that we would use in a suspace. Why I use this tool bar because I think it's definitely extremely convenient when you want to focus on navigation. First things to do, you can change the display here and you can activate the primary plane. Thanks to that, we can see these different planes just on this area. After to do this work, I will reduce this window because I don't want here, you will be able first to understand Zoom in and zoom out. First things to do if you want to move in your work space. You need to use the scroll wheel. It is definitely one of the best. When you click on the scroll wheel, you can turn like this around your space of work, but it's not possible to move only with a scroll wheel. If you want to move, you need to press control also. When you press control and you click on the scroll wheel, you can drag and move like this. So scroll wheel, you just click, you turn around, and if you press control, you can drag and move on with your scroll wheel. Now if you want to zoom in and zoom out with a scroll wheel, you just need to drag and move the scroll wheel and in a direction, you can zoom in, in the other direction, you will be able to zoom out. Something that you can do also is when you go on this area, you have different type of options like the view orientation. When you click on the view orientation, you will have the indication, and you need you can select the plane that you want. If for example, I click here, automatically, I will go on the top view. If I come back, I select one more time view orientation, and I decide to click here, I will have this type of view. If I want to go on the right plane, I can click just on this area view orientation, and I can click here to be on this view. And you can turn around one more time. When you click on a plane, you have different type of options and you have the option normal two. When you click on the normal two, you go directly on the view of this work plane. This is the first things to understand. When you go on this area, you can also slick the view that you want, F plane, you can go back, you can use left, for example, you can use right, top, and again, bottom. You can see the view that you want. You can even work isometry gymetric, or gometric view when you are for example, something created. After that about the option, you can also use more tools. Something that we are going to do, it's a first element. I will select my top plane just here. When you select the top plane, take a glass. You click on the top plane, you have different type of options and you can click create a sketch. After to create a sketch, let's try and move this here again. I will select one of these tools like the rectangle, center rectangles, and I will just go in the center here, snap to the center, and I will create a rectangle without any dimensions to start. And I will create also a circles. I will go in the center. I will create a first circle one more time with absolutely zero dimensions. You can put the dimensions that you want and you can just exit. After to exit like this, I want to create my first extrusion. To create my first extrusion, like this, I have my sketch here. You select the sketch, and inside the features option, you can use extra bus space. Thanks to that, I can create a sketch just like this, and I will be able to see this sketch as you can see. Can see my extrusion, I can enter the values that I want on the left. Let's just keep ten, and I created this first element. Now, one more time, I want to zoom in, I can drag and move my moo wheel. Drag and move the scroll wheel to zoom in and zoom out. If I just want to turn around, I click on my scroll wheel and I can turn around my creation. If I want to dragon move, I can press control, can press the scroll wheel and I will be able to dragon move like this. One more time you can sal the views that you want. Just on this area, you can select the different type of view as you can see. You have even this type of views just here and just here. This is why it is testing in my opinion to have these panels. At any moment, you can also click, for example, I can click here. When I click on this face, I have different options and I can use normal two. Thanks to that, I will go directly on this view. If I want to go on this view, I can click on this face, and I slick normal two, and I will go directly on this view, and we can continue like this. I can click here and slick normal to also. Let's click on the scroll wheel and come back here. You can also use this tool. You have Zoom to fit. Thanks to that, you can fit your conception inside your window, and you have Zoom two area. If you click Zom two area, you need to create a frame of selection, for example, here, and you can zoom on this area. I can click on this area again. I want to focus on the center. I can create a frame of selection and I will focus here. This is a Zoom on this area. If you continue, you can see the previous view also, and you can even focus on section view. It is something little specific. You can, as you can see, dragon move a plane and just create a section, but it is something a little bit more specific that you can use like this. You have some options here, but I'm not focused too much in details in this area. But you can use this type of tools to create a section. At any moment, you can click here to deactivate the section view. So this is how you can focus with the navigation first. When you go directly on the left, you can find also different type of tools. Here this is insert tools. Here you can find the view tools. One more time you have different type of displays on this area. Something that you can use also it's when you go on edit. You have for example select All. If you have multiple element, you can use select all and everything will be selected. Or you can go also on edit, and you can diselect a. If you want to dielect I think the best things to do to go left click and you can deselect all. Okay. 7. Document properties: We're going to see the document properties. Documents properties, and for this, when you go on the bottom right corners, you can see the document properties. When you go in this area, first things to do, you can change the unit. Here we are working on millimeters, gram second, centimeter gram second, meters, kilogram secon and by default, you use a millimeter gram second. You can also edit the document properties. Inside the document properties, what you can have, you have for example the unit. One more time you can change the unit, you have even the possibility to use customs because you can see the number of decimals after coma, and you can change the number of decimals. Something interesting also, it's about the crete Snap options and you can find here you have the option to display the cred. But you can display a secrete in a different way. And you have also the Major cret spacing minor line per Major Snap per miller. Have so go to the Snip Snap system option with different type of sketch. What I'm going to do now is just to go on this area and ops, s, let's go on this area. Here with a view, and you can show items, and you have different type of items that you can use. One of the first things to do will show the primary planes, just like that. Thanks to that, I can show my different planes. After to show the different play, some things that I will do also, it is to activate the grid. And now the plane is activated, the grid is activated. What I'm going to do now is to start a sketch. How to start a sketch, I will click, for example, on one of this plane, let's select the top plane. And when I click on the top plane, I have different type of options, and I will select sketch. After to select a sketch, you can see a crede here, and this grid as you can see, if you just go on this area, you can deactivate the view of this grid or activate the crie, view of the cred. Now if I go here, we can change the unit, centimeter, or we can change meters just here. Let's just change for millimeter. If I just change for millimeter, just on this area. I can see here. As you can see, you don't find directly the crite for a simple reason that we change. If I just edit the document unit just on this area, you can find one more time the option and grite snapping measure green and this is every number of millimeter. Something that I will do, I can Zoom here, I can on Zoom. I will use one of these tools. I think I'm not now on the sketch, so I will click on top plane, Crato Sketch. Now I can see the cred again. If you change the unit, automatically, you will go out the sketch. If I just click on this area, you can see DF document units. If one more time, I select unit millimeter gram and seconds, you can see the number of decimal, let's sic grid and snap, and you can change this value. For example, we have Major print spacing, 100 millimeter, but I could take, for example, something different. Something that I can tape, here, it can be I can tape, for example 1,000 millimeter. Miner line per measure, we can keep four and keep this type of option. If you just validate, as you can see now the cred of a disparan space, it is every 1,000 millimeter. This is why it is important to understand, you can go here and you can select a document your needs. And something important can be the unit. First. It depends on what you want to create. If for example, you want to create industrial part, something may be 80 millimeter by 20 millimeter, you will use millimeter. But if you want to create something maybe like a table, you want to craft the design of a chair of a sofa of furnitures, you can change for centimeter, and you can even use meter in a few ss. If I just go in this area, I can come back to the create snapping, So by default, if you use the millimeter as a unit, the best things to do generally is to keep this value 100 millimeter, four, and one, generally, this is what we use the most. By the document property, you have other elements which can be important, but more when we will work on, for example, the annotation and dimension. If you click up annotation, By default, you will have a font family centroti, and by default, you will have the He vertex face surface unattached with this type of symbol, and you can change the symbol. I think it's not useful to change now. It's not useful to show you this now for a simple reason that it, it concerns anion. You need to understand anion first and to understand this type of things. We have also some dimension option, it is the same. We need to see that when we focus on dimensions. What will be your primary precision of dimensions, what will be your dual precision, where you want to position your dimensions with the line on the top bottom right or left, what will be the font, family of the dimensions and more. But table, it is s all these type of thing. We need to see that when we will focus directly on the features, when we will add a notation or for example, dimensions. So here's the most important things to understand, it's great snap and units. You have also more options like, for example, materials properties on this area. When we'll add materials, we can also focus on specific pattern by default. When we focus on sheet metal, I will show you how to work with sheet metals. You have also the possibility to edit some options. Here it is the same. We need to see that when we focus on sheet metals. When you have the display of the plane, you can see a transparency by default this is transparency. You can reduce or increase little bit if you prefer, and for the res this is what we need to know. This is how to work with the document properties. And that's it. At any moment, if I want, I can just click on this area. I can ad, for example, my cred, and I can add the view of the different plane. H is my sketch. I can also press delete in this area, I can first exit my sketch, and we have nothing on this sketch. This is why the sketch disappear automatically. 8. Start with sketches: We are going to see how to start with sketches. As has explained before we have displayed this different work plan. We have the front plane, the top plane, and the right plane. You can just turn around and when you start a sketch, you need to select the plane that you want. For this, you have different options. One of the first options is to click on a plane, the plane that you want, for example, it can be the top plane here. When you click on the top plane, you have different options, and the option that you will choose, it is the sketch options. And if I select, if I select top, and I click on sketch, automatically I enter in the sketch modes as you can see. And from this, you can start a sketch. If you just drag and move the mouse, you can see the grid because we have displayed the grid, and you can see the grid just on this area on this work plane. This is the first possibility to go inside a sketch. If you want to finish a sketch, you have the option to click on Exit here. You can also go on the right and validate the sketch, or I can just click on Exit here. Because I had nothing on this sketch, automatically, I don't see any sketch on my construction tree. The other option is just directly to click on sketch. When you click on sketch, you can create a new sketch here. So if I click on crate news clatch, we are going to ask me what plane I want to use. For example, I can select the top plane. What I will be able to do on this plane? I can, for example, use one of these tools to create something. If for example, I use the line tools. I can create a line, for example, on this direction, and I can snap to something, and just here you can create for example first line. I can start from my center point. And I can craft my first line just like this. I can go until, for example, this area. I can snap directly to my grid if I need, but I can also directly enter some dimensions. I can do something like this, like this. Like this, I can come back on this direction. After I will show you in details different type of options, and I can come back to this point. After that, when you create a sketch, you have different type of tools. You need to understand that the first thing to do is here you can add dimensions. Here this is all the drawing tools that you can use. Here it is the tools to edit your sketches, and you have also a little bit more features on this area like patterns that you will be able to use. Each time you can have specific constraint, I will show you the constraint also. So every time when you create something on the left, you will have the properties of your drawings and you will have the existing relations. For example, this line, it is horizontal and we have also some parameter about the length just here. And you can depending on the constraint, dragon move the position of the different element here, and you can dragon move the position. If you just go on this area, something important, you can go in the edit document properties. In the edit document property, you have the grid snapping options here, and you have display cred. If you go and go to snap options, as you can see, you can enable the snapping, but by default, you won't have the cred. This is a reason for which, here, for example, I didn't have the cred selected. I'm going to remove that. Just click on this area, select, for example, edit document unit, and you can snap to the cred. You have the crede snapping options. Go to snapping option and you can activate the cred. Now if I want to crat the same type of thing using, for example, my line tools, I will be able to directly snap to the cred. You will see directly the difference. Let's crab, for example, something like this. I can come back on these directions just here just here and just here and come back here because I just snapped to the cree. Something that you can do also when you go on the quick options here, you can directly select the snapping options that you want. For example, you can go here. First, he did document your needs. In the grid snapping options, I think you have by default sketch sap all this possibility. I think definitely it's great, but for example, you can deactivate just the grid here. The grid is not activated for snapping option, but you can go here and just activate grid. Now if I just activate grid, you can also snap directly from these panels. You have different type of possibility. You can also use the snapping options directly from these panels, just like that. Something that I can do, for example, I have this element, and I can use the mirror entity. What does it mean? I can create a frame of selection to create to select all this line. After I can use mirror entity, we'll see that in details after, I selected all this line, mirror bot, and I click on this line to repeat the process on this area. That's it. I have this line in the midl. I can just validate the feature. I have this line, the med, I can press delete and this one I can press delete. Yes. What I will do is to go outside of the sketch. I can click on exit, and when you click on it, you can see your sketch here, and here this is our sketch. This sketch, when it is selected, you can apply some features. For example, I can go on this area, and I go on features, and I want to extrad this sketch. I click on trade, and I can extrad my sketch. I can enter a value here. Let's focus on maybe yes. Here, ten millimeter, and I can just validate. And this is our first sketch as you can see. Now if you want to edit the sketch, it's possible. When you go inside the bus trade, you have the sketch. When you click here, if you want again edit the sketch, and if you edit the sketch, you will edit the bus trade at the same time. Let's take an example. I want to drag and move this here, but as you can see, it's not very convenient. I'm going to click on this area, activate the grid option, snapping. For example, you can just drag and move the element just here. And you can try to make some transformation. But in this type of case, for example, when you make modification, it's not going to snap properly, even if you activate the crit snapping option, but let's just come back just here, and let's click on quick crit Snap. Now it is activated just like this. If I drag and move here, as you can see, it's not going to work properly. I just want to show you that you can edit your sketch. For example, I can just change the dimensions of one of this sketch, let's come back to this tube. Let's gate a modification. For example, I increase like this and I increase like this. I will exit my sketch, and as you can see the extrude, we have the transformation at the same time as you can see. Let's go and edit here and let's just come back here, and js come back to the step where I was like this. I can exit my sketch. Now if you want to work with an der plane, it's possible. You can sliect an odor plane, create anoder sketch. Or if you want to create something on the face, for example, you can just click on the face, and when you click on the face, you have also different types of options. And something that I will do. For example here, is to click on edit the sketch. It's not what I want to do. I will click on this face and you have one more times the possibility to create a new sketch on the bus trade. On this face, I can create a new sketch. I can for example work with one circle just here. One more time, I can use the create snapping options, and I can snap here to create the circles, and I will do the same thing just here, I will snap on this area. After that, I will just change little some features. I we'll click on this circle and I will define radius like 28. Here we'll define a radius also like 28. I can create another circle maybe in the midl, I can snap here, just like this, and I can enter a radius like in this case, 40. After that, I can edit my sketch just like this. After to edit my sketch, I can create another things on this sketch. I go on the feature options and I will use the extrat cut. Thanks to the extract cut, I can go on a directions and you can just enter value, and I can just validate here and I can create different holes as you can see. This is how you can start with a sketch. You need to understand what work plane you want to work. And you need to understand also that you can edit the sketch at any moment. So you click for example on the sketch here, and you have the possibility to edit the sketch also after if you need. Thanks to that, you will impact directly the next features. 9. Create rectangles: Create rectangles in the sketch. For this, let's select the top planes and create a sketch just like this. After to create this sketch, we will be able to use the rectangle tools. Something that I'm going to do is to select my view, so I will go directly on the top view, just like this. Let's just drag and move this one. After to do this work, let's select the rectangle tool. You can see the rectangle tools here, and you have different type of rectangle that you can create. The first rectangle, it is the basic corner rectangle. You just need to go on a point here. Here, for example, I don't have the slapping option activity. You select a point, for example, I select this point, and you dragon move to select another point. You can create a rectangle from one extremity to another extremity. When you go the rectangle options on the left, what you can see that you can change directly the rectangle type that you want directly from the spanels, also, it's definitely possible. If I come back to my first type of rectangle, just here, I created this rectangle, you can just validate rectangle just here, and I created this first rectangle. If I want to create another one, for example, I can go here, and I can create another rectangle from one point to another point. Something important is you can change by default when you create a rectangle, you have vertical constraint and horizontal constraint as you can see on the different line. If I want to change the dimension of this rectangle. You can click on the line. When you click on the line, you will have the existing relation. For example, here, I have horizontal, and what I can do, I can change the parameters and the length of the line just here. If I want something with exactly 100, I can tape 100 on this area. If I want to change this, I can click on this line, and if I want, for example, 60, I will be able to tape 60. Because we have relationship vertical and horizontal, this is going to stay fixed on this area and on this area also. And you can click here, you can see the lane and you can click here, you can see the lane. You have also a number of degres. But if for example, you change the number of degres, and this 120 is not going to work properly because of the constraint. Here because we have a vertical constraint, we have 90 degrees, and here we have a horizontal constraints, so we have zero degras, and because of the constraint is not possible to change that. This is the first type of rectangles that you can create. The second type of rectangle will be the center rectangle. You just need to define a center, for example, a snap in the center of my plane. And you can start to create a rectangle with other existing relations. One more time I have in the relations. Here, first when you create your rectangle, automatically at the beginning, you can change, for example, the center point, or you can change the cartint. If for example, I move here, you can move the courtint on the x axis. If I move here on the y axis. On each on each point, you can change the x y axis. You have four different corners, and you can change the x and y position. You can do like this, think it's not extremely convenient. If I just validate, you have the existing constraint, the vertical, horizontal here, vertical, and you have also these two construction line in the midles. The two construction line allow you to keep the rectangle perfectly proportional in the center. If I dragon move here, as you can see I stay perfectly in the center. So now if you want to change the dimension, one more time, you can click on this line, you define the dimension that you want. If I want to erect angle 200, I can take 200. I I select this line, if I want to erect angle with 140, I can take 140. Don't forget that this is not a constraint. It's just a dimension. If you want to have the dimension fix, you will have to use a smart dimension. I will show you a little after or one of these useful dimensions to apply a dimension constraint, and to keep the value fix. Because even if I define this dimension, if I want to dragon move, as you can see it's possible after. It's not a constraint just to set the dimension. This is a second type of rectangle. You can, for example, go here and crated rectangle from center, and I can go here, crated rectangle from center. Let's sect the possibility of rectangle. I can go here, and I will silic sweep point corner rectangle. Why it is useful because you can create a first point, second point, and you can draw like this. In what type of case, it can be useful. This type of rectangle, I'm going to show you, for example, you have a line and you can have a line on the directions on your conceptions, for example, you need to crate a rectangles directly in lin with this line parallel to this line. You can use the Se print corner rectangles. For example, I can define this extremity, and I can start here until the midle or just select a point, it can be this point, and I can draw my rectangles on this direction. For example, I can go here, go here, and draw a rectangle on this direction, or go here until this s and craft multiple rectangle just like this. This is why it can be interesting to use this type of rectangles. One more time, it is exactly the same process. You can click on one rectangle and you can change. You can click on the line and you can change the parameter. L et's select and delete everything. What just happen if you select the three point center rectangle. You define for example the center, and you go to search a second point and after you can do the same type of things. It's exactly the same type of things. If for example, I have a line here, you can use this type of rectangles. For example, I can define the center here, an order point, and this is exactly the same way, but it is dressed from the center. If you select four lines in the same times, for example, I slick the four line of mi rectangles, you will have on the lab, just the selected entity, but not the possibility to edit directly the point or the line. You need to select each line independently. It's okay for that. The last type of rectangles that you can craft. After when we will use the different features, you will understand the process, how we can use the sketch more in details with different examples here just to see the drawing tools. Last point is the parlogram. When you click on the pyogram, you can select for example first line, like for example, this one. You can select a second line and after you can draw parloogram. It means you won't have perpendicular corner. Just the difference. For example, I can go in these directions. As you can see, I won't have perpendicular corners. I just to draw a parallelogram, I can do something like this and cram sins. It's just a paralogram. If you don't want rounded corner, it's possible. As you can see, we won't have the same relationship. We just have the horizon. We just have when you click here, parallel. It's not horizontal vertical, and we won't have in the parameter 90 degrees. We only have in the existing relationship parallel on this line, this line, and this line, and this line. And this is where it is a paragram. You can move like this and you can keep the relationship parallel as you can see. But after that, if you want to change anyway, you have different options. If I want to apply vertical after, I can click on vertikal. If here I click on horizontal, as you can see, I can recuperate perpendicular angles. One more time, you can define a dimension. Here if you want for example 100, you can tape 100. If you want as a digress, hundred, you can tape 200 and you can work like this. This is how you can create rectangle in a sketch. 10. Create circles: Create circles. Let's explain how to create circles with the sketches. First, let's select the top planes, create a sketch. To see the circle tools, we can go on this area and we have multiple possibility to create circle. Here we have circles and perimeter circles. Circle perimeter circle. Let's just select the first one just on this area. After to s the first one, I can snap in the center and create my first circle just like this. One left click with the first point, one left click with the second point. When you crato circles, you can see on the left before to validate, you have some parameters. For example, you have here X, and you are here's y. It just position when you want to define your center. But because I position my center and the intersection of the axis I just snap here, and you can define then you radius of the circles using these parameters, and here you can enter the value that you want. For example, if I want to radius of 40, I just step 40 like this. I created, for example, this first circles. This is how you can create a circle. It's not pretty difficult. You just click on the circle tools and you can define where you want to position your circles. For example, if I take the example of the rectangles, one more time, just to show you something, you can click here and just press delete. I will select my rectangle tools, just here, center rectangles, and I will create rectangles. As as explained before, you can select the first line, and you can define a length. Let's apply 200, and you can select a second line and you can define a length, and let's select 120, just like this. No 120 in my example. It's not good. Let's just select 80. I will select my circle center circle, and I will snap to the center just here zero, zero, and I will craft first circle. This circle, I will enter a dimension of 28 directly and I can validate. Ops like this. After something that I can do, if I craft no dorsi occurs. For example, I go on this line and you can see Here, the position on the y axis and axis. If I change the position on the axis, it's not working for a simple reason that we snap to this axis on this work plane. This is why it is fixed here. But you can change the axis, and for example, I can apply minus print 68 to position the circle here. To do the same thing in the order process, I can use the symmetry, but we'll see that after, or you can just select a circle, create an order one on this area. When you cred this second circle, I can press escape first. I stack the first one. I have -68, and here for the radius, I forgot to define the radius. Let's define 17, let's define 16, 16. I will click on my second circle here. And I will do the same thing. We'll tape 16, and here I will tape 68. Now I know that I have perfectly the same position on the right that on the left on this sketch. That's it. We have created this sketch. We create an extrusion after it will be interesting. We'll have three different holes, first, just like this. This is how to process first. Something that I'm going to do is to come back to my top view, so I can click here top because we work on the top planes and I will delete. The second type of circle is perimeter circles. What you can do, you can select first point. After you can silck like second point, and you can draw again move on a direction like this to create this type of circles. Why can be useful? For example, I have two lines. I'm going to select this circles and press delete and I will silic my line tools. I will create the first line on these directions just here, and a second line on these directions may be just here. I will click on my first line and I will define a value of 50, and I will define my second line and I will define a value of 110 just like this. Ops, I think, yes, it's not 110. It is 110, just like this. I want to do the same thing on the left, I can use my symmetry, but when it's pretty fast like this, you can also just do the same type of things. Let's click on this line, and I will enter 50. Let's click on this line, and I will enter 110. If I click on my circle tools, I can define my perimeter circle select, this first point here. Automatically, you will snap because of the snapping options that we have in the document properties. Automatically you have the snapping options, and when I will go here, I can sap directly to this point. That's it. After you can dragon move here, dragon move on this direction depending on what you want to do. If for example, I go more on this direction, you can also create something like this as you can see. And I can dragon move, something like this. One of the problem is the line are going to move. This is a reason for which you need to sect the first line and apply fix. You need to select the second line, and click on fix constraint to keep these two element fix. Now if I click on my perimeter, C, I can click on this one, click on this one, and I can for example, dragon move here, just like this, and now it's going to work properly. If I want to rise just a small part, we'll see that after you can use tre NT and you can just salect this line and that's it just like this. This is the second type of circles that you can use. So it's okay. Let's just click on this one and just press delete. 11. Create polygons: Crate polygons, we're going to see how to create polygons. For this, I will select the top work plans and create a sketch. So after to do this work to create polygons, we can have access to this tool. So we don't have a different type of tools to create the polygons, we only have this tools. When I click on these tools, crate polygons. First, you can start with the polygons, but don't forget that on the left, you can define first some parameters and the first parameter will be the number of sites. You can reduce or increase the number of sites. Let's start, for example, we eight. You can use as inscribed circle or scum scribe circle. You have a little bit difference, and you can also do this. So If you click a new polygon here, you can craft a new polygon with these parameters, or you can just go left click here, for example, let's start from the center. If I start from the center, I can craft my first polygon just like this. After to craft my first polygon, what we use in scrap circle because you can see a circle just inside here, and the base will be the circle to craft this polygons. If I press escape to the select and I select one more time my polygons, you can select each line independently. When I select this line, you can find the existing relation tangent and patterns because they use the patterns for polygot. When I go at this area, you can change for constructure by this line or infinite line also if you need. Here, this is the parameter, so you can change the length, but if you change the length, it will send the lend of all the line for the simple reason that we have patterns. You can also change the angle, for example, you want to turn it a bit, you can define a different angles, as you can see, can be just 100 and you can turn like that if you need, but need to be careful because it's going to increase your polygots. So you can also remove line just only one line if you need. I can click on this line and remove only this one. Let's click and select all the polygons and delete. If I come back to my polygons tool, so you can define the number of parameters this time, I just want six side. I can just start here and create another type of polygons just like this. If you select not the inscribe, so I will select everything press delete and use my polygon tools. You can change for circumscribed circles. In this case, you will have a little bit different options. If I start here, just like this, you can see the circle is now outside of the polygon. A little bit different, but this is exactly the same type of way. Now if you want directly to cro polygon from the parameters. You select the polygon tools. Here, if I want to start, for example, on the x axis at 40, an tape 40. On the y axis, if I want to start at 20 an tape 20. After if I want, for example, eight side, I will select eight sides inscribe and I want to define my size here, so I will define for example, 200 and you click on crate new polygons. When you click out cra new polygons, one of the problem is here, it's not going to work properly, but if you just go you can crat new polygons. If you validate, just like this, as you can see the polygon is not created. In this case, it's not extremely convenient to work like this. Best things to do, is definitely to create your polygon here. If you want, for example, a polygon directly with a construction polygon, you slick your polygon tools and you can change for construction. I will come back to inscribe and if I just go here, automatically it will be a construction polygon. I can click on my multiple way. And we'll be able to create construction polygons. One more time, you can click here. I can select the polygon tools, can use for construction, and I can use the ins, create a new polygons here, and you can do something like this. But it's not extremely convenient, but we will have the circles as a construction inside as you can see. Let's click here. It's okay for the polygons. 12. Create ellipses: Crat ellipses. We're going to see how to crate ellipses on sketches. Let's select the top plane here and crate a sketch. After to do this work and to create this sketch, I will focus on the dips tools. For this, we can find the ellipse tool here. You have multiple type of eps, dips, partial dips, parabola, and ix. If I select the ellipse first, you can, for example, start in the center here, and you define first point, who will be the first y. After you will define a second point, which will be the second y just like this. You can create this type of ellipse. I can go inside, create a noder one, first point like this, and you create a second point like that to create ellipse. When you click on the ellipse here, what type of relation you have, you want to have a specific relation. Expect if you snap to one of the axis or in the center, and on the right here, you have the position of your center just here, and you have also wide ***. If for example, on the first dimensions, I want 60, I can tape 60. If on the second dimension I want 24, I can tape 24, just like that. If you place any ellipse for example, I place my ellipse here, just like this, and I want a specific location, you can change the X and the Y axis. If it's not in the center or one of the axis, you can change this value. For example, if the x axis, I want to be at for example 120, I can tape 120. If on the y axis, I want to be at zero, can just tape zero, and as you can see, will be located here. After I can enter some dimension like for example, 24, and on this area, for example 20. This is the first type of ellipse that you can create. Other type of ellipse that you can create, it is a partial ellipse. It is useful if you don't want to create a complete ellipse. You create a first point, you select second point, and after that, you select a third point and you can just open from this base of the third point, and you can create something like this. I'm going to show you again, you select a first point, you select a second point, and the third point will be the point of departure of your part of ellipse, just like this. And Let's click on this area press delete and press delete. Sometimes it is useful, you can for example, have a line here. I can create first line on this direction, so maybe I can create a first line on this direction here. Something that I will do is to activate here in my options. I will activate the cred snapping options. If for example, you have a line, you can create a first line here and I will snap. Not sure it works properly. Create snapping options. L et's silk the line tools. Yes, now it's going to work just like this. Yes, it's. I can crato line for example just here. I can salg this line. Even for the snapping option, was not working properly in my case. Let's just change for 100 and I will repeat the process here, Crato line on these directions, and crater line on this direction one more time. Let's try and move this line. Silk this one, and I will enter one more time, 50, and on this one, I will enter one more time, 100. After we click on this line, I will activate fix to not move and click on this line fix. One more time can be interesting if you use one of these tools, you can select this partial ellipse. If you select the first point here, a second point here, you can define as you can see something to start, but it will start like this. If you select the lips partial ellipe, you can also define the center just like this. If you define this point, this point, you can just start and craft for example something only like this. I think it's not extremely convenient in a different way to this type of tools. It depends in some way can be interesting, but definitely s a first point, a second point, just like this. After you search, for example for a third point and you can just draw apart. In the case of ellipse or the first case, can sect the ellipse, you select first point, second print, and as you can see, you start from the center. This is a reason for reach basics to do it to create der line just here to here. On this area. Is it working? No. Let's click on this line and change the value for 100. And click on this line 100. I think something is wrong maybe about the location of the position of this one. I think this line is not pretty good. I need to change that and to snap here. Yes, like this. And click on this line 100. Now it's going to be better, and I will apply fix. Fix here and fix here. If I come back, I will select my lip tools, and you can snap to the center here, sick this first point, and define a second point, just like this. If I want to erase this part, you use stream, and you can only select this part, remove, and validate, just like that. Another type I'm going to delete this, so you can just sect the line press delete on the keyboard. Another type of thing is a parabola. How to work with a parabola, you create first point, and you can define a second point, and you can just draw a parable just like this. Is it useful? It depends. It's more if you want to create something with guide, you can use a parabola, can go on this area just here, and you can turn t term term term tern, for example, you can do something like this. I can go on this area using my Parabola tools, and I can start for example here. As you can see, I can reduce, and for example, something like that. It's more like a guide because after you will be able to ops, forgot to validate. Let's click on parabola. I can click here, for example, like this, turn itle bit, and left click. It's more something to use like a guide when you select the parabola because you will have some information just like this. From this, how to validate your sketch because by default, it is construction. I'm going to show you you click on Para so I can go around this area and make something, for example like this. After to do something like this, you can draw on this. For example, you can go left click and you can draw a parable just like that. Sometimes you can do something like this. After you can activate for construction or not. If I just validate my parabola, can click on this line to this line, do something like this, or again this line to this line. This is why it can be interesting to use the parable line. And the last possibility will be the conic, and it is the same you can create a first point here, you can craft a second point, and you can draw something like this. It is useful, if for example, you want to make a curve, but not perfect curves. You can use this conic. I can see this point, I can see this second point, and I can go in a direction, this one, this one, or this one, and you can define for example, something like this. After you can draw, one point, and I can define another point to validate my sketch, and thanks to that, you can create some sys. We don't use to definitely parable conic, but we just interesting to know how it works. 13. Create lines: Crat lines. For this, we will select the top work planes, and we will craft a sketch, and we're going to see how to craft lines. To use the line tools, you can click on this area and you can find line center line mid point line. If I just click on my line tools. I can define a first point, and you have the orientation as sketch horizontal vertical angle will keep as sketch. And I can craft something like this, craft the first line, for example, on these directions, and you can apply automatically a constraint horizontal or vertical. When you are close of the horizontal axis, the line will be horizontal or you can just craft a true line. This is my first line. And when I click on this line, I can define a length and angles. For example, if I want 120 for the length, I can do something like this. If the angle I want 30, I can do something like that. And I can continue. For example, I can use my line tool again, and I can create another line, for example, on these directions. I can click on this line and define a line like, for example, 60, just here. I will define an angle of 330 degrees, but you can also enter a negative value if you want. Now, if you want to craft a perfect horizontal line, vertical line, I can craft horizontal line on this direction. As you can see the line is horizontal, and if I click here a vertical line. If I click on my first line, you can see the relation horizontal, so it means horizontal and this one vertical. What does it mean? It means that if I move this point, automatically my line will stay horizontal. If I click on this one, and I want to drag and move the line because you can move the point, but you can also click on the line and drag and move the most to move the line. Automatically I will stay vertically because of this lation. But at any moment, if you want, you can click on the vertical relation, press delete. If I delete now, I have the free movement to drag and move my line like this. If I click here, I have horizontal, I can press delete on this constraint, and now I can move my line hoops. I have also a coincidence constraint here, so I can remove coincidence, and now I can move my lines with freedoms. You can also create a line with for construction. If I click on my line here, I can, for example, define a first line on these directions, just here. And pops just come back on the top you. This line, I want to enter a dimension first, where we enter 140, and I want to be a construction line. When you click on this line, you can enter infinite line or for construction. If you click for construction, Automatically, you will have a dotted line to show you that it is a construction line. You can also use infinite light. In this case, you will have an infinite line here. Sometimes it is useful because you can create another type of system, so I can create an oder line, for example, on this direction, and click on this line and define infinite line. I can define a new center on this area. If I slick this line, I can press delete. Let's come back to this line, and I can change for construction. Another problem when you click on this one now, it's not possible I can use construction, but to unlock infinite line. Something that I will do is to click here and press delete. I will slick my line tools, do this type of work again, Crack first line. This line, I can click here and I can tape 160 and I can use for construction. Well, it is useful because now maybe from this point, I can create something like it can be a circus center circles directly from this base. I could repeat, for example, the same process on the right. I can create another line just here, and I can click on this line, define this time 240, activate for construction, and define another circle just here like that. A This is the type of thing that you can do. When you click on element, you will have also more options like constraints here, I can use Mc fix, and I have also other type of constraint that I can use. Now I defining this one to this one using this construction line. I can sling my first circle, define, for example, a value like 40, and sling the second circles and define a second value like for example, 60. Now what I can do, is to for example, a created this line. But yes, something that I can do is to select this line. Yes, we're going to create two lines. I'm going to delete this one, delete this one. And click on the first circles, fix. Click on the second circle. Fix thanks to that, we can start to see the constraint and I will create the first line around this direction until this direction. I will click on my line to a second line until this direction maybe ops. Let's click here again until maybe this directions to these directions. If I click on the line, and you press shift, you select the circles. You can have access to more relation because you're selling two entities. For example, I can use tangent. I can also click on this line. Control, click on this circle, and I can activate tangent. Now if you drag and move the element, you can adjust to this part of the circles, or I can adjust to this part of the circles. Yes. I can click on this line, shift this circles and I can activate tangent. Click on this line, pops this select with left click, click on this circle, Shift, click on this line and tangent. Now I can just dragon move little bit just here, okay and Dragon move little bit just here, and it's okay. After this work, I can use the tre entity, remove this part of the line, but here we'll see that after because I think we don't have a perfect fixed constraint here. I have the vertical contra coincidence. If I go on this area, and I will validate just like this. And the same, I can snap here and I can snap here. If I s this point, control, I select the circles, I have coincidence here. I can activate coincidence to be sure. If I select this point and the circles, I can activate coincidence. If I slic this point, control the circles, I can s coincidence, and this point control this circle or shift I can see coincidence. If I use my tre entity, now it's going to work properly, and I can remove this part, remove this part, I can even remove these two lines. For example, if I want to create a circle here and nod circle on this area, it's possible. I can click on the first one. And I can define foram P 26, and click on the second one and define foram 42, just like this. Anyone have created this element using constraint and different type of lines. If another type of line that you can use, let's select all the element press delete. Another type of you can use, it is the center line. Directly you create a line from the center. If I start here, and I go left click on this area. I can create a line and directly from the center. I'm going to show you again. Create a basic line, for example, you create a basic line here. After you select the center line just like this. With a center line, if for example, you go here, you can create just a line and automatically, you will have a center point, and this is like a construction line. If I click on this line, you can see a construction line here. You can convert to infinite line also. I think it's not extremely convenient this type of line definitely. The last type of line, very interesting, it is a mid point line because you can create a line from the medals just like this, and you can have the same side on the left and on the right. Take a glans. I create this line, and I can change the value here like 160. I keep the same side on the left and on the right. I could continue. I select this midpoint line. I can craft something here, and create also presscp, and slick one not time a midpoint line, and craft something here also. I stay perfectly in the midle each time I precess to not to escape the selection. If I click on this line, now I can define a value like 68, and I can click here 68. Automatically, you can find the midpoint, and this is why the line with stai. I can extend my line. We will keep the midpoint every time. I can extend this line. It is the same way we can keep every time the midl point. If you don't want that one of this line move, you just need to apply the constraint fix. This is how to craft the line. 14. Create slots: H Create slots. Let's explain how to craft slots. For this, we can use the top work plane and just craft a sketch just here. After two craft this sketch, we can use the slot features straight slot. You can use also the center point straight lot, the three point arc slot, and the center point arc slot. Let's sick the straight slot, the first one. Concretely what you need to do. You can select first point. For example, you sick the first point, and you can select a second point, and after that, you can drag and move and start your slot as you can see just like that. And that's it. This is how you can work. After that, if you press escape, you can also drag and move the print just like this, or you can also select an a door point and drag and move one more time. You can see the center located here. It means you can position your center if you want perfectly at zero and zero. Or you can just tape zero in this area and zero in this area. After that, if you need to change the dimensions, you have two dimensions, wide and eight, here is the eight. I want for example eight of 60, so I can tape 60, and I want a wide of 100, so I can tape 100. So this is how you can work with that. After you can si fy Zoom a little bit, you have the possibility to Create circles. For example, I can click on my circle tools, and here you can start on this point. When you arrive here, you have the center and you can create first circles, and I can go here and when I'm closed, I can create a second circles. I can slick my first one, define a radius like 16. I can sick the second one, define a radius like 16, and that's it. If you create an extion, you can create an extrusion in a fast way of this element, as you can see, it's pretty fast because you have a slot features, for example. Let's come back on the top. Something that I'm going to do is to select all the element and just press delete. Another type of slot that you can create it is a center point straight slot. Here automatically you can start with the center point. Before it was not start with the center point, it was the first point and a second point. Here you can define a center point. After you define the first, the eight or the white, it depends about the directions and the second direction, the eight or the wit, and you can create this type of slot. One more time you can change the value on this area. Something that you can do also, you have this type of third, it's a little bit more specific. You have also three point arc slot. It means you define a first point, you define a second point. After you define a third point and you can do something like this. It's something specific that we have in the software that we won't find in many type of software. If for example, I define a line, I can define a line on the left just here, and I can define another lines on the right. Here. I select this first line, and this first line, I will enter a dimension in my parameter like 60. I sing the second line and I will enter 60 also. I think I can put also the fixed constraint on this one, and on the second one, I will apply the fixed constraint in the existing relation. Now what I can do, I can use for example, one of these tools, and I can select the three print arc slot. If I say, for example, this point and I see this point, you can go in a direction like this one, and take a gl, you can create something like this. Thanks to that, we will be perfectly symmetric on the two side. One more time, if you want to create a circle, for example, you can do something like this here, and I can do something like this on this area. I will select my first circles. I will define a value of 16, and I will s my second Yes, my second circle, and I will define a value of 16. If I click on the slot just here, you can find multiple parameters, x axis, y axis, and here you can focus on as you can see the y, but be careful because it is on one side. This is why on this area, you need to be careful when you use this one. Let's click here, and I'm just going to come back. Yes, at this moment, it was 16. Oops, it. We do. Let's click here and click here. If I set my slot one more time, you can change the wide just like this, and you can change the eight also just like this, but you need to be careful because you won't stay perfectly in the center in this type of case. The last possibility is the center point slot. It is exactly the same way, but you can directly define a center and you will have a constraint center. Now if we crit modification, it's going to be a little better. I can do something like this, for example here and here, and you can increase on the directions. Or I can do in the other directions. If you prefer. I can select one more time center point arclock, I can salect this center. I can go for example here, and I can select ops, not this area. I want to start. Just like this, you can do something like almost a circles. Maybe it's not the right way. I need to change for center point clock. Let's silico. Let's sick this one. Here and this time I will go in this direction. Yes, now I can go in this direction, It is pretty better, and I can do something like this. If I repeat the process, I click my circles, to circles here, at second circles here, I click on this circle and I define a value maybe of 12. On this one, I define a value of 12. Now you can see this line and this line show us that we will stay perfectly in the center. If I click on my slot, now it's going to be different. If I increase here, we stay perfectly in the center. If I click here, or we will move on this area, but just the length on a part, but if you plic here, we'll stay perfectly in the c as you can see. That's it. This is how you can work. You can also increase on this direction, and as you can see, the circle is going to follow in this type of case. 15. Create curves: Crate curves. We are going to see how to create curves with the sketches. Let's slick the top plane and create a sketch. After how to create a curve, you can go on this area and you have the possibility to create a spleen and a style splin. You are also something more specific. It is the equation of drive curves, but we are going to focus to the spleen and to the style splin. Let's click on the spin tools and if I just zoom a little bit, you can start with first point here, just like that. This first point, you can position another one and automatically you will create curves just like this when you position multiple spin, just like this. And if you want to finish your work, you need to press escape. W you press escape, you can finish your curves here. Something that you can do after is the possibility to drag and move a point, you can take any point, and you can drag and move this point. You have also the location on every point. If I slate this point, you can see the location on the X N Y axis. If I slate this point, you have the location of Xn y axis. You can also change the location of the point if you need on each axis as you can see, you can just take a value. Have also the possibility to work with handles. It means when you click on the curve, the possibility to edit also the handles. You have different type of handles. You can try and move the handles. As you can see, you need to be careful because sometimes it's not extremely convenient to drag and move the handles, but you can drag and move this multiple handles. If I show you another example, you can use this type of splint tools. What happens if you just create something like this? I can create my curve just here. Can be useful also if you want to work with surfaces. I'm going to click one more time on this, and I can dragon move this print, as you can see. If I click a handle, I can dragon move also the handles, and you have a second part of the handle to create some rotation. This handle will be to dragon move directions. This part of the handle dragon move also, but you have also the possibility to create rotation on the handles. You can create modification then. If for example, I craft rectangles, select the rectangle tools, center rectangles, and I can craft a center rectangle axis. On the top of this rectangle, first, I will use my trim entity tools to remove this part. On the top, I would like to use the splint tools. I will craft a print axis. And I can do for example, something like that. Here, and I can snap to this point. You can click on this point, just press a scap, and that's it. You can craft your spin just on this a. You can draw in with the sprint at your convenience if you need. You can also take and change Little bit. You can also craft something like this. I can click on this line. Just use the trim TT tools and click on this line. After to click on this line, I can slick one more time my splint tools, and I can go on this area. For example, one more time, I can craft the curves. But I can also craft if I just press a skep here, I have just a line, and I can drag and move, for example, the handles to drag and move the curves just like this. This is the first type of things that you can do. Another type of things that you can do, it is to use the si spin. I just another way to craft a spleen with The curve will be a little different. You have the spin type baser by default. If you add multiple point, you will see that the curves is less impacted by the movement of your mouse. It is just another way to work. You can press escape one more time to finish the curves. When you use one more time these tools, style spin, you can also use degrees number three. In this case, it will be little different for the curves, and you can use in the steel decrese number five, just like this. Concretely, you will have a little bit more impact on the curve but not big difference, and the last possibilities will be the displn decrese number seven, just like this. After to do this work, you can also edit the point of your curve, I can press a scap, and you can click on the curves. When you click on the curves, you can convert if you want to convert to construction curves. It's possible. You can show also the curvatures, just like this. Sometimes it can be interesting, it depends on what you want to do. If you click on the curves so here, just show the curvature, you can deactivate. Here, you have the curve degras. You can also change the degras, if you want to have more segment. If you increase here, you will have the thing to have more segment. Why it is useful because you can smooth your curves when you use this. But be careful because after you smooth and it's a little different about the general aspect of your curve. This why you need to be careful. If I go in this area, I can drag and move this point, I can drag and move this point, I can also slip my curves. But the fact is you can drag and move the point just at your convenience with the different handles. And if you just click on the curve one more time, as explained, here you can change some select directly the point that you want, and you have the location on each point. For example, this is my point number one on the curves, and I have the location. If I click here, this is my point number two, and I have the location. This is my point number three, and I have the location. You can repeat like this and you can change the location of your point, taping specific value. If I take, for example, 30, I can drag and move to 30. If I take 20, I can drag and move to 20 here. And one more time, we can use the curt crease if you want to smooth your curves. For example, I can use this one next 28, and I will obtain this render for the curves. So this is how you can work with the creation of the curves. 16. Create arcs: Create arc, we are going to see how to create X in sketches. Let's select the top planes create a sketch. After to do this work, something that we will do is to see the arc tools. We have the center point arc, tangent X will point arc, let's first see the S. X and after we'll see concrete example. If you select the center point x concretely, you can define the center. For example, I can define the center here, and you select first point. Like this, you select a second point, but the second print, it can be shorter if you need, and that's it. You can create a two point arc just like this. If after you press escape to the select and you select again your arc, what options you can have, you can have some options about the location of the first point depending if For example, this point is directly coincident on this axis. But if you don't have, you can change the location. For example, I can click here, click up this and press delete, and slick one more time my ar tool center point, so I can define the center, first point and second point just like this. After that, I can press a skep silk my circles. You can also convert to construction if you need. Here I can define for example the location of the first point X axis y axis. Not the first point of the center after you have the first print and you have the last print also. You can change like that and here will be the radius. You can even focus with the angle. If you want to increase, for example, your circles, and you want your arc just like this, and you can do more. For that. The second type of arc will be the tension. For this, you need to have a line. For example, you have a line here, you create a line at this direction. And let's come back here. This line, I want to extend it a bit, and I want to have arc tangent to this line. This is why I will use a tangent arc. When you arrive here, you salic the spread and automatically, as you can see, you can create a tangent arc. You dragon move, you drag and move dragon dragon move. Depending on what you want to do, you can, for example, create a tangent arc. Just like this. If you want, you can even continue with another one, another one, another one, just like this. When you select your tangent arc, just here, one more time, you can focus on the radius, and you can also focus on the angles one more times and the location in the point. This is the tangent arc. The order type of arc is a three print arc and concretely, you don't define your first point in the center S print arc. You define first a first point, a second point, and you go to search a third point just like this. If you click on this arc one more time, you can edit the parameter. Now let's one more time see a concrete example. I will craft two lines. I will use for this first, I will use the midpoint lines. I will start in the model here to create the first line as a construction, so I will click here, process Kap and slick this line, and I will define a value of 80. Then I will slick one more time a midpoint line to snap here, just like this. I will create a second line on these directions. Click on this line, and I will define a value of 200. I will repeat the same process with my midpoint line tools, and I will click here, just like this, Crato line horizontally. Precess cap two times and click on this line, and I will define 200 also. Now, what I will do it is to use the center point arc. I F to crato arc here and the arc here, the same arc, I can Go to this point to stay on this axis. When I arrive at the intersection here, you can craft the center just like this with one left click. You define the second point here, you can snap here, and you can draw your arc until this point. I can do the same thing on the left. You go to this point, you follow this axis and center point first point second point. If for example, you want to create something like a slot, you can use the circles. It's going to be a little bit same. I can press a scap. Click on this circle defined for example 26, and click on this circle and define for example 26. Like this. It's ok for that. Now, let's delete this one. Let's delete this circle, delete this arc, and delete this arc. If you want to create a tangent, you can select here, and you will define tangent arc. I will go for example this time to this point, and you can create the tangent. It is the same. If you want to create a perfect circle, you can in this case, use also tangent if you snap to the other point. It is also the same thing and you can work like this. You can do also the same type of work if you use the last type of circle. I can delete these two circles, and I can click here, and I will select what, I will select the tangent arc. If I select the tangent and the swit point arc, you can define the first point, the second print, and you can go on a direction. But why it is useful because in this case, you can create something different. It can be something like this, for example. If I define a first point, a second point, it can be on something like this, but you can go also inside if you need. So for example, I can go here, press delete, go here, press delete, and if you want, you can invert and go inside if you need. This is how to work with the X. 17. Create points: We are going to see how to add a point on sketches. Let's select the top plane here and crate Sketch. For this we have the possibility on this area to add a point, sketch a point and you can position a point. When it is useful, you can use a point for a different reason. It can use a point to create a betters like a guide, for example, and you have different type of views. If for example, I define a line here, I can create a line, I can snap to this area, and I can create a first line just here. This line, I can define a value like, for example, 60 on this area, and 180 degrees. If I want, I can also change for construction line, just like this, or I can just switch or not for construction line. If you want to add a point, you can click on this point and you can just position the point where you want. For example, I have this element here, and I can drag and move and position my point on the same axis just here. After to position this point, if I just press a scap, I can click on the point, and here, you can find the location of the point on the x axis and the y axis. For example, I can stay at -60. Here on this area, I can stay for example at Minus, I will tape minus, and I will take -40. And I position my point just like this. I can if I need create another point, I can go on this axis, for example here, and I will be able to create an oder point, for example, on this direction just here. And I will click on this point and on this point, I can enter value -110, and here we has -40. So I have this point and I have this point. We can use this point for a different reason. You can, for example, it can be a narc located perfectly on this area. For example, I can also slick this two point. And position this on the order axis. Let's select the point tools one more time. I can go on these directions and go on this axis and position the point. Then I select my point tools. I can go on these directions and here you can find a guy and you can continue on these directions. Perfect. Now I will sect. If I click on this point, it is -60 -40. If I click on this point, I can do the same -60 and 40 this time. And if I click on this point, it is -110 and -40. So in this area, I can take -110 and just 40. Something that I will do, for example, it's to use my art tools. I for example, I can select my sw print arc. I can select the first print, the second print, and you can make something perfectly like this. Or you can use another type of tools. Here, this is art tools, but you have also more type of arc that you can use. Let's click for example on the Yes, let's click for example on the Swint c morta, can repeat the process here. Oops. Let's repeat the process, just here. Three point arc, and I would slick this one, this one, and let's just go out it. Let's click one more time on this too. It was not working properly. The point arc and I can click on this point, click on this point. It is same, I can create arc like this. Or I can then click on this point, click on this point. And I can create an Order one, for example here, and I can click on this point, click on this point, and craft an order one, for example here. I just use to create this type of sketch the position of deferent point. Now let's complete for example with the fillet. I can use a sketch fillet. And I will change my value. Let's just tap a value of ten, and I will use left click here with left click here. Left click left click. Oops it's not working properly. Let's do this again. Let's try with a sketch filet. This one, and this one. But as you can see it's not very easy, so I will click here, click here, and I will click here and click here. Yes. Perfect. I put a value of ten and I can change the value if I need. Let's put for example 20, but selection conflict, maybe it's too much. This is why I will keep just ten on this area, and I can add a felt on these different directions just like this. Just an example of e, you can use point as a reference as guide to cra for example. Sketch. Let's slick this one. 18. Trim sketches: Trim sketches. We are going to see how to trim sketches in The sketches. First, let's silect the top plane and I will craft a sketch just here and to see how to trim sketches, you can find this stream entity. You have trim entities and the possibility also to extend entities. Let's just silect trim entity first. But before I need to craft something. What is the basics of trim entity? Craft first line, just like this horizontal lines. Press a skep and craft a second line just like this here. Crafter one maybe another line just here like that. And we can also start with this. What I will be able to do. The principle to trim entities is on sketches, sometimes you have a that you want to cut. But if I want to cut, for example here, this part or just this part, or I can do this. I'm not going to delete all the line. It is not what I want to do. So some things that I can do is to click on trim entities and automatically at the intersection of each line, he will define different parts. For example, I can click here to remove this part, or click here to remove this part. You have different type of options like trim to close. This is what we use the most, but you can trim outside way, so it will depend trim away inside, corner trim also, and power trim. In this case, I'm going to focus on trim to close because definitely we use this almost all the time, almost all the times, and I can click here and why not to click here to just have this render. Every time you can delete some part at different type of intersection. Even if I go here, I can delete this part. Let's see another example. I will create different rectangles. First, the center rectangles here, just like this. I will create the second center rectangle maybe on this area, and at the same times that it. So things that I can do, I can use the Trent tools. If I want to open this area, I can click here. Oops, not going to work here. It's going to work properly, click here, and click here, click here, click here, click here, click here, and click here, and I'll just have one element, as you can see. Let's just continue. I will create another rectangle from center. Let's crate to center rectangle, just like this and apply to value. I will process kp silic line tools, and here I will define size like 200. After I will silic this line, and I will define another site like 140. T little too much later step. 110. After that, something that I will do is to create a circle f circle on this area, just like this. I will click on this circles, define a radius at Step 24. I will craft a second circle on this area. Press the scap, click on the circles, and I will define 24 for the radius. At the same time, some things that I will do its two cratonder rectangles. Center rectangle, I will start around this area, and cratonder rectangle here. At the same time, something that I will do is to go around this area and crate der ops. Not this type of rectangle, I will select the two point rectangle. The corner rectangles, just like this and cratonder one, and I will go in front just here. At the same time, I will craft a nodder line. For example, I will craft a line from maybe this part to this part, and I will craft a line, so nod line to this part to this part. We have this element. If for example, I want to see better, I will go on the display setting, and I will add my plane just to have this type of view. And I will use my trim entity tools. Let's click here. If for example, I just want to open on this area, I can use my trim entity tools, and I can delete this part, this part, this part and this part to just keep this area. Here I can do the same thing. This part, this part, this, you can keep or not, it depends this part, trim it, this part, this part and this part. Now something that will do. I don't want this anymore. I can trim here and I can trim here just like this. Thanks to that, you can clean your sketch. You can improve your sketch. It is very fast to do when you use the trim tools. I will press a skep click here and define 14. I will click on the circle and I will define also, just like that. What is the principle also to extend a line? Because here, for example, I will go on this area, I will select my line tools as a first example, and I will select an order line just here, and I will create an order line just here. You have the possibility to extend this line to this one using the order tools, it is the extend entity. And when you use external entity, you just need to select the entity that you want, and automatically, he will define the intersection of the next entity. If I go left click, hops, he define this intersection. Left click, he will define this intersection to go here. But if I continue, I can also define this area on this area, but it's not what I want to do. If for example, I go just here. I want to extend this line to this line or this point to this point. I can use extend entity, go here, and one left click and I can extend. I can go here and extend until the next entire section. Now I want to remove this line and this line. I can use stream entity, remove this one, and remove this one also. Definitely, you can do a lot of interesting things. With this total stream entity extend entity, when you want to clean your sketch or when you want to improve your sketch, it is definitely very good instead to delete something, sometimes it's not convenient. 19. Offset sketches: We are going to see how to create offsets on entities on the sketches. For this, I will select my top work plane just here, and I will create a sketch. What is the principle of the offset? You can find this tool here? It is offset entity. You can just have any entities here and you will be able to create offset. If I just craft a line, for example, one lines on these directions, I can press a skep and I will just craft a second line for example on this direction. Let's extend this line. If I want to create an offset, so it means to create a second line with an offset of this one, I can use offset entity. First things to do you select the distance that you want, for example, I can tape 20 millimeter. And Something I will keep these options. When I go left click here, you can work with a direction, so this direction or these directions, and you just drag and move the mose to silico direction and you can create upset and here I will like a parallel lines offset of 20. But you can change after. For example, you can double click on the dimension because we have a dimension and you can reduce if you need after. If I select this one, I can do the same type of things, so I can select. You can also select the line first. If you click on offset, you define the size that you want, let's step 12 here, and you define the direction. This direction or this direction, let's click on this one and I have 12. So Let's craft something more. I want to craft offset, I will select, for example, my midpoint line, and I will craft a midpoint line here first on these directions. I will press a skep click on this line and inside the parameters options, I will change the wide and I will tape 120. After that, I will craft an down line on the directions just on this area here. And I will enter a dimensions like 80. After I will show you that you can add dimensions, but here let's see some basical first. I think 80 is not enough. Let's increase. Let's take 120. I will create an der line. We will use also the symmetry little after. We'll show you how to work with the symmetry. But we are not at this point, so let's tep 120 millimeter. I will continue with a line perpendicular lines here. And oder lines perpendicular here. I will click on this line. I will enter a value of 34. I will click on this line and tape 34 also. And just create an der once here, once here and one here. I will press scap, click on this line and I will enter 30. Oops. One of the problem is this is going to move. Something that I will do, I need to activate a constraint. It means I can click on this line and I will activate fix. Click on this line, I will activate fix. Now I will click on this one, and I will take AB 50. Thanks to that, this one is going to follow anywhere in the center. Now we'll add a fillet also. Sketch fillet. For example, I will create a fillet to this one to this one. Boop. It's not going to work properly. For simple reason that I have this constraint fix, so I can click on fix and remove. Click on this line, click on fix and remove. And now I will use my sketch fillet tools and click here and click here, and now I can apply a value. Here we have ten. Let's keep the value of ten. I will go on this area, do the same thing. This area, do the same thing and this area to the same thing. And just validate this filet. Now, something that I would like to do it is to create offset now. For this, I can use my offset tools, offset entities, and I can enter just small value like a value of maybe four, and I can click on all the entities. You have different options. If you just click on the line automatically, he will select all the lines selected. We have this value of four, for example, I can just click and validate and thanks to that, I will obtain this vender. It can be also pretty good if you for example, you want to craft a base for architecture for base for house. Let's just select all this element, and click on the top view just here. You can craft for example a base for the walls. Even if here we need to change the dimension where millimeter will have to focus in centimeter or maybe a meter, but just to understand the principle of f. You can craft a base. Let's craft a base like this one will be one z for example, dimensions of the length of my house. And here it will be 600. Here we are in millimeter. We're going to say like it was in meter, for example. 600, it will be like 6 meters, and like this one, it will be like 10 meters, for example. If I create offset to create the sickness of the wall, I just need to click on offset entity, and here I will define a value, and I can take 20 to have something with a gu do ratio, and I can click here, and as you can see, I can go outside or inside. Let's go outside, here left click, and as you can see, I have this base, just like that. So I say how to use the offset features. 20. Convert sketches: We are going to see how to convert entities. For this to do this type of work, I will slick the top plane and rat sketch first just on this area, and we will use the center rectangle and snap directly the rectangle just here. I will enter two value on this rectangle. I will click on this line and I will enter a first value of 160, and I will click on this line and enter a second value of 100, just like that. So after that, I will click to exit the sketch. I can check here. Let's change for Yes, 100, just like this, and I will exit the sketch. I will create an extrusion on this one. To create an extrusion, I will go on the options features extra bus. After that, I will create an extrusion with just ten mimter just like this. And I will work on another type of work play. What work plane I will work just here. I can create an order sketch, silic one of this work plane, I will sect this one just here and create a sketch. Something that I can do is to here. When, for example, I want to create der rectangles. I can use the corner rectangles. You have the possibility directly to snap on this area. I can snap to crate my rectangle just here. These directions. And it's pretty good because it's fast. Something that I can do also is to come back to my view, so it means here can focus on the side view just like this. I will enter dimensions just here, and I will focus with a value of 60 here and on this area, 100. Now what I will do is to use my arc tools, and I will sk the Se point arc, and I will click on this point this point, and I will drag and move until to obtain 180 degrees and radius 50, just like this. After that, I will use my circle tools and create the circles just around this area. I will click on the circles, and I can define radius. Let's te 28, and I will click on this line and press delete. So I can obtain this render, and something that I will do is to exit the sketch and create order extrusion with features extrude. Something that I will do is to change the direction from here we have different option, mid plane to stay in the center, and I will apply your value of ten millimeter. Now now how to see convert entities. If for example, I decide to click on this face and create a sketch, click on this face. And edit the feature and rato sketch here, we can edit the sketch. I'm going to show you here, it's going to be better. Click here, and we can create sketch. I can go at sketch here, Crato sketch. After to do this work, as you can see, if you use one of these tools, you can try to snap to this element, but you have also the possibility, for example, to use stream it, you have tm. Not to use stream entity to use convert entity, and you have convert entity, silette entity, intersection entity. Something that you can use, for example, it's convert entity. If I just select the circles, left click, you can see the edge here on this area. If I just validate, what I will have directly, I can convert this selected entity here directly on my sketch. I could continue. For example, I can come back to this view just like this. And you can select with the entity that you want. If I wanted to convert this one also, I can click here, but you can add more like this one, this one, or again this one and just validate, and as you can see, I converted this entity directly on this area. But you have more options. Here is just entity, so you can select only one edge or multiple edges. So now what's happened if you want to convert something like a silette. Anyway, in different example, when we will work with trainings, we will see that again because we will use indifferent example, but it just to understand the basics. So I have the planes, and here you can use convert entity, you need to select one or most entity. Silhouette entity, what is this, you can select a silhouette. A complete silhouette of a sketch. For example, faced my side view pops, this one, you can select this and automatically you select the bus extrude silhouette. If you just validate, automatically, you have all this bus extrude silhouette arriving on this area, as you can see. This is a bus extrude silhouette. If I just come back, Last possibility will be to intersect curves. Sometimes this one can be also interesting. If for example, I select this. Just here, see the face number one, I can just validate and you will find some intersection on the curve. Here, we don't see too much, but in some cases, it can be interesting. One of the problem is, I don't have any intersection. I can exit the sketch just here. If, for example, I want to have an intersection, I can select something like maybe this workplane, or I can create a new workplan. If I slick this one sketch here, and I define intersection. We need to have an intersection on this workplan. With one of these entity. I can click on intersection curves. Here, for example, if I click on this area, you can click on this entity or again this one, and you just validate. What you can see, you can see you will have this line created, and we have another line also created. It's more useful when we focus on curves. In this case, we have only this line created at the intersection of the front plane. This line created at the intersection of the work plane. Something that I'm going to do is to click edit and do, and here the line is removed. I can also exit my sketch just here. Something that I can do is to create a new work plane. To create a new work plane, you have the possibility in the features to use a reference plane. Something that I can do it to slick for example as a reference, this workplane, and to create offset like 20 just on this area. Here. I created a new work plane here. This is a plane number one, and I can click on this workpla create a sketch. And one more time I can use the work plane is located here, as you can see. I I ct intersections, convert entity. I decide to crat intersection curves. If I go here, I can slect this face and just validate, and you can see the line at the intersection here. Now I can see exactly the line at the intersection of this plane number one and on this face, just like this. Why it is useful because sometimes you can use after this line. For example, I can snap here and draw, for example, a line on the direction or again, something here and something here. It can be pretty convenient in some case because you can re per to line at the intersections and you can use this line to snap. But we'll see that in different example anyway after. This is how you can use convert entities. So let's click here. Drag and move, and press de it. Exceed the sketch. 21. Mirror sketches: We are going to see how to mirror entities. It is a perfect feature to use in a lot of time mirror entities, and I will select the top or pay minor times and create a sketch. What is the principle of nero entity? You can find these features here on the sketch. Something that I will do first, is to create a rectangle from center just like this. I will enter two dimension from this rectangle. I will select this line and I will enter 240. Oops, let's tap again 240, and I will select this line and I will tap 200 just like this. Now what I'm going to do. I will craft a circle just here. I will craft a first circle on this area. This circle fy enter dimension here, I will apply 20. What I would like to do is to position my circle in exactly what I want here. To do this type of work, I will use the smart dimension tools. For this, I can use smart dimensions, and I will sling the center of my circles, and I will slick this line, and I can pull on the left here and define the distance that I want, and I will tape 30 and validate. And I will click on the center of the circle. One more time, I can reuse the smart dimension. Click on the center of the circles. Click on this line and hoops something with wrong over driver yes because yes, it's not what I want to do. Let's just click PssKep, smart dimension. Now it's going to work properly. I can click here. I can click on this line, go on this direction, and I can tap also a value of 30. So after to do this work, I position in the right location my circle. It's not useful to repeat this process for time if I want to position on each corner because you need to create a circle enter the dimension and one more time 3030. You can just use the symmetry. One of the problem is to use the symmetry, you need to have a line. If you click on mirror entity here, you have the entity to mirror, so I can select my circles. After you need to click on mirror a butt and you can select one of these axis, or it can be a line also of construction or just align anything that you have. So first, you select entity to mirror, you slic the entity, then you click on mirror a butt, and you select the x. If I click here, as you can see, the circle will be repeated on this area, and I can validate. Let's do the same thing here. I can click on mirror entity. I can select the two circle at the center, but let's just select one to understand again the process. Click on entity to Mirror, the circles, mirror a butt, and this line. Don't forget to activate copy because if you don't activate copy, you won't have the copy of your element. If you have won activate this, as you can see, you just move the circle as a symmetry like this. This is why you need to be careful about that. Let's do this again. Mirror entity, entity to mirror, this one, mirror at this one, and I can craft a copy and just validate. Let's repeat. Mirror entity can be one more time this one. If you don't activate copy, I'm going to show you again, you just click here, and you don't activate the copy, you just drag and move like this as a mirror. Let's just come back. Click one no time a mirror entity, entity to mirror this one. Mirror a bt this plane or this line, if you prefer, is going to work s. It's not going to work. Click on mirror butt. This line, yes. It's okay. And I can repeat the process just like that. This is my first type of example. Let's select another type of example. I'm going to select everything, just delete and come back to my top view. If you want to create something with the same part on the left and on the right. You don't need to do on the two ways. For example, you can craft a line here and I can go on the left, here and here, here and here and here and here, and I can just craft my first part, and I don't need to do the same thing on the right. And I can use my smart dimension tools to add dimension constraint like here 20 B 68, I can go on this area, Let's tap for example 40. I can click here. Let's tap for example 34. Let's click on this area. Let's tap 30. Then I can continue on this area. Let's tap 20, just here. Then I can continue on this area. Let's tap 30. If I just go here automatically, I have Make dimension driver, it means because we have a point directly snapping, we have also a constraint here, directly a coincident constraint, so this is why he's going to have make dimension driver. It means I don't need really to add this dimension because I have already a coincident constraint. But if I validate, just to repeat to repeat with more constraint, but it's not extremely useful. Now if I want to have the same thing on the right, I only need to use this axis. It means I can use mirror entity entity to mirror, and here I need to select all the line in this type of case. I select and click on all the line. Mirror robot, and click this war plane, right plane, and you can see the element will appears on the right and you can just validate, just like this to obtain this sketch. You can take a glance just here, de activate the view, and we have exactly the same type of things. But you can also It can be also useful. If for example, you craft a curve, complex curves. You are not going to create a complex curves. If I use the spin tools, select, for example, this view, and I go a little bit on the right. Let's first press a scap, and just click here and press delete yes to all. Crato line. I can crater to line snap for example on these directions until these directions process kp, and I will click on this line and activate two. Then I will use my splint tools, and I will start from this point, and I will create something maybe like this, like this, like this, like this, and I will come back on these directions and press scale. If I want to make some transformation, I can make adjustment with the different point, as you can see, as I explained before. Something that I would like to do is to have the same thing on the der side. If I want to use my splint tools and to repeat the process, it is impossible. It is possible, but it's difficult long. If you want to repeat the process, you need to take each point here. Have the same number of point and have the same ratint but with a negative value or positive value depending of the axis. In this case, what I'm going to do is just to use mirror it to mirror, this one, mirror a butt, and I can select my axis here, and as you can see it's pretty fast, and I can just validate. This line if I don't want this after, I can press delete, and I will turn this render as you can see. So definitely it is something very interesting to use mirror entity. 22. Scale sketches: Scale entities. We are going to see how to scale entities on sketches. Let's s the top work plate, create a sketch. After to do this work, we have the possibility to scale entities, and one of the first things to do is to create rectangles. Let's slick to corner rectangles. We will go just on this direction first and just create rectangles around this area. So these rectangles, if for example, I want to scale, it's after it's definitely possible. You can use these tools, this is the scale entities, and you can create entities to scale. You can use only one line, but in this case, it's not useful, so you create a frame of selection or you select the four lines. You have the scale apot. Something important is scale bot, it will be a serpint, to use as where your rectangle will be scale. After you can enter the value and a number of copy if you need. If our example I select here, I can enter a value like 1.6, and here I can just apply one, and scale butt, I can select this point. You can find the scale value. The center is located here as you can see, and we can scale this element just like that. If I don't want to copy, I deactivate copy, I validate and I can scale my sketch. Now if you want to copy, it's also possible. First, I don't have any center. This is why sometimes it can be interesting. You can add some singer. I can add a rect line just here, and maybe I can add another line just to show you the difference. I can add two lines. After to do this work, I will use my tools, so we can click here, scale entities. I will selectly the lines of my rectangles, just like this. After scale a bat and this time I will create a copy and ab the center point, this time, I will define the intersection here. Now I have a scale point define and after to use the scale point define, I can enter a value like for example, 1.2. But if you want, you can also enter a number of copy. I'm going to show you with a number of copy. Let's click one more time through to scale entity here. I have one more time this line selected. Center, I define the intersection of my two lines, and here I can define for example value like 1.2, and I can enter a number. After two enter four, I can obtain this render. I can delete my line just here and this line and this line. This is the type of process that you can do and sometimes it can be extremely useful. If I craft something more so for example, I have a circle here, and I define a circle on this area. I defined phrase another element around. Let's click phrase p rectangles. Center rectangles, just like this here. I will just craft W to enter any dimensions one point arc, on this area. Here, and another three point arc, just on this area. S. I can use the center here, my circles, but if I don't want, I can just press delete because now I have this relation in this relation. Finally, we can find a center point. We'll click on this line delete and click on this line delete. If I want to scale that, I can use scale entity. Entity to scale, I will create a frame of selection just like this. You can take a glance at will have also the line construction here appearing in the entities to scale. Scale abut, I will select this center point, but it can be ano center I will define for example a value can be two, and I will craft a copy, and I will validate just as this. 23. Move sketches: Move entities, Let's explain how to move entities. For this, I will select my top work plane and just create a sketch. After to create this sketch, the principle to move entity, it's to select, we can have entities. For example, if I just select the rectangle. And I just crate a rectangle from corner, not in the center because it will be fixed in the center, so I can just crat a rectangle like this. When I crate this rectangle, how I can move this rectangle. You need to understand if you press escape, you silic just one line. You will just dry and move your rectangles like this, just the line and change the dimension of your rectangle. If you take a point, you will obturn this render. Have also the possibility to craft a frame of selection, select the line, and you can drag and move the rectangle just like this. But you won't have very great precision doing this type of work. This is a reason for which you can use one of these tools, and one of these tools, it is the move entity tools. So I'm going to click here and complete these rectangles. First, I will silicon my top view, and I will use the move entity tools here. You need to select the entity to move. For example, it can be this one, so all the line and from two or x and y axis. If you select X and y axis, concretely, you can just drag and move like this on the x axis or on the y axis also if you need. You have even the possibility to repeat the process so it means to repeat your change just like this. This is how you can work. If I just want to offset only on the x axis 120, I can tape 120, and here 130, I can tape 120, and you can drag and move your element here. If you have the front two, you use the front two, for example, you select move move entity, and you can drag and move this element. All this line are selected and you have the front two. Concretely, you can select a start point, so you can take for example one or the corner of the rectangles, and you just try and move like this to define and point. Here, for example. And you can position where you want at your convenience just like this. This is the process that you can use. If for example, you have something fix like crotcenter rectangles. We have something fix in the center as. For example, something that I can do it to silect this line, and I will define 80. I will silx this line, and I will define 60, I will crate a circle in the idols, crack just like this, and this circle I will define 20. Now I have this element, I can crate more also. Maybe c another rectangles or something I can use tisine tools, just crane on these directions here. I can click on this line and enter a value like ten. I can create a second line just here. One more time, I can click on this line and enter a value of ten. Then I can create another line just on the directions, and I can enter directly value of 12. I can come back here. And here. I will cut this part with stream entity and cut here. Maybe I can cratedor small rectangle, center rectangle starting on this area, and crate a small rectangle on this area. It's okay for that. I have this sketch, and I want to move this sketch. How to process, if you select all the sketch, so you create a frame of selection like this. It's possible to try and move all the sketch, but it's not working properly for a simple reason that here it is fixed. You are just going to try to scale element and definitely it's not convenient. It is not what I want to do. I will come back on this area. And I will select my move entity tools, and entity to move, I will define a selection of all these things just like this. If I define x y axis, here it's going to work properly. I can just drag and move on the x axis a little bit and just validate. If I want to do something more, I can also select all the element. If I use move it again, all the elements are already selected from two, and I can select a starting point. The starting point can be here, and I can drag and move where I want. If you are, for example, another point with a specific part, you can also drag and move. This is how you can move your sketches. 24. Stretch sketches: We're going to see how to stretch entities. To work with this, I will work on the sketches, select the top plane, and I will craft a sketch. How to work with stretch, let's just craft an element around this area just here, and I will just use my line tools. I will craft a first line on these directions, maybe like this. A second line on this direction may be here. Here here. I'm not going to enter specific dimensions, just crate multiple lines, and I will come back to this area. After to do this work, is the principle to stretch entity. Something that you can do, for example, I want to move this line, can take this line, I can drag and move like this, depending of the constraint, we have horizontal constraint, vertical constraint. Depending on the constraint, I can pull like this. I can also click on this point, and I can also drag and move. It depends on the constraint here, we don't have dimension constraint at these times. L et's just come back here. Something that you can do, if you want to you can also take a group like this, but you can use also the stretch entity. For this, you have the stre entity features. Entities to stretch. I can just select this line and form two. In this case if you use F two, I can sil this point, and I can just tr and move on the directions just like that. You can just stretch your element. But in this case, it's not very interesting for a simple reason that I have only one line selected. So this is why I will select not only this line. I need to select more, and silic for example, this group of line just like this. After to slick this group of line, if I use from two, I click on this point and as you can see, you can stretch like this, the selected line on a direction. If you press shift, you can constraint on the same axis and I can stretch just like this. Something that you can do after it you can just stretch on the position that you want. For example, it can be here. And every time you can just stretch like this. If you just press a scap, you can validate and you can stretch here. If for example, I want to stretch this part. What I will do. I will slick stretch entity and click on this line, this line, and this one. Now I will use the three line to stretch. You have F two, but you can use also X and Y axis. For example, I can stretch on the x axis, and I will make some transformation like that. In this case, I want to focus on the y axis, and I can stretch this group up line just on this direction. This is why it is interesting to use the stretch features. Now let's create something. I will draw a line. If for example, you focus here, and you snap on this area, you create a first line, and you create and line just on this area. I select the first line and I define for example 60 pops. Yes, let's define 60. I will select the second line and I will define 80 just like this. I will drag and move this line on these directions, and I will define 40. And I will create a nod down line on these directions, and I will define on the left 60. Then I will create the line here. If I want to repeat this process on the right, I can use my mirror entity, create a frame of selections. Mirror but and click here to repeat the process, and I can validate. So I have this element, but I have different type of relation. If I click here, as you can see you can draw again move this one. For example, just clicking on the line, it's possible. I didn't enter smart dimension or any dimension constraint. Let's just click on stretch entity, entity to stretch. I can si this line, this line in this line, you need to select multiple line, if you select only the line on the top, going to show you. It's not working properly. If I click only on this line, from two and I can slick x y. As you can see nothing happen because I just have one line selected. This is the reason for which I need to silect this line. This line and this line at least. If I slick x y axis, I can move on the y axis, or I can move on the x axis, just like this. Some things that I can do also is to complete with more line. It means I can slick this line and I can select this line. Now if I drag and move on the y axis, I will obtain something like this because here we have something with a constraint and a constraint coincident. If I repeat, I can re my dimension just like this and I will go 260, or you can use also the front, and you can see this point and you can dry and move where you want, and I can follow also this axis to obtain maybe this render. If I'm satisfied, can just press a scap and you can validate your tools, as you can see. This is the type of thing that you will be able to do with this tools. D. 25. Rotate sketches: Rotate sketches. We are going to see how to rotate sketches. For this, I will select the top plane here, craft a sketch, and we will see how to rotate sketches. First things to do, let's just craft a element. For this, I will use my line tools here, and I will craft first line from this part to this part. And I will click on this line, define a line. I will tape 60. After I will craft another element with another one lines here. I think I forget to tape the dimension so W tape 20. I will select my line tools. I can draw a line just around this area. I can tape directly on the parameter on the left value of 20. And I will go just here, and I will tape 60, and I will go just like this. It's okay for that. After some thing that I will do, it's to cratosymmetry, so I will use mirror entity. I will select all this line, mirror or but right plane and I will just validate. I have this element. Now if I want to rotate my element, how I can do this. I just have to use one tools. Let's come back to top view like this, you can use after move entity copy entities. You need to select the entities to copy. Be careful because if you click here, you select only one line. You can select multiple line, or you can just create a frame of selection to select all the line at the same time. One more time you have two options. Form two x y. If you select x y concretely, you can just move like this here, as you can see. Just like to create a rotation, but in this type of case, it's move entity. It's not going to be pretty good. Let's just change for rotate entity. Yes, I was on copy entity, rotate entities. In the rotate entities, you need to silic entity to rotate, this one, and you have the center of rotation and the number of degras. Here he enters the number of degra but I need to define the center rotation. The center rotation can be one of this point. For example, it can be this point on the corner, like this, rotate point define, and now if I activate a value. I will be able to rotate around this point. If I want to rotate 90 degrees, now I can take 90 degrees, and I will be able to rotate from 90 degrees from this point just like this, as you can see. After you can also use and dragon move one of the arrow to turn like this if you want, it is also possible. I just take 90 degrees and I will be able to validate just like that. One of the problems depends on you. If for example, I do this type of work, I'm going to come back. Sometimes it's not pretty good depending of the relation that you want. For example, if I silic move entity, silicott entity. Here, you have the relation, and I'm going to use key relation or it's not going to work pplyss, why I will activate key relation center. This point and entity to rotate all this element. But I keep the relation, and I will take 90 degrees, here, it depends because if you keep up the relation, you will move like this, but it depends on the relation that you keep. If you keep the relation, I will stay here. But if I don't keep the relation, I will turn like this, but something won't be pretty good for a simple reason that we have seen things on this axis. In this type of case, Something that I will do in this type of case, it's first to move my element. For example, I will come back here. I will select all the elements. I will move my entity on the x axis, and I will move on the y axis maybe just here first. I will increase the little bit to position this here and just validate. One more time if you move here, as you can see, We are going to lose the part of the element. If you want to change that, how you can do this? You need to add some specific dimensions. I can use my small dimensions. For example, I can click here, apply 120. Here, 20, here, just 20, just like this. Here I will apply my value of 60. Here we will apply my value of 80, here, 60, one more times, here 20. Here 20. On this area, I think it's pretty good and just validate my small dimension. I have too much relation. For example, if I click on this area, you have midpoint, I need to delete, it's not going to be interesting. The midpoint I can delete on this area. Here we have coincidence. I will delete and I will delete the coincidence here. If I click on for example, this line, I have horizontal and midpoint. I think I can delete the midpoint also. If I go on this area, this area, we have different type of parameter, here I deleted this area, just have horizontal, and here we just have vertical, horizontal and more. It is definitely not a pretty good example here because we have too many types of constraint. Let's make something pretty simple as we come back to this area and just crat rectangle just here to see more the basics. If I select this rectangle now, and I use the rotate entity, You can define one more time the center rotation. This center can be in a midle, for example, this one. If it is in the midle you can activate tape 90 degrees. Just here, I can turn next that as you can. You can also tern using these features. If I just validate, I can turn 90 degrees, I can click here and as you can see, you have a rotation for my rectangles. Things that I can do also, it's to select another type of point. I can click here, select all this, rotate entity. If you define your center rotation, for example, this corner, you can turn and do something like this. But you can also define your center rotation in different place. For example, if I define slice rectangles, I use rotate. Something that I can do, it's to define my center maybe just here. If I define my center here, and I just turn around, we turn around the center as you can see. You need to be careful in my first example because when you have too much dimensions like this and you snap directly to the center, it's not pretty convenient to craft some rotation, so we need to be careful about that. Let's say this rectangle and just press did it. 26. Copy sketches: Copy entities. We're going to see how to copy entities. For this, we will select the top planes and creator sketch. In the sketch, we're going to see how to copy entities. One of the first things to do it to cryo rectangles. I will select rectangles, and I can use the center rectangle, crater rectangle on this area. I will press a skep. Click on this line, directly tape the dimension for this rectangle, 160, and on this area, we'll tape 100. 160, yes. In this area, I will tape 100. Now something that I will do is to create the circles, and I will crate a circle directly in the center, and I will enter a value here, I just tape a value of 30. For example, I created this sketch and I want to copy this sketch, move and copy. What you can do, you can go on copy options here. You have move entity and you can find copy entity. When you click on copy entity, you just need to select the entity to copy first. In this case, I will craft a frame of selection to select all the rectangles and also the circles. Now on the lines of my rectangles and my circles are selected, and you can use x and y. If you use X and Y, you just to you can use this one and you just dragon move and you can craft a copy just like this. And if I go on these directions, I can do something like this. You can also work on the y axis if you need, as you can see, so you can dry and move the wy axis. If you're just validate here. It's not working properly because we have just fix constraint, one more times just on this area, and here you can find fixed constraint. You have a coincidence constraint. I can remove this one. If I click on this one, I have also a coincident constraint. Every time when you have this type of coincident constraint in the Mdel, you will be fixed. This is why, also I want to show you this type of thing because when you start in the center, you use some of these tools, you can be little trap like this, trap like this in the sense where you snap directly in the center. Now if I repeat my process, after to delete the coincident constraint here, it's going to work properly. I can use my copy entities and I can selects, create frame of selection just like this. Let's do this again, Let's sedict copy NTs. Let's create a frame of selections. I can use x, if for example, I want to create the offset of 200 on the x and 200 on the y axis. I can take 200 200, just like this. Now, the element is located here. If I just validate, as you can see the element is copy, and at the same time, we don't have any problem, we have the first element, and the element is now copy here. I'm saying interesting if you click on repeat, you can repeat a lot of time just like this. If you want to repeat this process, it's also possible. Let's just click here and just press delete on the keyboard. If I take one more time, a type of example where I crat center rectangles, just like this. This rector gl, let's select the first line and I tape 200. This rector girls, I select a tape 400. I can use my center print arc just on this area. On my Sweet print arc let's select the swat print arc craton arc on the direction and 180 degrees radius 20, and crate ano arc here, 180 degrees radius 20. You will fill with a mouse that when you snap directly to crate a perfect part of the circles. I can click on this line des press delete and click on this line ds press delete, Crato circles, starting from the center point and enter a dimensions of 12. We have seen that we can use symmetry. We can use also some patterns, and here, if I use just the Copan ****, I can select this circles. And you can use also the from two. It means if I click on from two. I can use my start point and I can define the center of my circles. When I go here, it is another way if you want, for example, to position your circle here. You have the possibility to use the mirror features, but you can also use this feature. You select the from two. You select the center of your circles, or it can be a corner point, it depends, and I can just drag and move and snap here. If I just validate, as you can see, I put this circle also on this area. So to do the same type of work, you need to understand that sometimes you won't have only one way. You can have multiple ways to do the same type of work. After it depends to see what can be the faster, what can be the most convenient depending of the situation. 27. Master constraints part 1: We are going to see how to work with constraint with the sketches. For this, I will select the top work plane, craft a sketch, and to work with a constraint as I explained the different tools. By default, you will have different type of constraint. If for example, I select one of these tools and I decide to craft a line. If I just craft a line like this, you will be able to process scap, and when you click on the line, you will go on the line properties on the left, and here you can find existing relation. By default on this line, I don't have anything specific. If I try to second line. Here, just on this area, I don't have also anything specific. Something that you can do when you click on element. Automatically, the software will propose to you different relations, so it means different constraint. In this case of this line, I can apply a rezonal or vertical or fix. If I want to put this line vertical, I can click on vertical, and I will come like this, and now you can see the existing relation vertical. If I select this line, and I define horizontal, now, I have the constraint horizontal. What does it mean? It means that if I click on my line now and I dragon move or a Dragon move this print, my line will stay perfectly vertical, and this one will stay perfectly horizontal as you can see. Something that you need to understand also when you click on TT here? You will have also the different constraint that you can use directly. I can find again horizontal or again vertical or again Mx fix on this area. This is the first thing to understand. If I craft another element, it can be center rectangles, and I can create a center rectangles just like this. Let's at the same time, create a ca curs, can use my CAC tools and just create a ca cur on this area. I will use also my polygon tools. Let's work with eight side and just create a polygon on this area, just like this. After to do this work, if I select one line of my rectangles. Here, I didn't selected all the rectangle only one line. You can see the existing relation, it is sontal. If I select this line, you can see the existing relation vertical. If I click here, I can see the existing relation horizontal and here vertical. One more time, if I click on one of this line, I can select the constraint that I want on this area also. This is a construction line, and this one is a construction line, and we have the existing relation coincident. You can find your constraint directly on your element. For example, this one is the horizontal constraint. This, this one is a vertical constraint, this one is horizontal, and this one is the vertical also. If I click on one of this line here on my polygons, you can see existing relation, tangent and patterns. If I click on this one, only patterns. If I click here patterns, and if I click here pattern, but if I click on the first one, I will have tangent and patterns because this is the reference. If I click on this circle, I don't have existing relation, I can only apply fix. Why it is useful to apply fix, if you apply the fixed constraint, concretely, you can silican it. It's not possible to move, it's not possible to do anything because you scale. Now, how you can delete one of this constraint. To delete one of this constraint, for example, I have this rectangle. I click on this line. You have two options. First, you can click on the line. Click on the existing constraint, and you can press delete on your keyboard and you can remove the constraint. I can go here, select. Second way, it is to click directly on the constraint. Here I have vertical. You can click here and press delete, and you can also delete the constraint directly. If I click on my line, you can see how we don't have this constraint. I have this line vertical. I can also click on the constraint directly, press delete. And I have this constraint and I can press delete, but I have also constraint in the midle. Here first, as you can see, I don't have the constraint, only the coincident constraint in the medle. If I just dragon move like this, it's possible to make some change, but I can also remove, for example, this line or remove this line. I also coincident constraint in the medal. Now I don't have any constraint on my rectangles, and it means I have the freedom to drag and move the different print or drag and move the different segment at my convenience. It is same for this. If I click on this line, I have pattern and tangent. If I define to remove tangent and to remove patterns here, as you can see now, you can just drag and move like this. You can take any element, and you can make some transformation at your convenience. After I'm going to show you that you can add different type of relation when you silect two and tt. This is something important to know. How to do this. I'm going to say this two element and press delete. I will silic my line tools and Zoom little be just here. For example, cut the first line on these directions. Voluntarily, I don't want to add any constraint to start and let's just make something like this. Automatically, I just have here on this line, horizontal constraint. Here on this line, I have a parallel constraint but I don't want, so I will press delete, and I just have this element. Now if I want to structure my element with a constraint. I can remove also this one. I can, for example, click on this line and activate horizontal. I can click on this line, activate Vertical. I can click on this line, activate horizontal. Click on this one, activate Vertical. Click on this one, activate horizontal, and click on this one activate vertical. Now, if I just dragon move, I will keep this constraint horizontal and vertical as you can see. You have other type of constraints that you can use. If for example, I create two lines one here, and I create second lines on this direction. What happened if I decide to sell this 20? I can select this one, and I can pre shift and select this one. Because we have two lines in the existing relation add relation, you have so much more option now because you have selected two entity. I'm going to show you you sal this one, shift, salg this one, and you can also have access to more options directly here, but I think it's better to work in these panels. What I can use, I can use, for example, parallel. If I use parallel, my two lines will stay perfectly parallel. But I can do more. I can also have the same size, so I can select the two line just here. If I select the two line, what I will be able to use, I can use also equal. If I use equal, Automatically, I will have also the same size, so my two lines will keep exactly the same size at the same time. It means if I select this line and I change the size just here, I define 120, the order line will have also 120. You can also put two lines collinear. For example, you have a first line here. For example, you have a second line here. I want these two lines collinear. I set the first one chip the second one, and what I will be able to do, I can use coolnar, just like this. Thanks to that, this two line will stay perfectly in the same axis as you can see. We can do this type of things with a lot of things. Even if you crate a paraloogram, for example, you crate a parloo gram, just like this. After you want to add more constraint, you can select two lines. For example, I can select these two lines, and you can use a perpendicular constraint if you need. I will turn this render just like this. Can move on this area, move on this area. Now because I have one perpendicular constraint and I have all parallel constraint, I will turn this render as you can see. I can also click here, click here, and apply again perpendicular. But because it is a paralogram, we have because it is a paryllogram. We have all already multiple parallel constraint. This is the reason for which, if I click here and click here. If you even if you don't use perpendicular, you have also the parallel constraint on each line, and now we have also perpendicular constraint. Don't forget that you have a lot of constraint by default when you crate the element, but in some case can be interesting to use more. 28. Master constraints part 2: We're going to continue with a constraint. Let's select one more time the top work plane Crato sketch. As explained before, we can use different type of constraint every time when we add an element, sometimes we can have automatic constraint. What other type of constraint you can use also? Let's take the example of the circles. I'm going to craft a first circle maybe around this area just like this. I'm going to craft another circle maybe a this area. If I want this two circle be you select the two circle. If I want this two circle be concentric. You can select this 21, and you have the option. You have also corradal, but corradial, it's going to be exactly on the same way just like this. It's not very interesting. I'm going to use. I'm going to use collinear. Ccentric. I will select this first one and the second one, and I have more options here, and what I will be able to do, I will be able to use concentric. It means my two circle will have the same center. Now if I move one of the circles, Here, with the center, the other one will change. After I can change the size, it is definitely not a problem, but we will keep the same position. If I slick this, circle outside, I change the position on the x axis. Let's take 120, and here 100. Automatically, the second circle will follow as you can see. Another type of constraints that you can use, also, which can be interesting. Can be the tangent constraint. You have, for example, a circle just like this, and you create a line just here, and you want this line tangent to the circle. You select the circle, shift, you select the line, and what you will be able to do, you will be able to apply here. Tangent. Thanks to that, the circle will stay directly on the curves, and you can drag and move the line, the circle will follow as you can see. We have seen all the important constraints that you will be able to use. Let's make just small exercise, for example, and I will go on these directions. Something that I will do. I don't want to use the line tools and just create a line here, and we can have automatic constraints here. This line, I can click on this line and I can define a parameter. It will be 60. I will create another line here, go on the right, and click on this line, and I will define also a value of 60 just like this. Now what I will be able to do, I can create a circles, and the circles will go these directions, and I will snap here and create a second circles. The first circles, I will change The value, let's just apply a value of 20, and the second circle, I will change the value for, for example, 30. T settle too much, Let's click on this one, and let's just change for 28. Now if I craft two lines, one lines just here, and if I craft a second lines maybe just like this, I want to have this two line coincidence with the two circle. One of how I can do this. He to understand when you click on this circles here, or if you click on this one, you don't have an existing relation. But if I click on this line, shift, click on this circles. I can add tangent. You also equal curve lave, something a little bit specific to increase the curve depending of the line here. But we don't use too much. What I can use I can use tangent. One of the problem is sometimes the circle will be able to move as you can see. This is why before to do this, before to do this because it is the same you can also click on this one, click on this one, and do the same type of way. This is why we can use also the fixed constraint extremely useful. You click on the circle and you can activate fix. Click on this circle and you can activate fix also. Now it's impossible to move this circle or move this circle. Even if when I will dragon move the line after, the circle won't move and this is exactly what I want. Because if you don't do this when you will move the line, the circle will move also. I can click on the circle, click on this line and activate tangent. Click on this circle, click on this line and oops, Yes, this Click first, click on this circle, click on this line. Tangent. Then click on this circle, click on this line, tangent, and then click on this circle, click on this line and tangent because here you can drag and move as you can see, click on this circle, click on this line and tengent. So no what I will be able to do. To adjust my line. For example, you can stay directly on the axis because we have the tangent constraint. So that I will do it to snap in the midle I have this guide. And here it is same. I stay on the axis, and I can snap just here. And here it is same, I can stay on the axis and just snap in the midl if I have my smart guide. I think yes, just like this. On this right sm, I can do yes, axis. Perfect. I need to check something, but apparently it's not exactly in the midle Something that I will do, when I click here, I have coincident constraint, I will remove. While I click here, coincident constraint by default, I will remove. Now I can move again my line. When you snap directly to intersection point, automatically, you will have a coincident constraint. Something that I would like to do is to increase little bit to be in the center. Now it's better and increase little bit to be in the center may be here. Now it's better. And that's it. As you can see, if you click on this point, we'll have order. Here we don't have coincident, but it's a little strange because sometimes we have directly the coincident contract, but it's going to be okay for that. Now what I can do. I can clean a little bit my sketch with the trim entity, and I can remove one of this part or one of this part. If it's not working properly like here, it's for a simple reason the point is not snapping. Here if I check, as you can see, the point is not snapping on this direction. And here if I go in this direction, the point is not sapping also. I need to try to do something again and really snap. I think now it's not working properly. Let's subtle out. I'm going to try again. I think I have a little offset with my circle, when it's like this. The best things to do it to remove the two lines like that. Remove your two lines and you try to repeat the processes definitely better. Because if you don't do this, it will be very difficult to change really your sketch. I can advise you to redo again and you select this line, shift the circle and you can activate tangent. I can select this circle and this line tangent. Then this circle and this line, and we can apply tangent, and here now as you can drag and move here. You can select this circle and this line and one more time tangent. And if I zoom a little bit, you can dragon move stay on this axis. Like here, you can dragon move stay on this axis, on this area, you can dragon move and stay on this axis. And here, tron move and stay on this axis, and know it's working properly. If I use my trim tool, now it's going to work and I can rise here, rise here, rise here, and rise here, and I can up turn this render, as you can see, if you want to create two circle just here, for example, an der one just here, it's possible you can define then the size that you want. This is how to work with the constraint system. 29. Master dimensions part 1: Add dimensions. For this, let's see how to add dimensions in the sketches. Something that I'm going to do is to directly select the top workplan, and just create a sketch. I can select this workpla, create a sketch. After to do this type of work, let's see how to add dimensions. The dimension is like a constraint. It's not only to add a dimension, it's just to add a constraint. If I select my line tools here, for example, and I go to snap to this point just here. I can add a line here, add line here, add the line here. Let's just continue. I didn't use the grid in this type of case just to show you the dimensions, and I can come back on this area and on this area. If I do something like this. You can just enter dimension on this area. For example, I can just select this line, and I can put a dimension just here, like 50. I can select this line, I can put a dimensions like for example, 60, just like this. But if you put dimensions here, all the order element will move, as you can see for a simple reason that it's not a constraint, even if here I can come back and I can change again my dimension because it is not a constraint. If I want to have my element fixed, you need to add dimensions. It is like a constraint. For this, you can use the dimension tools here. You have different type of dimension tools that we can use. But something that we will use the most, I'm going to show you something that we will use the most. It is something like smart dimensions, horizontal vertical dimensions. If you use a smart dimension, automatically, he will recognize the type of features. For example, if I click on this line, I can enter a dimension. Now I can make, for example, 60. What does it mean? It means that now if I take this point, As you can see, it's not possible to drag and move this point because I use 60. And now in the existing correlation, we can find distance. When you add a dimension, it is a constraint. So you can for example, click on element, I can click here, and you will have on this point the constraint dimension. I can also come back, click on my Smart Dimension tools. Click on this line, and I can enter a value. Step sample 50. I can click on this line, and I can enter a value. Let's tepample 24. I can click on this one. Let's tep for example 40. I can click on this one and I can apply maybe 12. I can yes, click on this one and I will apply maybe 20. Then I can click on this one, and here you have Mc dimension driver. While you are Mc dimension driver because you have here 24, and here you have 12. Here you have allady 60. It means Automatically you will have 24. Even if you put the dimension or you won't put the dimension, it will state fixed with 24. This is why they say make dimension driver. You can validate. It's okay. It's definitely not a problem. Now, what's happened? If I take a point and I want to move, nothing will move. As you can see. Nothing will move for a simple reason if I press a scap, to come back with maybe yes my section tools. Nothing will move for the simple reason that you apply dimension constraint. On each line, you have a dimension constraint, and this is why it's not possible to move anything. And you can click on the different point, you can find distance. You can click on a point, you can find distance in the existing relation. This is why it's not possible to move. If for example, I want to remove a dimension. I remove for example this one and I select. I remove this dimension. As you can see, I can just only move like this, because I remove this dimension, but all the dimension will stay the same. But because I remove this dimension, I can only move like that, and I can click again on this one, smart dimensions, go on this area, and I can for example tape again 50. If I wanted to have all these elements symmetric, I can just use mirror, mirror ab, I can select all the features, mirror abut this axis and validate. This is how to work. Now, if I just come back to my top view, I will delete all the elements. Other interes to work with this. I can select the rectangle tools. I will go here and I will define center rectangles. I think I have again maybe dimensions here. It's going to be remove it just its number. I will say the center rectangles and crato center rectangle like this. First, I can use specific dimension to these center rectangles. I can even remove this construction line and remove this construction line, it's okay. I will select my smart dimension if I want to have this fix, and I can apply a value like 200. I will click here and I will apply 160. Another interest of the smart dimension is to have a interesting position. For example, if I click on the circles, and I define the circles here. I want the circle will be in specific location, or I can create another one here. A little bit smaller. First, I can click on this circle and activate a value of 16, and I can slick this circle and activate a value of 12. I will create also another rectangle just here, center rectangles. I can drag and move this rectangle, put two dimensions. One more time, I can click here. And, it's not a constraint. I just apply your dimensions, as you can see, I can apply 24. On this area, I can apply maybe 60. So if I want to position the circle, exactly where I want with the distance from the line. I can use my small dimensions and I can select the center point of the circle, this line, and you can dragon move, and you can enter a dimension. For example, I would like a distance of 28, so I can take 28. If I want to do this on the order direction, I select First, you press a scap, just one, you select the point, you select this one and you can define a distance. Sometimes it's not very convenient you to press a scap multiple times and take again the tools. Click on this point, click on this line, and you can draw and move the distance that you want from my vertical line to the center of the circle. Here in this case, maybe I would like 32 and I position my circle. Now if I press a scap and I want to move the circle, I will move the entity for a simple reason that the circle will keep this distance. That is something important to understand. Here I can do the same thing. I can press scap, use my smart dimensions, center line, and I can enter the distance that I want, like for example 30, can process scap, smart dimensions, center this line, and I can enter the value that I want, like for example for. But it works for everything. For example, I have this rectangle, I want to put a distance to this line. How to do this. I press a scap, I slate my smart dimension. I click on this line. Click on this line. J here, as you can see, it's not working properly, so it's better to use 0.2 point. You select this point, you select this line or 0.2 line. Let's do this again. Small dimensions. And click here. Click here and yes. Now it's going to work, and you can enter the distance that you want. If for example, I want 40, I can put 40. One of the problem is the rectangle is little moving in this case. What to change this process. You can for example, click on one of these elements like this line and you can use fix, this line and you can use fix this line fix, and this line maybe fix. I know what will happen if I repeat the process here and I apply a value of 40. As you can see it will be the rectangle who is going to move, and I can place my rectangle just with a specific distance from this. The most important thing is to understand that to add a dimension is like a constraint. Now, what happened if you click on the dimensions. You can find some information just here, what will be the sketches, and you can change also a little value, so it means your dimension, you will be able to change the position, you have also the unit document and more abs. For example here, you can use basics, or you can use none, but you have different options to for example fit the dimension if you need. If you take a glance about the parameter here, we have the DD document unit. When you go to the edit document unit, you can find dimensions, and here is by default, the form family. By default, we have the dimensions located on the top but if you want to change that, you have the possibility to silic for example bottom, right or left. You have also the possibility to change the precision here. I just validate just here as you can see we change and we make some change about the dimension position. If I just go in this area, can silect again this area and edit the document unit. L et's come back to the dimension features. Here, I have drill dimension display. It is not what I want to do. One of the problem is, if I go an edit document units here. I select my dimensions and I use buttom now. One of the problem it will be for the next dimensions. If for example, I press a scap, I remove these dimensions or maybe I can remove this one, and I select my smart dimension tools. Can click here. I can go in this area. Now you can see the location on the dimensions is on the bottom, as you can see. But you need to to change that before, because if you don't change that before, it's not going to work out what you have already. Let's just come back and dimension features, and I will come back on the top here just like this. You can also change the size of the how also. But you need to understand that this is also useful when you will work to introduce your work on pages and here just to enter dimension for sketches. 30. Master dimensions part 2: We're going to continue with the dimensions. Let's select the top work plane and crato sketch. Let's continue with the other type of dimensions that you can use. For this, let's just create an element. I will use my line tools here and something that I will do it to snap to this part, and I will go on these directions just on this area. After that, I will create an oder line just here on these directions, and I will press a skep every time click to select an oder line just here. Yes, maybe I can create another one on this area. Is a scape, and I will use my line tool to create another one also here. After to do this work, I will enter dimensions. You have not only the smart dimension. You can use something like for example, horizontal or vertical. If on horizontal, you just select a horizontal line, but horizontal line like this one. I can try to put for example a distance of 110, just like this. But if you douse horizontal here, it's not going to work properly because it's not horizontal. L et's change. So if you click horizontal and select a line is not horizontal, it's not going to work. Let's select vertical, and I will click on this area, and I will change and I will take forample ten. I will click on this one, Vertical, and I will define a value of 40. I will click on then this one. Here I need the horizontal. But you can use also the smart dimensions. It's going to work very fast, and I can change that for 70 like this. I will click on this one and I just want 30 because here I have 40, th, and ten, so we'll be in the same distance. Now what I will be able to do it is to create a arc. I will use my arc tool three point arc and Cylic point, this point, and when I arrive to 180 degrees, I use 20, I can use the left click. Now we have the center point here, and I will create another circle on this area. You can also use for example when you click here. You can use also the smart dimensions if you want to apply something to a circle, so I can click on the circle, and I can also apply a dimensions. Let's tape 24. You can also apply this on the arc if you need, so you can click on this arc, smart dimension on this arc, and you can also apply a value. But it will be driven also. That's it. We apply many dimensions. What does it mean? It means that now everything will be fixed. If I want to move, I can click on element with my selection tool, try to dragon move. I just have something perfectly fixed from from my conception. I can even create a felt, it means I can sect my felt tool, sketch felt, and I can click here, I will decrease the value. Let's step four, I will sick this line and this line. It's not working properly. Let's click on this one and this one. So Let's do this again. Yes, just like this, and I will change with a value maybe of ten, and I will just validate. I will sect one more time, my filet tools, sketch felt, and I will go in this area, slick this one, and this one, and I will apply a value of hops, It's not working properly one more time. Let's just click here. Si this one and this one. Sometimes it depends the direction when you choose. If you're slick here and here, it's not going to work properly because the value is too high. I'm going to change for four. After to change for four, if now I click here and I click here, now it's going to work because the value we were too high before. And I can just validate like this for millimeter. That's it, we have created, for example, this sketch with multiple dimensions. After you have more options, we're not going to see that to merge, but you can also ordinate your dimensions. For example, clic, this view silic for example, one of the side view that we have. We are on the top view here. And you have more type of dimensions. For example, you have some baseline dimension or shan dimension. You can use this to create something as a baseline, and you can silic for example, multiple line and you can use also to make anger just like that. If you just continue, you can also use horizontal ordinate dimension, just when you have, for example multiple elements, and when you have multiple elements, you will be able to silic multiple segment. Don't forget also that when you use a smart dimension, if you select a first line, a second line, you can also apply your angles just like this. If I use my smart dimension again, I select something like this line and this line, and you can also apply some angles as you can see. But here it's going to be driven because I have already horizontal dimensions and horizontal constraint and vertical constraint. If you want to delete a dimension, just click on this and you just need to press delete on the dimension. You can also edit after you double click and you can change the dimension depending on the other one because every time it is a relation of constraint between different dimensions. 31. Master linear patterns with sketches: We're going to see how to work with linear patterns. To do this type of works, let's select the top plane and craft sketch. Where to find this features? We can find this feature here. It is the linear sketch patterns. We can also work with circular, so we'll see that after. First, let's focus on linear sketch patterns. I can craft any element, and I will be able to repeat this element. First things to do, let's select rectangles. I can craft rectangles, can be center rectangles and craft small center rectangles around this area. I will click on this line and define a dimensions. Let's tap 60. On this area, I will tap 40. Now, I would like to repeat this rectangle. I can Zoom litter out, and you can use the linear sketch patterns. For example, I can click here, linear sketch patterns, and First things to understand is to choose the direction that you want and to select the entity that you want also. B here inside the entity, I have a line selected is not pretty good. If I select everything, I can use linear. If for example, you have one line, I have this line and I select the linear sketch pattern, the line will appears here. And let's select this line because it's not possible to silic all the rectangle in one time, so silect the different lines of the rectangles. Now you have offset on the x axis of 10 millimeters. This is the yellow part. Something that you can do is to define first a value from the center of this rectangle to the center of this rectangle. The space value, this is the X spacing is from the center of your element to the other center. We have two big square, 40 millimeter each, and this is why we arrive on this area. And here this is the number that you want. So Let's them out. You can select the space and you can select the number. I can increase also the space. Let's focus 160. I can enter the dimensions. Let's put eight repetition just like this. Here you can even enter a number of degras if you need. We don't use this too much, but you can enter a number of degras. So we can work on only one direction. But if you want to work on a second direction, it's also possible. And here you have the axis, and you can work with the count, and you can work also on the y direction. Here you enter the number that you want. Let's put eight also, and one more time, the space, just like this. If I do this type of work, I can decrease, and I can just validate and we have created this type of repetition. Definitely extreme something extremely useful to do. Going to show you another example, crater rectangle, let's select car rectangles here, and I will craton object. After we'll use the different features. Concretely, we'll do this type of work on the sketches and you will see what we'll use extrusion while it is useful. But here, I just want to focus first on all the sketches parameter to perfectly master the different features on sketches. So I'll create a first rectangle. I will select this line and I will put 200. Maybe it's not enough, lets change for 240. I will click on this line and I will apply a value of 30. Now I will use directly my Sweet print clic this point. This point go in this direction, and you need to arrive to perfectly 180 degrees radius 15. I can do the same type of thing here, this point, this point, and here. You don't need to use symmetry when it's petifi. When you can do this very fast, don't need to use symmetry. Don't need to create a line here and to create the symmetry. The symmetry is useful, the near it is useful if you can urn time. If you don't urn time, just make something like this fast, it is okay. Let's click here and click here, and I will create a circle just on this area. The circle, I will click here. For example, I will apply a value of eight. Now what's happened if I want to repeat this circles? I can use my linear sketch patterns. I can click here, entity to pattern the circles, and I will focus on the x axis. I will enter a dimension and a number. First, you have also dimension ping. It's a little bit different, but you can also use this. Something that I will do. It's to focus on a number of cot, I would like for example eight, and I will change the spacing to try to arrive at here, I'm not going to write perfectly. I need to enter nine. If I enter nine, I will be perfect, and I can do this type of work. Now it is perfect. I will be able to ext this part and I will be a very nice render, as you can see, just like this. This is how to craft this type of entity. Another type of things that you can do. If I silect my top just here, can silic top. Can silic all this element. Something that you can do if you want to craft something like crede. You can silect a ton girl and just craft a center rectangle just here. After to craft the center ret girls, you can click on this line and you can enter a value. Let's tep 200. After I will go on this line just here, and I will tape an order value let just tap 200. I will click here to delete because after when I will repeat that we have too many things. I will create an order. I will create another rectangles center rectangle from the center here and just enter two values. I can press asap, click on this line, and here we can tape 20, and I can click on this line, just tape 12. This is our base, you can select this constraint in the medal delete. This constraint is the medal and press delete on the keyboard. I want to create something like cree. How to do this. I will click on my linear patterns, and first, I will silect entity two patterns, and I will select this line, this line, this line, and this line. I need to o. X one. First, I will focus on the x axis and I will craft, for example four repetition, and I will enter a distance. T four is not pretty good. Let's tep just three. And I will change my distance for step 38, and just like this. Now I want to go another axis yx. Second click on y axis, enter a number of repetition at this direction. Step. For example, maybe six, like this. I will define spacing also. Just step 26. I think it's pretty good like that. One of the problem is it's not possible to work here or to work here at this tp. But some things that you can do. It is to just validate this one, and after to complete with the mirror entities. I can click on mirror. Entity to mirror, you just crit a frame of selection on this element, just like this, or you can create a frame of selection here, but you will select this line in this line. I can advise you in this case to just craft a frame hoops to just craft a frame inside. Let's click on mirror entity, crit a frame, just inside. Ops, I have this line again selected. Let's process, de select everything. Let's select mirror entity. Select entity to mirror this one. And Miro bat this one. I think it's pretty good, but maybe maybe I can do something better. Here is the front plane. I will delete. I can use this one, yes, it is better. I will use this one and validate. Now we'll use mirror entity and crate frame of selection of this part, mirror or bt, and select this line. Perfect. You can do this type of patterns. You have perfectly equal distance between the different element. This is how to use the linear patterns in sketches. 32. Master circular patterns with sketches: We're going to see how to work with circular patterns on sketches. For this, let's lick the top plane and create sketch. On this sketch, we can create circular patterns, and you can find the circular pattern sketch here. We've seen how to focus on the linear sketch pattern. Let's focus on the circular sketch patterns. Why it is useful, I'm going to show you something first. It is to create a circles, and I will place my circles maybe around this area here. I will create a circle, just like this. I will define value. Maybe I can tape just ten. After that, I can drag and move a little bit my circle on this axis just here. Let's Zoom little out. What is the principle of the circular patterns? You can click here. Circular sketch patterns, and for things to understand it is entity two patterns. I can click here and syllx this line. And after it slate this circle, and after to do this work, as you can see, we can turn around like this. We need to select the reference point. The reference point where you will turn around will be by default at zero, zero. This is why on the x axis, y axis, we have zero, and this is the center point as you can see. But you can change this center point. Here, if you want to define another point, it is possible, but I don't have here. And by the foot, I want to stay at zero, zero, but you can do something different. If I take 20, I will go here if I tape 2020, I will be in this direction. It is not what I want to do in this case, I want to have zero, and I want to have zero. After that, you can select your number of count just here. Let's see if for example eight, and you define the number of degrees just here. If you don't want 360 degrees, you can decrease. If you only want to focus on maybe 200 degrees, you can just take 200 degrees as you can see, and you can find the direction just here. Let's come back to 260 degrees. After that, you have to equal spacing, this is what we use the most, but you can also focus on a dimension angular spacing. Here we have for example, a space of 45. If you equal spacing, you define for example a complete turn and automatically, the circle will be equally displayed. But if you click dimension angular spacing, if I have eight instances, eight instances, it will be 45 degrees. But if I change for 20, as you can see, it will be only on these directions. So count on this area, if I want 28, I can apply 28 and more. Something that I will do is to come back to equal spacing and just step two red 60 das. If for example, a valid date, I can create this type of things. So let's see a concrete example where it can be extremely useful. If I keep my base in the center, I can create a first circle just like this. Here. This circle, I can press a scap. Click on this one. Yes, I can define a radius like maybe 101st. I can define a save on circle. I can click on my circle tool, se to save on circle, just like this. I can take directly my radius here like 140. Something that I will do it is to create a small circle on this area. I'll click on my circle tools one more time, and I will create a small circle here. If you don't find the center on this area, you can create a line and you snap here to here. After that, you can find your center and you can click on your circle tool a snap to the center to create a small circle. This circle I will put a value of 12 here. I can press a scap, click on the line and delete. I don't need anymore. I want to repeat this circle around. How I can do this, I can use the circular patterns. One more time I can click on this area. Change for circular, select first entity to patterns my circles. After the point by default will be at zero and zero on Xn yx, this is what I want. I will make a complete turn of 260 degrees. This is also what I want. I will just change the number just here. And I will increase with, for example, 12 instances, and I will just validate and automatically, you can create this render. If after you create to extrusion, it will be pretty good. You can directly create this type of things just using the sketch. Let's see just a last example if you center is not located here because it is important also to understand that. We'll come back on my tb Zoom little out, and just press delete on my keyboard for all this element. For example, you create something like rectangles. It can be Yes, I crate a center rectangles here first. I have my dimensions on the left, so I can press a scale generally, I prefer to click here and tape, for example 200 on this area. Just on this area will tape 60. I will crate a circle, I will use my circle tools, and I'll crate a circle also on this area, just like this. Here. I will enter a dimension like 68, and I will create a second circle one more times this area, just like this. I will enter a dimension of 38, for example. Then I will use my trim tools to trim for example this part. This part, this part, I will trim also this different element here I don't want. Also, this part, I have my center here, can trim this part. This part, this part, this part and this part. I have this element. Something that I would like to do is to create one more time a small circle just on this area. I can use my line tool, snap to this point to this point to define the center precess, and with my circle, you can just create a circle here. You will define the dimension of this circle step eight, and then I can validate this. Click on the line and press delete on the keyboard. I want now to repeat this circle around, but around this center point. I need to change the center point now. Let's select first circular sketch patterns, entity to pattern the circles. As you can see, it's not pretty good because the center is here. This is why I can click on 0.1, press delete on the keyboard to delete this one. And I will click here and I will define this point center of the circle. Left click. Now it's pretty good. I have my new center located at 100 millimeter on the x axis and zero on the y axis. Depending on what I want to do, one more time I want, for example, 260 degrees, and I will increase the number. Let's apply maybe just apply eight just like this. Or I can apply more depending but what I want to do. But yes, in my case, I just want to apply eight and just validate like this. If for example, I don't want this one, I can click here, and I can press delete only for this one and obtain this render, but if I don't want this one, or don't want this one, I can also delete as you can see. This is how you can work with this type of features. Here one more time if you extra, you can extrade all the element just here, and you have directly holes in the position of the circles. It is definitely a very interesting features that you can use. As I explained before, you can focus on linear sketch pattern, circular sketch patterns. One more time, you can use this in the features. It means you can in the features, have the possibility to create linear patterns and create linear patterns and create circular patterns. But you can work on this also directly on sketches. After it depends what it is the best, sometimes it's better to use directly on features, sometimes it's better to use directly on the sketch. And I think if you can do a lot of things directly from the sketch, it can be pretty better. You can arn times. Here definitely, you can use this features linear sketch pattern and circular sketch pattern, is definitely pretty cod. Let's just click here and I'm going to remove this sketch here and press did it. 33. Create extrusions: Rat extrusion. We are going to see different features and the features that we use a lot will be the extrude features. One of the first things to do it is to select a plane, I will select the top work plane and create a sketch. Let's first is the basic of the extrusion and we will just create a rectangle center rectangles. Start a sanctor rectangles here. After to do this work, I can click on this line, define a dimension. It can be 140, and I can click on this line and enter another dimension like 100. After to do this work, I can exit my sketch. We have this element and I want to extrude this rectangle. To extrude this rectangle, you select the sketch concern and you use the features in the features here, extrude both base. Thanks to that, you have from what, and by de food the most of the time you will use what, you will use just the sketch that you have selected. After that, you have this arrow here, so you can pull the arrow to define an extrusion on a direction or another direction, just like that. Something that you can do, it's here you can invert your direction with the direction number one, and you have different type of options. What option you have concretely. Sometimes you have up to vertex, so it means if for example, you have another things on the top, you can use up to vertex up to surface, but them are up to a body. This will concern if you have another element, for example, on the area. In this case, I can use just bled. And here you can craft your extrusion with a specific value, or you can use also meat plane just like that. In this case, you will be, you will have the same size on the top and on the bottom, just like this. Let's do this again. You sick the sketch extrude. Here you use blind. If for example, I want to craft an extrusion with 20, I can just te 20 and I just validate, like this. If Now, if I want, for example, to create an extrusion and to craft something on another work plane. I can use for example the front plane to make something different, click on the front plane, create a sketch because I'm going to show you something and I will create one more time rectangles. Let's click first, not a rectangle. I will use the midpoint tools, and I will snap directly here, and we can craft a line just on these directions and another line here. And I can create another one maybe here and another one just here. If I select this line, I can activate vertical. Now as you can see, you can drag and move here, you can drag and move here. Let's select two dimensions. I will zoom a little bit. On this area, will select a dimension of 12 just like this. But I need to snap my center point here. After to snap the center point, I will enter a dimension of 12. Perfect. On this one, I will enter a dimension maybe of 50. It's okay for that, I crated this element exit. I want to craft an exclusion. I select my sketch number two extrude, just like this. You can focus on two direction. It means this is a direction number one and you can activate a second direction. If you activate a second direction, you can for example, select the value for the first, it can be ten, and the value for the second direction, it can be for example 30. In this case, you can extrude with two direction. You can also use the arrow and you can work on two directions as you can see. You have also the possibility to chances for mid plane, and in this case, you will have the same sits in the two sides. If for example, you increase, you will be symmetric here and symmetric here. In my case, what I will use? I will use 50 for I want to perfectly match 50, p not 5,100 to perfectly match, and I can validate and I will turn this render. Something that we're going to do is to remove this both trade. Remove. Yes, remove yes, also, and I will remove the sketch each time you select and you press delete. You can also create things with holes directly. It means you sing the top or plane you create a sketch. On your sketch, some things that you can do, I will select center rectangles, create center rectangles like this. This time, I will use my smart dimensions. We'll understand why after, and I will trad something with 160. Here on this area, I will tape just 100. I will add a circle just here, create a small circle. I will enter a dimension for the circle of ten, just like this. With a press scape, my smart dimension as I explained before you click on this point, click on this line and you find a distance. Let's supply maybe 16. Think 16 is maybe not enough. I can put 20. And let's click on this line and this point, and I can define also 20 here. Now I define my first circle. I can repeat this circle on each side. For this, I can use mirror entity. I can say mirror entity, entity to mirror this circle, mirror but this work plane. I can just validate. Mirror entity, this circles, mirror bat, this work plane. Mr entity, this circles, mirror, mirror bat, this work plane, and I can validate. I will be able to extrade this part. For example, I can click on exit, and even if I have directly halls, here, you can extrade the part and automatically you will create ls. If I si my sketch number three, trade, We'll obtain this render. Here one more time we'll use a meat plane, but I can come back to plant just like this, just on on one directions. I can, for example, reduce and just define the value that I want. You have also an option. It is a sine features that you can use. Concretely, when you use the sine features, you can just create something like this. It's a little bit more specific. I'm going to show you just after with a rectangle because because here it's not a good example. So I can just use this. Create an extrusion maybe with, let's just change the value just for like that. I will just validate and I created this element as you can see. This is why it's useful in the sketches directly if you have, for example, circle, you can do this type of circle after on an oder sketch, but you can do directly in the first sketch. The last thing that I wanted to show you also, it is going to click on bus extrude, delete on the keyboard. Yes, and click on sketch, delete on the keyboard. Yes. Something that you can do also. I can select the top plane, crate sketch again. Click here, crate sketch. If you use the same feature, I silect to center rectangles one more times, just like this. I silic my first line and I put 161 more times, and I silic this line and maybe 100. I will apply also a fillet sketch fillet, and I will define this one and this one. We have ten. Let's keep ten, here, here, here, and here, and here, and here. I just validate. Now, if I just click and exit the sketch, let's see the scene features. I will create an extrusion of this cache. Here I can enter a value, and I will apply the same feature. Automatically, you will have some sickness. We'll just take the extremities of your sketch just like that. You can use meat planes or two directions. Depends what you want to do. Here you can apply a value. For example, I just apply four, you can create something like this with your value of extrusions that you have here. For example, I can tape 48. Yes, 48. Now I can click here, and that's it. This is why it is useful. So Let's click here and just press delete on the keyboard, and let's delete this sketch. Also. 34. Create revolutions: Create revolutions. We are going to see how to create a revolution. For this, we will use this features the revolt bus base. First, I will select a work plane and in this case, we will select the front work plane, and on the front workor plane, we will create a sketch. Let's first create a sketch for the revolution. You need to understand that you will revolve around axis. Why it is useful because you can harm time. I'm going to show you something. Let's click on the line tools and Craft first line from the center point. Go on these directions, and just craft multiple line after we'll have dimensions. Just add multiple lines like this, come back here and snap to the center point. Now let's add the dimensions. I will press a scap, select my smart dimension tools, and click on this area. We will use a value of 60 on this area, 60 I can take. Here I will take a value of 40. Here, I will apply your value of 20. On this area, I will apply 40. Here we will apply also 20. Here we will apply a value of 30. On this area, it will be driven. I can just validate, and if I go here, it will be driven also, because we have all these dimensions, because we have 40, 40, and, it is 110, we will have automatically 110 here. Now we have this sketch. I will exit my sketch just like that. We have this element here. The principle of the revolution, you click on the sketch that you want to use Sketch. You use revolve voice base, and here you need to select the axis of revolution. What will be my axis? I want to turn around this axis just here. I can click on this axis and take a glance automatically I turn this render. After something that you can do one more time, you can use more options, but it's not going to change anything here. But something important is you can change the number of degrees. If you just want to turn with 100 degrees only apart, you can only do this. So the direction, the number of degrees important. If I want to turn 200 degrees, I can use 200 degrees. If I want to complete turn, I will use hundred degrees. A 260 degrees. Let's t 260 degrees just like this. And that's it. After you can use also a scene features, but definitely it's not extremely convenient in this type of case to use the scene features. You can also apply two direction. The two direction will be interesting if for example, you apply one on a directions just here, and on the direction two, you apply for example 20, something like this. You can work on two direction from your base. Let's just come back on one direction and apply 360 degrees and just validate. Why it is useful because you can do this type of things with S sketch and the extrusion. But you will take morta, will create a first sketch, first extrusion, second sketch, second extrusion, third sketch, third extion. Each time you create a circle and extrusion. You can do this in just one time using the revolution. Now if you want to add directly holes in the Midol. It's also possible. Something that you can do I will remove my revolve features just like this, and I will silck my sketch just here. When you click on the sketch, you can click on Edit Sketch. I'll sect all the element and just press delete. Something that I will do is to go on this view. It means here this view. I will craft a line just here, start a line here. Craft line on these directions. And another line just on this direction. I'm going to let the space here. For example, this point hoops, I make some mistake because I have coincidence, I need to click on coincidence and remove to be able to move my line just like this. I will create another line just here, and I will click on this line and activate the constraint vertical. Now, if you want to turn around this part, you need to craft a line. I'm going to show you if you click on exit here, and you have this element. Here you can select the work plan, you can extend again if you need, it's possible. But I will see that after because it's not convenient in this case. It's not possible to use directly a workplan. You need to turn around something. I will craft a sketch here. I did the sketch, and I will select a line and just craft a line just on these directions, and I will press a sce and I will exit my sketch. Now if I click on this sketch and I define the revolve base just like this. I need to select the axis of revolution and I will use the lines that I have here like this one. After that, when you go on this direction, you can try to turn around as you can see. It's not going to work for a simple reason that the axis is located here. Something that I will do to deactivate this one. If example, you are in the sketch, so you click on the sketch, and you remove for example this line, and you exit the sketch just like this. You the sketch, revolve base here, you can turn around this axis here and axis of revolution, you can turn around just like that. Thanks to that, you will upturn this render as you can see. Something that you can do also, here I can validate and just click on Edit and undo here. Something that I can do is to click on reference axis here I can slick to work plane like the right plane and this work plane, and thanks to that, I can define axis here. If I just validate, I have now axis on this area, I slick my sketch, revolve base, and I define axis of revolution, this one. I can turn around and have a hole in the midle. But it's better to craw to axis outside of the sketch or it's not going to be very convenient. My last example, I will Click here, click here, and remove these features, and remove this sketch also. Let's see my last example. I will say the front plane and rato sketch. Click on the front plane, ryto Sketch. Something that I will do, I want to craft something like a vase, so I will take my line tool, slap here, just on this area, so I have this line. I can select this line and enter a dimension like 50, I will select directly one of these tools of curve, split tools. I will craft a small curve just like this on these directions, and I will come back on this direction here and make a small return just on this area. And I will press a scap. Maybe I can change the position of this point and change it to be the axis just like this. I will select my line tools to create a line here on these directions and to create the nod lines. Yes, no lines from this point to this point. I can press askap. This will be the reference for my vase and I can press a scap and exit my sketch. Now I have this base, and I can create a revolution. Revolve, axis of revolution, this one, and I can craft this. Now if I want to have hole inside, you have more features, like for example, the shell features here that you can use. If you use the shell features, you can silic for example, the top of the face just here, and you can silic just value, it can be two. If you just validate, you can just craft hole in the midle and only apply keep the thickness using the shell features. This is why it's useful to use revolution. In many cases, you can earn a lot of time in comparison of extrusion. So let's click here, and it's okay for that. 35. Create lofts: Craft loft, we're going to see how to create loft and for this, we will use this features, the loft bus base features. How to do this to use this features. First, will slick the top plane and create a sketch on this top plane. On this base, something that I will do is to craft a circles. I will start from my center point just like this, and I will define a radius, and I will define a radius of 20. Maybe I will increase a little bit more, 30 better. After to do this work, I will validate. I have this base. The second thing is to create another sketch on not the same work plane, but a work plane parallel to this one. For this, I can create a new work plane. To create a new work plan, you can use features, reference here. First I just need to click on my sketch just here and click outside. I think on the sketch I didn't exit a sketch. This is why it was not useful to use the features. Now you can go on features. Reference, and you can select plane. By the folio silica reference plane, it will be the top plane, and now I can create a offset reference plane as you can see. You can define on these options, the value of the offset, so I can increase, and I can change for, for example, maybe 120, or maybe it's to 100. And I will validate. And now I can work on this new work plane. I can click this on this work plane, Crato Sketch. I will create a new rectangles with my rectangle tool from center snap to this print, and crater rectangle are just a square little bigger. I create a square, and I will slick press escape this line, and I will define on this line. Let's first little bit. Yes. I will define from This line, I will apply a value of 100. For this line, I will apply also a value of 100, and this 1100 also. It's okay for that. Let's sect one more time I tub you. I will exit my sketch. After to do this work, the principle is to use a sw o base. You can just click outside to de select and select the love voice base, and you need to select the profile that you want. It can be psample this one. And you select this profile and automatically, you can link this profile to this profile using this. This is why it is interesting to use. After you have closed loft, but here it's not going to be interesting in this case. In one more time, you can apply a sine features and automatically turn this render as you can see, and you can define the thickness of the scene features. If I don't apply the same features, You can have the possibility to work to this point and sometimes you can create some transformation, and you can dragon move the point here to create some transformation on this area. But hoops, I need to be careful yes because here now my sketch is not yes. I can come back here. You can take this point and make some transformation if you dragon move. I I just valid it, I will opt this render. Now you can repeat this process also using guide and If you craft a guide, for example, to craft a guide, I can select this work plane perpendicular, this one here. You click on this one, create a sketch, and I can link a guide. To link a guide, something that I can do is to convert to entity, and I can convert to entity like can be let's click. Let's zoom little bit here, this line. And this line. I can validate. Now I can snap to this point and snap to this point. I will silect to curves with my art tools, I will craft to curves, and I can snap to this point until this point and craft my own guide just like this. Something that I can do is to repeat, for example, the process on the other directions. If I salic this line, can process cap, I slate this line, and I use my mirror entity tools, mirror or butt. And I click here, I can repeat this process on this area. Normally hoops, L et's do again, click on this line. Mirror entity, mirror butt, this one, invalidate. Normally, I snap directly to this point. It's okay. And I will exit my sketch, just like that. Now, something that I will do is to just mask here to see better the render. I will mask my plane. And also my grid, just like this. We have this base, we have this base, and we have this get. One of the problem is, I have this element, I need to delete, but I will delete all the sketch, so it's not what I want to do. I need to come back to my sketch and to my last sketch, I will remove this, and I will just remove this to all need keep this one and this one exit the sketch. Let's use the features. I will select the love features, and the profile, I will select this profile. And then this profile to obtain this render. But you have the possibility to add a guide curve. If you click on guide curves and for example, I click on this one, just here, you have the possibility to validate this g curve and automatically I will turn this render, going to show you again. I tell you this one. You click on G curves just here. And you can select a guide. The guide need to have intersection with the profile. I can click here. You have different type of option, you just validate, and you can obtain this render. Now if I continue here and this is my guide curve, just like this. Now if I click on this area and I use this guide curves, I can also obtain this render as you can see. You can use multiple guide curves if you need, but it can be also guide on another work plane at this intersection to have something here and something here. It was also possible. And normal to profile or direction to profile, but here I'm going to slick none. One more time if you want to make some transformation, you can also drag and move this point, or you can drag and move this point. One more time hoops? Yes. Fin direction none, yes. One more time if you just continue tell bit, you can do this type of work and obtain the sin features as you can see. You can add guide like this, you validate, and I can obtain this render. The last thing that I wanted to show you, I will select and delete sol features here and delete this sketch because you can also add more sketch if you want. I can use one more reference plane just here, select this work plane, and craton offset one more time. This time I will reduce for maybe just here, and I can validate. So have this one, this one, this one. I will go here and craft a new sketch. Just on this area. I will come back, for example, with a circle, very small circle just like this, and validate. Ex the sketch. Something that I will do is to craft an older plane, so I can Click on features. Reference plane. Click on this plane and atender offset of 40 millimeter validate. On this plane, I can click on this one, rato Sketch. And I will cratder, rector girls. Click on this tools rector girls from center. Snap to this point, and raton Oder rector girls may be just like this. I will select this line. Maybe 40 and sealing this line, mat supply 40 also. I need to check if I'm perfectly in the center. I have some dobs, but maybe I had something not perfectly in the center. I need to check that. I think something was not perfectly in the center, but it's going to be okay for this example, or I will have to change the two las sketches. Let just take this sketch. I just want to show you that it's possible also to use the love features with multiple profile. Not only two. You can click here. You can click here, you can click here, and you can click here. You can use multiple profile. One more time, you can move the point and make some transformation also on this area. This is the type of thing that you can do and I can try a and move. Select ops, select this pot, and you can change the location of this point. Let's click here again and just click here. I will be able to validate and obtain this render thanks to multiple sketches and using the love features. 36. Create swepts: Cort swept, we are going to see how to use the sweep features. For this, we can use the sweep pots base. You need to create two sketch, so it means a first sketch with a base and a second sketch with a pass to be able to use these tools. Something that I'm going to do is to select my top plane just here and create a sketch. On this top plane, we will use the circle tools and create a circle from the center just like this. And this circle, I will enter a dimension on the left, and I will tape a value of 20. Maybe I can increase a little bit. Let's tape a value of 40, it's going to be better. Now, what I'm going to do is to get out of this sketch, I will craft a second sketch on for example, the front work plane. We can sick the front work plane and craft a sketch. Click here, craft a sketch. After that, I can zoom little out, and I will slick my line tools. Oops, like this. Let's slick the line tools, and I will snap to the center and craft the first line on this direction, a second line on this direction, and a third on this direction. My first line, I will define a length, and I will craft maybe 100. Let's take a glance. I think it's a little too small. I will increase my dimensions. Let's tape 160, like this. I will then come back to this view. I will sling my second line. And on the second line, I will tape 120, and I will sling my third line and I will tape 100 maybe 80, just like that. This one I will increase little bit let's increase for 140. It's okay for that. I will add also fillet. You can add a fillet just here. It means you select the fillet tools, and you can click on this line and this line and you can activate value. I will apply 40. I will click here and click here. And I will apply also a value of 40, and then I can exit my sketch. What is the principle of the sweep features? The principle of the sweep features is you select your reference sketch. If you don't select anything, you select swep first, and you'll have sketch profile and circular profile. We use sketch profile, the first thing to do is to select the base. You can see the model here, this is the base, and this will be the pass. So the base will be my circle just here, and the pass after you move to the pass, it will be this line. And thanks to that, the base will follow here this area as you can see. You have also the possibility to add guide curve that is something little specific. At this time, let's just use this one. You have also some options and the options that we will use it is follow pass. Something interesting, you can also use directly sine features. When you use the sine feature, directly, I can create something like a z and you enter a thickness for this value, and you can create something like this. If I just validate, thanks to this option, I created something like a z using this features. This is how you can use these type of features. Let's take a second example. I will remove this one, remove this one, and remove this one. Something that we can do is to select the top work plane. Here, create a sketch. We create a base using the rectangle tool. Let's select the center rectangle snapping to this point and enter two dimensions. Can press a scap, click on this line and enter a dimensions of 20. I will silect this line and I will enter a dimensions of 84. Maybe I can just apply 80 to would be enough. After something that I'm going to do its to exit this sketch. I will create another sketch on another work plane. This is the reason for which you can also click on sketch, and directly when you go on sketch here. You can slick the work plane that you want. But in this case, I will come back to this work plane. This is not what I want to do. The best thing to do is slick the work plane front, crater sketch. On this front work plane, I will use just two crater curves, and I will select my sw print and I will snap to this center, and I will go around these directions. I will so me out here. And I will create a small curves just like this, and I will press a scale. If I turn it little bit to have our base just here. Maybe I can change the display and Here, I have the possibility to deactivate and I and I have the possibility to deactivate the cred just like that. For example, I can do something like this. Now what I will do, I will exit my sketch. And I can make this base rectangles follow this pass. For this, I can use this features. I can click out features, Si buzz base. I will select the sketch profile, this one, and I will select the pass this one and automatically, I can create something as the curves. So as you can see it is definitely interesting. One more time, you can also use a sine features if you want. You have also the possibility to change secure ture display, sometimes it is useful. I'm not going to apply your se features. Can Zoom metal out. You have the mesh preview, just like this, just to see the direction if you continue the pass, for example, and you can change the display. Here's a zebra stripe also that you can apply and the cure ture comes. This is just different way to use the display. Is it really useful in this case, you can just work like this. It is enough. This is the type of things that you can do with these features. Let's get here and I will delete this one. 37. Create boundaries: Craft boundary. For this, we're going to use the boundary voice based features. When you use the boundary voice based features, it is close to the love voice based features. You have just little bit different, not be different, but you have just little bit different. Let's first select the top work plan, create a sketch here, and I will select my rectangle tools with the center rectangles, and I will create the first rectangle here. I will enter two dimensions. My first dimensions will be here on this area 120, and my second dimension will be 80. I can click on this line and I can enter a dimension of 80. Let's just close the sketch and create another sketch. I will zoom little out and one more time after to exit my sketch in the features, I will create a new reference plane reference plane, and I will select my top planes to create offset plane. Let's increase a little bit of value, and let's just make some sync with a value of y and just maybe a little bit more 40, and validate. I will create a new sketch on displan number one. Click on the plane, craft a Sketch. I will craft anoder rectangle just a little bit smaller, center rectangles, craft an der one, press a Skep, click on this line, and I will enter a value of 110. Yes, 110 will be great. I will click on this line and I will enter a value here a value of 70. Something that I will do here is to drag and move bit, just like that. Just want to check something f and e top view just here. Let's slick this one. I think something is a little bit wrong. Let's click on this area, let's click on this one, and let's click on this one. T I'm not perfectly in the center. Let's slick the center ton girls. Yeah, now it's better. I will an director girl. Click on this line and activate 110, and just click on this line and activate 70. Yes. 70. It's better. It's okay for that. After two tape 70, we can just validate exit the sketch, and I will create my last sketch. I will click on this plane plan number one, and I will create a new reference plane just like this, and I will drag and move little bit with another value, and I will select 20. And I will just validate. I will select my plan number two and create a sketch. Select the circle tools, and create a small circle around this area and define a value. Let's take a value of 20, and I can just exceed my sketch. Now, let's take a glance about what we can do. I will click here. First, display sittings here this appearance features. This is not what I want to do. Let's just click on this area, this activate the view of the cred and the view of the work plane. Just like this. If you want to have also this possibility, you have this plane, you can hide this plane if you need, and you can click here and hide this plane. Just like that. But it's not very convenient because I don't see my sketch, so I need to click here. Let's click on this area. Yeah, now it is better. Something that I can do is just to click on this plane and hide, but not the sketch, and click on this plane and hide, but not the sketch. Here, let's come back to this view. I will use the Bun Dari both base. When I click on the Bundy be base, one more time, you can select a base like for example this one, and you can select D base like this one, just like this, and you can also select this one. As you can see, I will turn this render. What you have on this area? When you go on the left, one more time, you can focus on the sine features and activate thickness if you need. Here it's possible to work with the sine features, as you can see. Something that you can do also, if I deactivate the same features, is to come back on this area. Here every time you have none and you can apply something like direction to vector, but in this type of case is not going to be interesting, default, and normal to profile. If you use normal to profile, can have a different render. For example, I can use normal profile here, or again normal to profile. He's not going to change anything. I need to come back on no, none, but here on the top because it is a circle, you can change for normal to profile. Now if I come back on none just here, Something that you can do, you have different type of point. First, you can salect the features. If I select this point, as you can see, you can drag and move the point, for example, on this direction or on this direction. You have more options to drag and move the point that when you focus only on the love features. For example, I can turn around this point and I can turn around to have more features. Now Is activate one of these sketches. Let's click on this one again. If for example, you click here, you will turn something little different. I want to show you that you can also focus on point. You can silect this point, but you can select this point, not this one, if you click seal on this one, it will be like this. But if you, for example, click here and delete, select this one ops, not like this. Let's come back to the boundary bus. If you select, for example, this one, and you slick this one, you can create something like this. You can then create something like this here also, take this point and turn more on one or another direction to make something really specific. I can just validate like this. You can also add a guide one more time, it means if I click here, you can add the guides. Let's select the work plane one more time. Click here plane. Here. I will select the front one plane, crater sketch. Here normally, you can snap directly. If I want to use a guide, I can use, for example, one of the guide like a se print arc, and I can snap here. Yes, I can snap to this point to cra guide, for example, of these directions, and can be another guide from this point to this point. And I can grant the direction to something like this. Here. If I apply a symmetry, I can use mirror entity entity to mirror, this one, this one, mirror about this, and I can validate my sketch. Now I can obtain this render. If I use one more times, Exit the sketch first, features Bundai boys base. And I slic for example here and here and here. If now I select directions on this area, we have this one and we can salect this as a directions and just validate. As you can see, I can go in this direction, but I can also salect this one. Here and valid. You will take also at the same time this one. I can click here, but automatically this one is taking in count in the open lump, I can use also these features. One more time you can turn with the different options. The validate, can turn this render, just like that. 38. Create cut extrusions: Crate extrusion cut. This is what we're going to do, and here you can see the features, extrude cut features. Thanks to that, you will be able to create an extrusion, but the extrusion to cut, so it means to create a hole. Let's select the top work plane first and just crate sketch just here. After to create a sketch, I will just crate center rectangles. Let's define a center rectangles here. Press cap, select this line, and go on the right and define first dimension. Let's tape 140. And I will click on this line define a second dimension, let's step 100. And I will exit my sketch. I have this element, and I will crato extrusion first. I can go on extrude here. And I will create an extrusion with a value like for example, ten, and I will just validate. Something that I would like to do, it's for example to create all on this area. How I can do this. You can just crate a sketch here. Click here, crate a sketch. Even if you can do this in just one time, you create on the first sketch, this one, but sometimes it is useful to do this after. Let's just create a circle. Press a scape. I will enter a dimension to the circles. I will go on the right. Let's tap something like 30 and just validate. Exit the sketch. If I want to craft a hole here, now I can use this feature the extract cut feature. First, you select the sketch that you want, extract cut, and then automatically you will extrude here. You have one more time more options. Something important, if you want to extrude automatically on all, you just select and you will pretty sure you will extrude at the maximum. It can be up to something also or you can use meat plane. If you use blind, you can also increase the value here, but in this case, it's not very useful because it was already made. And if for example, I click here, I can validate and create an extrusion like this. Let's see another example. I will create another element maybe on this area. I will click here and create a sketch. Click on this face and create a sketch. I will create a corner rectangle starting from this point. And I can snap here. But if it's not snapping, it's not a problem, we're going to make a corrections. So I will click on this line and define a value of 100 here. At the same time, I will click on this line and I will define value of 80 just like that. Then I will finish, exit the sketch, just like this and craft an extrusion extrude, and I will make another type of value like yes ten will be great, so I can apply ten, and I will just validate like this. If I want to repeat this both extrude on the right side, how I can do this? I have the possibility to use the mirror tools here. You can click on mirror and you select the mirror face plane that you want to use. The M plane that I want to use, it is the right plane. Automatically he find my boss trade, but if it's not the case, for example, you have nothing here. I want my boss trade, I just need to click here and automatically he will recognize the bos trade features. But it can be also something different like a face like a body. It can be also a body. But in this case, it's the features, and I can just validate here. One of the problems here on body, clic features. I'm going to remove this one. Few silic features here, clic bus extrude, and you just validate now it's going to work properly. Now, I want to crate a sketch on this face and crate all on the two, this part and this part at the same time. Let's first crate a sketch here. Click on this face, crate a sketch. I will use my One of these features, let's slick for example, L the slot feature, I will see the rector girls from center, and I will create a rector girls like this here. Press Cap. We have the center with directly constraint, constraint coincidence. I will click on this line, and I will define 60, and I will click on this line and I will define for example 20. If I want to changele the position on this axis to a possible ge position around this area. And validate. So now I will create an extrusion. This is a reason for which I will use the extrude cut because I want to cut. I will click here. I selected my sketch plane, and something important is if I just use blind here, I will only extrude on this face. But if I want on this face also at the same time, you have more possibility. So if you click on saw all, automatically, I will go also on this area. You can also throw all bus, and you have up to next. But here in this case, it's not going to change a lot. And you can also use meat plane. But in this case, it is not very useful. In this case, something interesting that I can use, it is saw. In text to that, I can go in this direction. But if you want, you can also one more time, dry and move the arrow when you are on the bin options and you can do something like this, is going to work also. You can apply your sin features also. Is it really useful not too much, I think in the extrat cut, but it's definitely possible with a value also. Let's click here, validate, and I can create a cut just on this direction as you can see. In some software, in some software, you can use trade and extra cut just in the same tool. Depending on the direction that you do, you remove materials or you add materials, depending of what you do. But in this software concretely, they separate into different tools. We have the extra bus and the extra cut. I think you can just do this in one tool, but in this software, a focus like this, trate bus and trate cut. 39. Create cut revolutions: We are going to see how to create a revolve cut. We have the possibility to use a revolve cut feature, so we have seen how to use the revolve voice, and we can use also the revolve cut. In this case, we will just remove an element using the revolution. So first, things to do, I will silic my top plane, and I will just create a sketch just like this. I will select the rectangle tool center rectangles and crater rectangle on these directions. After to do this type of work, I slic the first line and define a first dimension like 160, and sling the second line and put the second dimensions like 100 I will put the same dimension here, 160 also. So things that I will do it just to validate. Exit the sketch, craton extrusion, so extrude, just like this, and the value of the extrusion, I will change the value with 40 millimeter, and I will just validate. Something that I can do is to crate a sketch, for example, on this area, and I will use the front plane and cro sketch. After to do this work, we are going to use this base and this base, and if I click my line tools, I will go on this direction just like this. And I will create first line just here. Something that I can do. I can also invert the direction. It depends about what you want to do, but in this case, yes, I'm going to start here. It's going to be pretty better for what I want to show you. I will go until here after we will add some dimensions, and this one, this one, and I can snap here, and I can snap to this point also and come back here. After to do this work, I need to snap to this point. I have a small element on this area. I think it's not pretty good. Let's click. On this line, yes, I have this line and I have this line, I have two lines. It's not definitely code, going to select this line and remove. First things to do. Here I need to check that I have a horizontal constraint. Let's come back. Yes, here I need to check that I have arizontal constraint. And I need also to check that I have one lines here and one lines here. Now, let's enter dimension. Smart dimension tools. Let's start to do this, and I will tape 60 millimeter. Here I will tape, for example, 16 millimeter. Here, I will apply a value of 16 also millimeter. On this area, we'll have driven features with 28. Now, if I go here, normally, I have 14 millimeters, it's okay. If I go here, I will apply 12. On this line, I will apply 12 also. And on this line, I will have 16. It's okay for that. I created this sketch, take a glance about the sketch that we have created just here, and I can remove this part using the revolution features, but this time the revolve cut. I can exhibit my sketch first and let's select the revolve cut. After to silic the revolve cut, it is exactly the same. Things that you can do, you silic axe of revolution, it will be this axis, and you can remove part just on this area. You can also if you want to change the number of degrees, if I just want to remove 60 degrees, I can only remove 60 degrees. If I want to remove 240 degrees, I can remove 240 degrees, or if I want to complete term, I will take 260. Here, you can also work as a meat plane, but it's going to be same in this case, and you can even apply your sine features. But definitely, I think it's not very convenient in this type of case. Just put 260 degrees, just validate and take a glans, you can turn this render directly. This is why it can be interesting to use this features. I here one more time, you can create a circle and you can use the extrate cut a first time, then another sketch, a second extrate cut, and another sketch and a third extrate cut. But you can use this in just one time using this feature, so you can earn little time in comparison of the extrusion. H 40. Create cut lofts: Cort loft cuts. We are going to see how to create loft cuts. We will use these features. First, let's select the top planes and create a sketch. We will define a rectangle, so a center rectangles in the dels. After that, I will press a skep slate this line and define the parameters of my first value, and I will define a value of 200. Then I will click on this line and I will define a second value of 140. I will validate this, exit the sketch, and create a extrusion using the feature Extrude butts bus base. I will increase the value here, and we will focus with a value of 80 millimeter. Then I will create a sketch directly on the base on this top or plane or I can also directly click on this face, is going to work. I can click on this face, create a sketch. On this face, I will focus with a circles. I will create a circle from the center just like this. After that, I will change the value on the right of the circles, and I can put 24. Maybe I will increase a little bit with 28. After to do this work, I will just validate. I will create a second sketch. We have seen how to use the love feature. It is exactly the same principle, but you will remove in this case you will cut. I will select, I will exit this sketch first, and I will select this face on the top, and I will create a sketch also. Oops, I think I'm edit sketch, so it's not working properly. Let little out, click here and create a new sketch. I will define a center rectangle, center rectangle, starting here. I can press a scap. Selling the first line, define first value. Let's put 140. Maybe 140 is a little too much. 120 will be pretty good, and I will define second value here with maybe 80. Perfect. And I can validate this sketch, exit this sketch. We have seen that it's possible also to add a guide. You're not going to do this just to show you the principle of work of this loft features. After that, what I can do? I can use the loft cut. I can select the first profile, so it means this one, and I can select a second profile, so it means this one. You can crate all using the loft features. After if I just click here, you have more option as I explained before, it means you can turn a little bit like this if you need. And you have also some mer angent face or shows the preview, I think it's pretty good to keep this one. Here we don't have a guide. If I just validate, as you can see, you can do something like this because we use the loft feature. Ucreta le, but eucrata le using the love feature. This is why I can have different shapes here and a different shapes here. It's also possible to add a guide. It means if I just click on the front plane, create a sketch, and here I can craft to guide, where the circles. I can use for example one of these tools, it can be the Sweep print arc, sylx this point, and I can slx this point and just craft to arc on this direction on this direction depending on what I want to do. Let just craft to arc here just like this. I will finish my arc, exit my sketch. Now we have also a guide, and if I use my love cut features, I will click here. I will remove the guide first. Just click on the profile select this one. This one. Now I can complete with the guide curves and I can slick for example, this one. On this option to next guide globals, next sharps, so we can make some adjustment next edge just like this. We have also known like normal topf here, or we can have the directions. After if I want to have two guide, here you have center line parameter also. And here I don't have any centerline, but if you just come back here, you come back to the sketch number seven, just here, and he did the sketch. For example, you crate asymmetry. It means you use a mirror entities, you select this one. Mirror butt, you can define this plane, and you validate, exit the sketch, and I can use again my love features, loved features, Love cut, and in the profile option, I will click ops, this one, this one, and this one, and guide curves this one. I will click on this one and just validate also. Thanks to that, if I validate my curt loft, now I will opt this render. So as we can see it some other pretty good features. H. 41. Create cut swepts: We are going to see how to use a swift cut features. For this, I will focus on the top work plane, and I will craft a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will define rectangle center rectangles, and I will start from the center point just like this. I will enter two dimensions. Let's just press askape, clicks first line, and I will enter a first dimension with 200 on this area, so I can tape 200, and I will enter a second dimension just here, and I will put 140. After that, I will finish my sketch, and I will just go on this area, and I will create trosure. Is it the sketch, trade bus base, and we will focus with a specific value, let's just focus with a value of ten. It would be enough for what I want to do. The second step is to craft two sketches and to generate my sweep cut. For this first, I will craft the base, clicking on this face, crat the sketch. Something that I will do on this face hops. I think yes, it's okay. I can focus directly on this area. Right plane, and I can use normal here, I can go on the right normal too. I think it's not working properly for what I want to do. Let's focus here. Let's just change, I want to click on this face, just here, and I will just on this face craft sketch. Yes, I was on edit sketch. Now I will craft a Cacle, maybe around this area, I can craft a cacle. For something that I can do, I can define here we center point too center point. If I want to be in the center, I can create a line from this point to this point. After I would use my circle tools, start around this area and just create a circle with a specific value. I can create a circle, but it can be Something like rectangles. It can be also you can use the polygon tools and you can create also polygons. It depends what you want to do. Let's just create the circle tools and define a circles. I will click on the circles and define a value of eight, for example, and I will finish my circles and my sketch. After to do this work, I will generate my pass. To craft the pass, here I have this line, I can delete this line, but I will delete all the elements, so I will come back to my sketch. Edit the sketch, click on this line and just delete. That's okay. Now, something that I will do. I will edit this sketch and I will define a pass just here. But if I want to define a pass, if you define directly here, maybe it's not going to work properly. It depends on what you want to do. You can click on this face, cryo Sketch here, and you can find this element here. I can use for example here convert entities, and I can click here or I can go in this area and click to convert this entities. Convert entity, I can click here. We have the problem, I can define the center point, can come back to normal, and I can use my line tools to start from the center point. I can do something like this. Here, here, maybe this area, and come back on this direction. After that, I will use my filet tools. I will click on filet. Click here, click here, and I will increase the value with maybe 30, and I will focus here. Focus here. Maybe I will value that just first this one. I will continue my felt, clicking here and clicking here, and I can decrease with another value. But first, you can validate the feet. Click again on Sketch felt here and here, and I need to reduces this time because it is too much the value so can just enter a value of 12. And I can click here and I can click here. And validate the value. At any moment if I click on this area. You have the filet options, and I can increase little bit, this value felt, but the best things to do is, if I just click here, you can find this print, you can also extend little bit. Or you can find this print, you can crat some turns just here, or you can just click on this area, and you have also a sketch filed value, but you will craft the upset on all the element. It's okay for that. Let's just click on Exit, Here, what is the principle of the swift cut? The principle is to click here and you define the sketch. Here you have the sketch profile. On the sketch profile, I will use this circles, and then you have the sketch pass, and I will use this one. If you use this sketch profile just here, and you just validate. As you can see, you can craft all just here using the circle following the path. If I just valid it, I can craft something like this. Here you have body to keep and I can do this type of work, as you can see. This is the principle of the sweep cut. It is like a sweep, but this time you remove some parts as you can see. 42. Create cut boundaries: Craft boundary cut. It is possible to craft boundary and this time to cut this boundaries. I will select the top work plane and craft a sketch first. We will use the same type of example that when we craft the loft cut features, and I will select the center rectangles. After to say the center rectangul we press Skep one, click on this line. Just change the dimension. This time, I will use 240 for the dimensions. On this line, I will use 200. Let's just validate the rector girl, exit the sketch, and after to do this type of work, I will create an extrusion extrude bus space. I will work with a value like Park crease little bit, and let's put 120. It's okay for that. Now let's craft a sketch on this face first and craft a sketch. On this face, I will use one of these tool. Let's just select the circle one more time. Just like this, I can define a value for the circles. Let's put 28 and just validate. That's it. After I will exit this sketch, I have also the possibility to click on this face and craft a sketch. And this time I will define another type of circles, just a little bigger, just like this. I will define a value on the left and let's put a value of 60. You can also do this type of work with more sketches if you need. The principle is the same that with the love feature, just little bit difference. If I click on the boundary cut, I have the possibility to select two sketch. Here I have one first selected, I can deal it. When you click here, you can select the first circle, it means the first sketch, the second sketch with the second circles. Something that you can do to focus on the angle, so you can move the angles here when you have the features, or you can just dragon with this print also or dragon with this sprint to turn a little bit around. If I just valid it, you can create something like this. But you can also d guide. I mean, I can just undo the boundary cut and add the guide, so I will select the front plane, create a sketch. On this front plane one more time, I will use features like. You can make something different, so you can use for example a line, and you can just snap here, do something like this. And then something like this. Then maybe I can snap to this point. I can press a scap. If I zoom little bit, maybe it's not pretty good, so I can press ask, Dragon move little bit this point. Maybe I can go here with this one, here with this one and here with this one. Perfect. I will enter a symmetries because if I don't put symmetries, I won't have symmetry on the two side, and this is the reason for which I will use Mor entity. Entity to mirror, let's delete this print. I don't want that. I will select this line, this line, and this line. Mirror, but I will select the axis here on the right plane. That's it, I can have this on the two side. Exit the sketch. Now I can use one more time the boundary cut, and in the boundary cut, first, I will go out and I will select this one and this one. I'll o turn this render. Now if I select the directions and I click on this one, Validate. I can define this direction, but I can also click on this one and validate to have this on the same sign. Automatically because I created lines here, lines here and lines here, it will create a new subdivision here. I will have one, two, three, and four subdivision because I put this one. And it is something interesting to use. Now if you want to change some point, you can also change some point like this, change some point like this, but in this case, it is not going to change really. Final render. If I click to validate my boundary cut, you can see this type of features. This is how to use boundary cut. Let's click on this one and press delete on the different features. M. 43. Create fillets: We're going to see how to create filet. For this, I will select the top plane, and we will create a sketch on the top planes to see the filet. First, let's create a rectangle center rectangle. I can start from the center here. Press a scap, and I will click on this line, define a value let step 180. I will click on this line and define a value lege step 120. After to do this work, I will exit my sketch and I will create an extrusion of this sketch using the extrude bus space just like that. I will increase a little bit. The value, I will apply a value of 40 millimeter and just validate. You can find the filet features here on this area, and why it is interesting because you can add rounded corners. What does it mean? It means I can salt first the filet features, and you need to silic the item to filet. Something that I can do is to click on fill it and items to fill it. For example, if I want to create a filet on, for example, this one, I can click on this edge, and you can see the fillet appearing on this area. What you can do after. You have different type of preview, so no preview, but the most of the time you will keep a preview, partial preview, and full preview. After that, you have the parameter of the filet, symmetric or asymmetric. If you use symmetric, you will have the same size on the two sides and you define the value of your filet. If I change for four, I will have four on this ara if I want 12, I can take 12. Let's apply 12, and I will just validate just like this. As you can see, we have added rounded corners on this area. Now if I go just here, I will click on my fillet feature, you can also select the edge first. After you can click on filet, and automatically the edge is selected, and something that I can do, it's now to change for asymmetric. After to change for asymmetric, I will I can enter two values. For example, I can enter 16 on the first side, on the second side, I can enter only four just like this. You have different type of profile, but most of the time will just use elliptic and after I can just validate like this here. And we will obtain this render just like that. Now I will go on edit and do the last filet actions and edit and do the last flex action. You have also more type of filet that you can use. If I click on filet here, you can also when you select edge, I can Zoom little bit, sl this edge, just like that. I will come back to symmetric and here this is the simple felt, constant size filet, but you can use also the variable size felt just like this. In this case, you have variable one and variable two, and you can enter value, for example, and here you have variable one, you can define the value that you want, and you have also variable this is a variable two, and this is a variable one. You can enter two value. For example, I can enter 16 on the variable one, you click on 116 and variable 260. After if I just validate like this, you can create this type of filet also. It is something interesting because you can make something totally non symmetric. If I continue fill it and I silic one more time this edge, you can also use this one. When you click on this one, just height is a face felt. It means you can select a face, it is useful and I can sect all this face just like that. After that, you can use symmetric one more times. If I apply a value like 16 just here, I will just validate here, but I need to select at least one phase. Here is my face number one here on this area. If you just validate, they are going to say that one phase for each phase set phase or pace felt. The principle is the same, but you need to select for example, one phase here, and then you select the second element and you select a second phase. Now you can see the filet appearing on this area. But if for example, you select also this phase, you can put also the filet here and you define the value that you want for your filet like 12, and I can just validate. Here you can see the filet on this area. If I just come back and do felt the last possibility when you click on the filet tools, It is to do something like this, f round filet. In this case, for example, you select this face, and here you can select this face, and you have also here you can select this face. You can create a fleet with three faces, and thanks to that, you can just validate and create something like this. But we don't use this too much, but it's also possible to do this type of work. Now I will click on my box extract. Press delete. Let's take a concrete example about what you can do. I will delete also my sketch, and I will directly click on Sketch. And I will select the top work plane one more time. I will use my rectangle tools, center rectangles, create something like this here. Something that I will do is to define here line with dimensions, and I will define 180. I will click here and I will define 140. I will create a first circle around this area, a circle with 12 for the value. I will with my smart dimension tool, take the center, take this line and define value. Let's take 24. I will take one more time process kp, selling the smart dimension tool, take this and this line and define a value of 24. Let's just create a symmetry. With the mirror entity, I will select the circle and the line, mirror this sketch, this work plane, and I will just validate. Then I will select mirror again, this line and mirror about this, like this. Mror entity, the circles, mirror at this, and just validate. Now we'll craft an extrusion so I can exit my sketch. Trade. Let's click on features Extrude like this, and I will just apply a value of ten and just valid. In my sketch, directly, I could add directly rounded corner with the filet features in the sketch, but you can also do this after using this features. Let's click on fillet, activate the simple filet select this line. This line. This line, turn, and select this line. After to do this work, I'll define the values that I want and I will define 24 exactly like the space that I let here. Apply 24 here, and I will just validate and I can turn this vender. 44. Create chamfers: Rate chamfers. We are going to see how to create chamfers. For this, let's slick the top work plane first and create a sketch. On this sketch, we'll just define a center rectangles. Create a rectangle like this. Press cap. Click on the first line, define a value. Let's apply 160 and here let's supply 120. Exit the sketch, Crato extrusion of this sketch extrude, and I will enter higher value. Let's focus on 40 and after I will just validate. What is the principle of the chamfer? First, you can see that you can see the chamfer tools here, we can find chamfers. After to do this work, we have different type of possibilities. First click on chamfers. Go on the left and you have different type of options. This is a chomp type angle distance. You can use distance distance. You can also use a text just here, and you can focus on offset face, and you can focus on a phase face. If I slick the first one, it is pretty simple with the first one, you just silect a edge like this, and you can create your chamfer. You can also do a multiple edge if you slick multiple edge. Here you have the dimensions of the chompers. For example, I can tape. 16, and you have also the de grass because you can change the degras also. By default, it is 45 degras if you want to have the same size on the two are. I can just validate and crate a chum furs like this. Order type of possibility. Let's click here, Chump first, and I will select the second one and you can click on the edge that you want, just like this, and it is just a distance. It means here, it's pretty simple. You just need to set the distance. You just validate and you obtain this render. Here it's not possible to edit the angles. When I just continue, chump first, I will select this one. You can also change. Here we will delete this. When you click on this area vertex here, you have the item and you can select only a vertex or multiple vertex, so I can sick this one, but if I want, I can also select this one if I need, and In this case, I will yes, just select this one in this case. Here you can define a distance. It is equal distance by deft, but you have different type of diameter, and you can focus on suit diameter, just like this. If you want to have something, you can just keep equal distance, and for example, you apply a value, and here we have 20 2020. V valid data can do this on this corner. Something that we can do also when I select chamfers, here, you can also have these options of set face. Select for example, something if you click here, and what you will be able to do here one more time, you can define size, but you have also another dimensions. Concretely, if I tape 2020, just like this, you will have something with the same distance. But it just like to work with two different dimensions, one of the first side, and anoder on the second side. For example, I can tape six on the first, and 16 on the second. After I will validate and I will turn this render. The last possibility of chamfers, let's click on chamfers. It is this one. While you click on phase two phase, you select a first phase, you click here and you select a second phase. You can also it is another way to select and one more time you can work if you want asymmetric or symmetric. If you click symmetric, you will have the same size. Ig deep 12 and create a chump f just like this. So Let's see a concrete example. I will delete this one like this, and I will delete this one also like this, and I will delete my sketch. Something that I will do is to select this time the front plane and craft a sketch. After to do this work, I will craft first rectangles with corner rectangle. I will start from this area. Press the skep and I will click on this line and I will define 60, and I will click also on this line, and I will define just four. I will create a second rectangle, corner rectangle snapping to this point here, just like this. I will click on this line and I will define 68, like this. I will click on this line and I will define four also. Now I want to erase this small part. This is where you can use the trim entity tools, erase this part. I will use my symmetry features. Let's click on mirror entity. Entity to mirror, create a frame of selection of this element, mirror butt silks plane. And that's it. I can validate my mirror. I just need to erase a small line the medal with stream entity. If we zoom little bit hoops, think I erase something not good. Let's click here. I need to erase this part. I can use my tree entity tools and yes, erase this part. Validate. Now I can exit here, craton extrusion t. I will select meat plane, and I will focus with 60 just like this here. Something that I would like to do it for example, add the champ first. I will use my chamfers tools, and I will silect the first one, and I will just click on this area. I will silic maybe here's the first one. Yes. You can enter a deep breast, if I sick the 21, the second one I can work with two sides. This is what I want to do. I will apply on the first side, we have for example a value of ten, but it's definitely too much. We can just step two here to be in the midle here I can increase and te for example 20. If you want to select another edge, here I selected this phase, so it's not pretty good. If I select this edge, I can also put this on the second edge. One of the problem is with the same value, it's not going to be erstic. First, I can put two, 20, teres valid date. Now I can repeat the process which first, select this one. If I click here, I can select Leger step for example 20 this time and two here. I need to invert the value. This is why it was not possible to do in the same way on the two edge at the same time, and I can click and validate and I will obturn this render. I can also use one more times my chomper tools. I can click here. I think not this one. I can click on this one and I can click on this one. Something that I will do it is this value. Just here, I think I have to edge. The edge number one I can delete, and I will enter a value just step four and validate to obtain this render. This is how you can crotch chamfers. It is very interesting features. 45. Create drafts: We are going to see the draft features. We can see the draft features here. First, let's crato sketch on the top work plane, Crato sketch, and I will select the rectangle tools, rectangle from centers. Crato rectangle snap into this print, precess kp, and enter two dimensions. Salic this line, let's just apply a value of 200 millimeters. And click on this line. Let's just apply a value of 120 millimeter. Validate these dimensions and exit the sketch. Craft extrusion with the extrate both base features and increase the value. Let's work with 60 millimeter and just valid that. Maybe I can increase a little bit more. 80 millimeters, it would be better to see this features. How to use this features, you can click on draft. When you click on draft, you have manuals and draft I will select the draft features just here. After to select the draft features here, you can select You have a phase to select here. You have two options. The first options, and I can select here. It is the direction of pull, and I can for example, select this one, it will be the draft phase. You enter just the number of degrees that you want on this area. For example, we by deft 30 degrees. If I just click here, I can pull with 30 degrees this phase. Now let's just invert. I will click indirectly maybe on yes, I will use my features draft features. Draft expert here, I will this time slate this phase and after I will sal like this phase. I can enter the value. Let's decrease a little bit with 20 degrees, and I will just validate and I will turn this render just like this. If you select for example more face, I will use the graph features and you can click for example on here, I can slic this face. But here I can select this one and I can slic this one. If you select two faces here, you enter the number of degra and you can click on apply here. And has not resolved this feature in this model for a simple reason that we'll go on these directions. Every time you can click on apply in fact click and validate, I'll also have a calculus just like this because I s this two phase, and it's not possible to draft also using this phase. Let's click here and just do this feature, so we can only try and move this element. I need to repeat this 12 times, if for example, I want to work properly on the two sides. Let's click one more time on the draft features. Item two draft, so I will click on first, I will click on this one. Then I will click on this one direction to pull. I will enter a number of degres. Let's take this time, 40 degres, and I will just validate. Now something that I will do it to repeat on this area. I'll click on draft features. Here, it will be the phase that I want to use as a draft phase, and here I will use this phase. I can put 40 degres, one more time and take a glance, you can turn this render just like this. This is why it can be useful. But I could I can also if you don't use this, it means if you don't use this type of features like the graphic, exper if you just use manual. You won't have big difference, you can, for example, sylx this one, syl this one, for example, and here you can define the number of degra. One more time, I can take 40 degra If you just validate here, you will opt exactly the same type of render as you can see. So it depends what you want to choose. You can just when you use a draft feature, I think you can use a draft exper, definitely it's convenient, you can select the phase as a draft phase and you can select the phase that you will use to pull and definitely it works properly. 46. Create threads: We're going to see how to rate suites. For this, we will use the top plane and to sketch first. So what is the principle to create side? I'm going to show you a first example. After will you use a second example to see different possibilities of sed. First, I will use a circle tool to create something like a cylinder, so I will create my circle just here. And the circles, I will define a value. And I will define a value of 20. Here we have 20 millimeter, I will reduce this value because it's definitely too much. So I will reduce with a value of ten millimeter, and I will just validate. After that, exit the sketch extrude bz base, and we can create an extrusion on these directions. I will change the value and I will put 100 millimeter, validate. After to do this type of work if I want to add a Suede on this cylinder. I have the possibility to go here and we can find Swide. I will click on this area. I will just validate this message and on the left, the first things to understand it is the Suite location. It's not possible here if you click on this area, you can select a face. If you click here, you can just select the edge that you want. If for example, I click here and I select this face, I can try to do this type of four, but it's not going to be extremely interesting. So one of the best things to do, I'm going to remove this one, it is to select the edge of the cylinder. I will click here. And now you can see appearing the base of this sud. One of the problem is it's not on all my cylinder for the simple reason that we have the sd location, and we have the end condition, the end condition is just ten millimeter. If I want to add more, I will increase, and I will put, for example, the value of my cylinder. My cylinder have 100 millimeter. If I define 100 millimeter, I will be able to arrive on this area. Possibility also to change blind revolution up to selection. Why it is useful because if for example, I have something so I can come back here. For example, 20 millimeter, here you have revolution, and something that you can do is to use up to selections. When you use to selection, you can also define a specific part. You can click up to selection and you can go on this area. And automatically, it will be the same render and you can do something like this. You have two possibilities, you can apply offset value, or you can use up to selection. I can come back on blind and enter the value or you can use up to selection. In this case, let's just apply 100 now something then, I will select one more time here, Suede. After I can just validate this one and on the Suede location on this area, we can change the specification one more time, and I will just show you with metric. But if you want to change 4 ", it's possible, it is exactly the same way. So I will select this one first, and I will change the value with 100 millimeters. After to do this work here, we can define 100. And you can change the type that you want. Here by default, we have this one. But you can change if you want to have something smaller, you have different type of options. If you want to have something, it tell bigger, you can just go on this area, and as you can see, you have different type of options. You can select the options that you want just here, for example, I can select this one. After this one, you can just validate. You have a little bit more option, so it means if you want to extrude the side, you can also extrude the side. Sometimes it can be interesting, or you can define cut site. You have the option to extrude or you can cut. Here, if I just continue in the Suite option, you can change right for something like left, and you can also use some trim features. Let's just click on this one here. You can change the wire frame preview here, sometimes it is interesting, and I will just validate. A. And I will turn this render as you can see. That's perfect. If you want to create a model, it's perfect, and you can add more element if you want to create a screw. For example, you can just crate something maybe on the top and you can define your screw. Now, something that I wanted to show you also if you want to go in the opposite process. I can remove this one, and I can also remove this sketch. I will silic one of this plane, the top plane, create a sketch. After to do this work, I will use my circle tools. Before the circle to will select a center rectangle, it's going to be pre tibta, and I will create a rectangle like this. After to craft this rectangle, I will select this line, and I will define value like 120, and I will select this line and I will define 100. I will craft a circle here in the mile so I can snap to this point, and I will create a circles, and this circle I will put a value of 12. After to do this, I will just validate, exit my sketch raton extrusion extrude both base. I will put value here, we have the value of 20, so it depends about how much I want to apply. Let's apply something like 40. And I will just validate. Now if I want to apply a suite, but I want to apply a suede on this area inside. It's also possible. You can use the same way. You click here, Suede. After to do this work, I can validate site location, and I can click for example on this one, and I can go up to this one as I explained before, or you can just put a dimension. So I I want exactly the same size, I put 30 millimeter. Now you can see the site. You just need to focus on what type you want and on the size, define here. If I want to have something smaller, I can tap maybe 30 by swi 0.5 here. We have the cut sued or Extrad sued, in this case, I will keep cut sued and I will just validate. Clicking here. Sometimes it's not extremely unable to cut sit cylindrical surface, use Extrude Swede instead. So here in this type of case, I need to invert, or it's not going to work properly in this type of case, so I will invert. And if I just click here, as you can see now it's going to work, and we can obtain this render. 47. Create mirrors: We are going to see how to use the mirror features. For this, you can see the mirror features here on this area, and I will just select the top work plane and crater sketch. After to do this work, let's define rectangles from centers. And let's define two value, select the first line and I will define 200, here I can take 200. I will select this line and I will take also 200. After I will exit my sketch, just like this, Craton extrusion with extrude bus base features, and we can decrease this value. I can apply your value of ten and validate. Now, something that I will do to click on this area, click on this face. On this face, I can create a new sketch. Let's define a circles, Crato circle here. Define a dimension for this circle. Let's apply a value of 12. I want to position my circles, and this is the reason for which I can use the smart dimension tools, slick the center. This line, go in these directions, and we will apply a value of 30. Then process cap, click again on the smart dimension tools, and you can click on this point. This line, and you can define a value of 30 millimeter. After to do this work, I can validate. I can go out of this sketch, as you can see, exit the sketch, and you can use extra cut features here on this direction to crate just like this. As explained before, you can do this type of work one more time directly in the sketch. Because in the sketches, you have the possibility to use the mirror features. But you can also do this after with these features. For example, I can use my top view, select mirror and what will be the mirror face plane and what will be the features to mirror. If nothing is selected, by default, this is the last features which is selected. You just click here and you select the features that you want. For example, this is this features. After to do this work, I need to select if I come back to my top view, the mirror face or the plane. In this case, I can use, for example, this plane to repeat the features here. If I just validate, I can obtain this render. Let's continue mirror, mirror face can be this one. And I can use my last feature to repeat two times directly and just validate like this. You can apply this to any type of features. Definitely, it is convenient. If for example, I want to a rounded corner after I can use my fillet tools. Thanks to that, we can see that again. I tem to fill it this line. Control this line. You don't need to use control, you can just silic the line, it's going to work properly, and I enter the values that I want. A the value that I want here, 12, it's not enough. Let's step 24 and just validate, like this. Now I have I have this element. For example, I dragon move this element on the directions, you can use one of these tools, directly insert features move copy, and you can s what you want, body to move, I can click on the body here, and now you can have access to these different arrows. If I slick one more time my top view. It depends about where I want to position, but yes, let's silic the top view in its cty better, and I will dry and move on the left, like this, with to craft any copy so I can deactivate copy and just dry and move on the left with a value of 400. Maybe I can put a little bit more 600 and validate. Now if I want to have this on the right, I can use also these features because I have this work plan here. Something that I can do is to use mirror, silic Here you have features, but you can use also a bodies. When you click on bodies, you can select the bodies that you want, so it means this one and Merer face plane, I can select this face. As you can see, you can repeat the bodies on this area, just like that. I think something is wrong if I use my body here, merge solids. Here you have some options. Let's activate the full preview, and just click here. Yes. I needed to deactivate the full solid because sometimes it's not working properly if you don't deactivate this. I can repeat this element just on this area also. Definitely, it is something convenient. I can repeat the same type of thing. It means I can create again one more time cygs face and create a sketch. On this area, I can create another circle in here. I will define a value. Let's supply value of 30. Finish the sketch exit extrude cut, and we can extrude on this direction as you can see. Now if I want to have directly this on this area, I can use also mirror. This is the cut textrud. If it's not selected, you can just select your cut textrud just here. I think I selected the bus extrude. It is not good. Let's click and delete. Yes, cut txtrud. One more time I can select my mirror, face plane this one. Just like this. And here you can see featurscope, all bodies. And now we can see this element on this area. If I just valid it, I can repeat this who also here. 48. Create shells: We are going to see how to use the shell features. For this, you can see the shell features here. I will select the top work plane first and just create a sketch. Let's select the rectangle tool, center rectangles, and start a rectangle from center. After that, I will click on this line. Define a dimension. Let's step 200, and then I will click on this line and add a dimension. Let's step 140. I will finish this catch and create the extrusion, features trod bus base, and I will enter a specific value. Let's increase a little bit and 880 millimeter and validate the extrusion. So after to do this work, you can directly create use the shell features. It is very interesting. I can click on shell and something that we need to use it to select a face. If I select, for example, the face on the top here, then you can select. You have the possibility to work with the value of the shell features. For example, if I want four, I can take four. If I just valid it like this, I can obtain this render. It's pretty good, you don't need to craft a sketch with multiple elements. You can just craft, for example, your rectangle, extrusion, and use the shell features to obtain this render. If I just come back here, something that you can do also if I select the shell features here, and if I select this face. If I select this pace, I selected these two faces, and I can define one more time value for the shell features like eight. As you can see if you validate, you can also turn this render. Definitely, it is something very interesting that you can use. Let's another example. I will click on the shell features and press delete. Click on the bus Extrude and press delete also, and click on this sketch and press delete. Let's six the front plane and rat to sketch. As I explained before, if I want to craft something like a vase, I will select the line tools, craft first line here, and we will use the revolution features. First, let's craft the first line. I can press a scap, click on this line and define my dimension. Let's tap 60. After I will click on the curve tools. Here we have different type of curve tool will select the splint tools. I will snap to this point first, and directly craft for example, first point, second point, another point, and just come back on these directions. These directions and here. After I can press a skep to validate my last point, select the line tools and create the line until this axis and create an der line until this center point. I can press a skep to validate. We have created this sketch, and something that I will do it is to exit my sketch. Now let's create a revolution. I will use the reval voice base here, and I want to apply 260 digraphs. Click on the axis of revolution, and we need to select this line. And I will obtain this render and validate. Now if I want to have a hole inside and just to add a thickness to my ase. How I can do this, I can just use the shell feature, so I can click on shells, and here I define the fase on the top just on this area, and I can define the value that I want just here. So I will change for, for example, only two. You can also activate the preview because I didn't see the preview before. You can activate the show preview, for example. If I activate the shop preview, you can see the thickness appearing here and we will have the hole in the midl. So now I can validate and we can upturn this render. It is definitely a very interesting feature also that you can use with the shell features. 49. Create ribs: Ct ribs. We are going to see how to craft ribs. For this, I will craft a sketch first and we will use the front plane. Let's craft a sketch here. I will use my line tool just on this area to snap to the center point of the axis and crater line. I can snap here, and I can define first line. I need to zoom a little bit, and just here we have the origin. It's okay. I will crater line just on this area, snap to this point. And crate the first slide here. Let's just come back on this direction. Come back on this direction on the directions and come back here. After to do this work, I will just define dimension using the smart dimension tools. This line, I will apply a value of 80. So I can tape 80. Then I will click on this line and I will define a value of six. Then I will click on this line, I will define a value of 74. I will click on this line. I will define a value of let's tap something like 74 also, just like that. Then I will click on this line. Automatically I will have 80. And if I click on this one, smart dimensions. Zoom little bit, and here we'll have automatically six. Perfect. I can exit my sketch, craton extruion, extrude. And we will change for met plane. I will increase a little bit. What value we can apply. Let's change for 100. It's okay for that. I crafted this element and I would like to craft a rib. To craft a rib, you have this option. You need to craft a sketch first. I will click on my front plane in the Midol, craft a sketch. I will use my line tools, and I will just craft a line snapping to this part until this part, and I will press a scape just like this. I will exit my sketch. What is the principle of these features. So first click on rib, and automatically he will define the last sketch. If you don't have your sketch selected and you click on the rib here, you need to select a plane planer plane or an existing sketch. Now I can click on the sketch and you have different options. It is from the center or on the left or on the right, depending on the position of your view. If I just select center, something that we use the most just here center. You can enter the value that you want. Let's apply for example 20, and you can also apply a direction, but the direction, it depends about what you want to do. If I click here, I just validate, automatically, you will have something like that. As you can see, it can be very interesting. I can also repeat this process, so I can click on my sketch here. Then I will use one more times the rip features. I can decrease, just apply a value of six here, and just validate, like that. After you can select the directions. If I use one more time this, I can click on the rib and it can be on the left like this. If I want to work on the right, I will select this line, features, and I will go on the right this time, just like this. You have another possibility. If I just click here, select rib, you have the possibility to invert. If you flip the value here, you have linear natural, and you can just valid it, but it's not going to work for a simple reason in this direction, it's not going to work like that. It depends on the direction. In this case, I can only focus here. Have also a angle, but the angle depends off, if you want to flip, you can invert the directions. In this type of example, it's not possible to edit this one. I will just click here and not flip the materials. Just click here. Oops it's not working. Let's take a glance about this area, this area. Yes. When it's like this, the best thing to do is to redo again, so you slick this one, you click on the rib, and I can just click here and validate and I will turn this render. This is how to use the repeaters. 50. Create thicknesses: We're going to see how to work with scan. It is useful to use these features when, for example, you work with surfaces, but in other type of case, it is also useful. First, I will craft a sketch on one of the plane like the front plane, and I will craft a sketch. What I will do on this front plane, I will use just to craft a curve. I will silect my splint tools, and I will craft a curves. I will start around maybe this area just like this. I will craft curves with multiple points. Here, here, and I will go on these directions. I will press a sketch. I have this point, maybe you can drag and move a little bit and change it little bit the point. After to do this surf off work, I will exit my sketch. From this curves, I have the options to create a surface. For this, we have seen that we have some surface option because I integrated this tool bar at the beginning. Something basical that we can use, it is just extrude surface. I can, for example, use this features extrude surface. As you can see, you can extrad the surface on a direction, this one, or you can focus on the meat plane like this. I can put the values that I want. Let's focus with one red, maybe hundred 40, and I can just validate. Now we don't have any sickness. If I want to add sickness, I can use the second features. To use the features how to process. You can just go on the top here. And you can have this if you use the tool bar features, but if you don't have, you just click on tools, you just click on Ins boe base, and you can find Second. When you click on Sec I have my last surface trate here, but if you don't have, you just need to click on your surface, and then you add the sickness that you want. For example, I can go in this area, and I can add the sickness that I want. It means here I can decrease. If I just want something with four, I can enter a value of four, just like that, and I will validate, and now I have a sickness and I have value of four, just like this. It is as because now if you want to Click on this one, and now you use trade both base. As you can see, when you click on trade bus base not going to work properly for a simple reason that you was working first with a surface. Now let's see a second example. I will undo here and I will delete the surface extrude. And I will delete the sketch. If you want to create, for example, something like a vase, you can create a revolution with a base and after you have features like shell that you can use to create all inside. But you can work with surfaces and you can use also these features. First thing to do, let's select the front plane and create a sketch. I will define a line. I will create a first line on this direction just here. I will click on this line and define value. Let's work with 40. And then I will use my spin tools. Click here. I will Zoom tell how to create multiple point to define my base for this vase. Let's do something like this. I can press a skep. Maybe I can dragon move tell bit this point just here. And something that I will do, I will validate these curves and just click on the line. We can define the line here, but I think you can for example, stay like this. If you decide to stay like this, and you exit the sketch. As you can see, we didn't close any things. Something that I can do, it's to use, I can exit my sketch. In the features, you have also revolves your face. And when you click on revolves your face, I can select this one and you can use axis of revolution. One of the problem is when you work like this, you don't have axis of revolution. You can create axis of revolution. If you come back to the sketch, add the sketch, you can create the axis of revolution, and it can be just a small line just like this. You can convert to construction line. If you don't convert to construction line, Even here, as you can see, I snap to this part. But if you don't want to snap to this point, you cannot snap to this point if you need. I can use my love features just here. Revolve surface. Revolve features with revolve surface for surface this time, I slic for the sketch, and the axis of revolution I can salics axis. If you just validate, you have unlike because something is little wrong. If I term like this, as you can see it's not working properly because this axis is unique with this one. What we are going to do is to come back to this sketch and did the sketch. Instead to create this type of line, you can just create a small line, it can be a small line on the directions. You can also click on this line and you can convert this line for construction, and you can just valid it. Now we have a small line of construction here. And I will repeat the process after to exit my sketch with revolves surface, and I will select first this one and the axis is automatically selected. It's okay. Now I can craft this type of I can validate, and we don't have any thickness for this phase. What I will be able to do, I will be able to use the second features. Let's select everything. Insert bu base sync. I will click on the features just here, and I will enter the value that I want. You can work with the scon outside inside also or just like this inside mydl outside. What you want to do here will see it inside, for example, but it can be outside, I can click on site if I need or inside, Let just click inside, and I will focus with a smaller value like two. And we'll just validate and you can see we have little scon for this vase. This is how to work with these features. 51. Create domes: We're going to see how to craft dom. For this to use this feature for thing that I'm going to do, it's to silice the top planes, and I will craft a sketch. After to do this type of work, will select one of these tools and first will select the center rectangle to create a rectangle from the center. I will define two value for my rectangle. I will select the first line here, and on this area, we will increase little bit the value. Let's take for example 200. I will select my first line here, and I will increase also little bit the value. Here I can put 120, I think, yes, I can first work like this. Something that I will do. Maybe it's a little too much. I'm going to reduce my value I will. Salect this one, and here we'll put maybe 140 and salx the order one. On this direction, Yes, we'll put only eight, it will be enough for what I want to show you. After that, I can validate, exit my sketch and crater an extruion with extrude b base. We will increase a little bit, and I will focus on the two sits or we'll change met plane. And I will increase a little bit more like to have 30 millimeter. After that, from this base, let's just take a look about the features. To see these dom features, you need to select insert features. It is one of the features that you don't have in the basic features here. Something that I need to do is to select dom here. After two select dom, you need to select here, in the parameter, the face that you want to use. So I will click on this face just here. After you can activate the show preview just on this area. Here you have different options, constraint print of sketch, and here on this area, you have a direction. Concretely if you select a direction, you can define for example here, you can define directions. I define this edge, so I can click on this edge and the dom will go inside. But If you invert, just like this, you can click here, the dom will be inside, just like this, and you can invert the directions. If you click here, I can make something stronger inside. If I just click here, yes, now it's going to work. So you can invert to have the dom inside or outside. I I do this, the dom will be inside, just that above the preview when you are located here, you don't really see the preview, but if you go in this area, you can see the preview. So you select the directions, and maybe I can increase more, do silect 20 here. After to do this type of work, you have also hit something little specific. It is a constraint print and concretely, you can just add a point on the directions. But it's not extremely pretty good on this type of case. I'm going to come back, just click on my face, activate 20 millimeter and that's it, you can dumb like that. If I want to do the same type of thing here, I can select insert features one more time. Features, and I will select dm, and I can put the face, so I have this face, and the direction need to be this one, just like that. Now if I put the same value, can just validate, and I will turn this render here. After I can make a lot of things, because if for example, you activate one more times, you use the felt features. You can also click on these different faces just on this area, and you can define a value of filt. You can define this value. As you can see, you can make multiple and interesting things. If I just come back because going to undo the dom and edit undo the dom here because you can go inside, so you select insert. You will use these features, Dom. If you click on this one, here automatically, then if you don't chose the direction here doing to work properly, you can go inside. Here I put 20 millimeter, and the dom will be inside as you can see. Don't do it this too much, but the dom is inside just here. Now, something that I'm going to do is to remove these features, and remove also this one. And remove also this sketch. Let's just crate a second example. I will create a sketch, top plane, and create a sketch. One more time I will silic my circle tools. I will crate circle this time, and I will define. Let's just put 28 for the radius, exit the sketch. Qt an extrusion, extrude bus base. One more time I will focus on the meat plane, and I will increase with maybe 100 millimeter. After that, I will use my dumb features insert features Dm. A the face, because here we selected one face, but you can select also two face at the same time. I can s this face, I can select this face. One more time, I can define the value, and after that, you have a maximum value where it won't be possible to continue. So in this type of case, maybe I can go until 40 millimetres, and it's going to work can also invert to go inside, just like this. If I click here, I can have this type of render, just like that. T is the interesting features that you can use. 52. Create deforms: We're going to see how to use the features free form. To use this feature, something that I'm going to do, it is to crate a sketch, and I would select the top plane and just crate a sketch. So after to do this work, I will create surface first. So I will sing my rectangles. I will create the center rectangles on this area, and I will define two values. Here we have the rectangle. We can increase if we need this rectangle, but something that I will do is to just put little smaller values. So on this direction, I will put 140 and just on this direction. I will only put a value of 80, just like that. So after to do this type of work, I will use this as a base to create to use my arc tools. I will slick the Sweet print arc. Click on this print. Click on this print and just go little inside like this. And then click on this point, click on this print and go a little inside a little bit more, maybe and click on this print and click on this print and just go on this directions here, and just click on this point, click on this print, and go a little bit inside also. So I can remove my rectangle. So I need to remove the different construction line of my rectangle, just here. Yes, just like that. And after to do this type of work, I will exit my sketch. So now I want to create a surface. So to create a surface, as I explained before, we have a different type of tools. Something that I will do, so I will craft my sketch just here. So I just select my sketch, and I will click on fiel surface and automatically I can fill my element. Now, what we can do with these features. So with this features, I will go on insert, bus base, insert features, and I will just select here, you can find Df. So concretely, here, this is a deform type and you need first to select here because not deform, it's not deform that I wanted to show you it is a free form options. Let's just select here directly insert. Features free form because it's not exactly the same way. Face sitting, you need to define a face. First, I define this face, and as you can see, we have a topology automatically created. Here you have a mesh preview activated, so here you can activate the mesh preview generally, it's pretty good, and you have a majesty, concretely, it is the number, it is like a topology where you can see different type of subdivision. Just here. After to do this type of work, the first thing to do it is because here you can add a point and you add the curve. But first, you need to here control type control curves, you can add the curves. After to add the curves, just here, you need to select the face. You need to select add curves just on the directions. And you have the possibility if you zoom little bit just here to add curves. So I can go in this area. Let's take a look. For example, I go close to this one, I can go left click, and I can start with the curves. And after to start with the curves, you can drag move here because we have a cursor, as you can see. And thanks to this cursor, I can for example, drag move on the directions. I have my different axis here. And I can also move, for example, on this direction or on this direction. Sometimes this type of case, it's little long, I can drag and move on this direction. Maybe This is the type of thing that you can do. After if I just click on add curve again, you can, for example, I can go here, and I can define curves just like this. But if you want to crowd modification, one of the problems, you can undo my last curve. You need to select the face first and click on add curve because if you don't select the face, it's not convenient. I will go on add curves here. If you click on this area, cut curves and face, I can for example, go here, and I can go left click and I can add the curves. But you can add multiple curves like this. Something that you can do also because you have face selected, you have also the possibility to click on at point. When you go on at point, every time when you click on the curve that you have, for example, just here, you will be able to select this curve. For example, you have a point here, and you have a point here, and you can every time on your curves. Just define a point. So here I define a point, here I define a point also, as you can see, after to do this work, we have at point and we have the face. So if a silic pace and slate heat point here, we have this element, we have the curves, and we have the at point, and we can add multiple points here. But it's also possible to work with this. I'm going to show you again something. Here, first, I will deactivate my free form tools just like this because You did the features again. As you can see, you can make some little transformation. Just like this, you can also change the merge preview but I just want to show you something first. So here we have a little modification, just a little bit on this area. Now I will remove my free form tools here, and I will do this again. I will click directly on the features because I want to show you something a little bit different, the tools. Insert features Free form. So when you select your face first, you have also the possibility to just go on, if you don't select at curve at point. When you click here, for example, you select an edge just on this area, as you can see it's not possible to do anything because continuity contact. But if you change for, for example, movable, a select movable here, and I click on this area. Now, what you can see, you can see, it's possible to just drag and move this element just like this. It's possible also to drag and move this handles, just like that. So we can drag and move this handle on different axis. I can also move on the z axis if I need, just using because I change for movable here. I think on the y axis is not pretty good, so I can come back just here. This is the first thing that you need to understand. Each time you can change contact, you have movable, but movable tangent also. When you click here, you can select handles, and this handles, you can change the positions as you can see. I can select also this one, and if I want to drag and move, I can drag and move on these directions. Every time you have this possibility, you can change your curves for movable. Now, why it is useful to select the order options because you can work in the midles. For example, if I click on ado curves, I can go on this direction. So we see the face. Here, we have ado curves, and you can just define a curves on specific directions. Something I think I'm going to do first is to change again this one for contact, and I will change this one again for contact, and I will change again this one for contact. If you click on contact, as you can see, you are going to re pirate this element, just like that. So if you want, you can work like this, and you can work in a separate way, so here I can keep on contact, but it will remove my element. Now let's just click on at curves and a curve is appearing here, and you can create a new curves. You can place multiple curves, for example, I can place. The curves is appearing in green, but sometimes we don't use this too much, and you can add different curves just like this. After to add these different curves, if you deactivate at curves, Zoom little bit, you can select one of the curves that you place, and you will have access also, you click on the curves. You need to deactivate at curves and at points. And when you click on the curve, you have now axis also to two handles, and you can drag and move like this. For example, this one can drag and move on these directions. If I want to define an oder curves, I can select another one, like I add this one. I can select this handles also. For example, I can go in this direction inside, or I can go a little outside also. You can also drag and move on the different taxes, just like this. I can select der one, so I can go maybe I added another curves. On another direction, so I added one here, and it is the same, I can click every time on the different handles and make this type of transformation. If you add a point, it's a little bit less convenient, but you can also add a point. But when you add a point concretely, the point will appear on the curves. So you can add a point on the curves, like this or add another point here. If I have another curve, you can add your point just like this. After to add your points, you deactivate ad point, and you click on the curve, you can also see your point. And now if I see this point, I can also drag and move the point, and you can make more local transformation with this because you have point and you can also make some transformation in the midls if you need. One more time, I can also do something like this using my point. If I just come back here, I think I added a point. And yes, I can go in this direction. I added a point here. So if nothing is selected, I can take a gains of my print, and I can also drag and move like this if I need. This is the type of thing that you can do. As you can see, we will be able to make this type of transformation. It can be not only a surface, so it means you can select just an element, use the extreme bus base, and after you will be able to make some transformation like this. 53. Move selections: Move element, we are going to see how to move element. For this, first things to do, let's create an element. I will select the top or plane, create a sketch, and I will use the rectangle tools to create rectangles from the center. This rectangle, I will define two values. I will select my first line and just define a value of 240 millimeters, and I will define my second line, and I will define a value of 200 millimeter. I will select the circle tools, crato circle from center, so I can snap to this print. Crato circles, define a value for the radius of the circles. Let's take a value of 60 millimeter and just validate this sketch. Extrude the sketch with extrude bus base features, and let's decrease the value of this extrusion, Let just decrease with 20 millimeter. I have this element and if you want to move this element, how you can do this? On this area just and the features that you have here, you want to see this possibility to move the body. It's possible when you go here, you have solid body, you have one body. You can move this body. To move this body, you can use insert and inside the features here, you can find move copy move copy. Thanks to that, when you click on this area, you can select the body that you want and you have the possibility to move this body. Here you can select also, you have the possibility to add constraint. It's not something that we are going to see here, just select the bus extrude. When you click on the bus extrude here, you have the possibility to change the position of this body. Here we have this one, you can click on this one. And after to validate, he's going to click on something because when you go in this area, you have different options that you can use. For example, you can add also a constraint if you want. Here you have some options with translate. When you click on the options, you can have access to this Gizmo, and thanks to this Gizmo, you can just change the position. How to work the best things to do, you click on Insert, you select features, move copy features, and the best things to do is to click directly on translate Rotate. You select the features. For example, you can move on the x axis using the Gizmo y axis, and you can move on the ZD axis also. And you can also directly crate position. Here this is a value on the x axis, y axis, and Z axis. If for example, I want to move with 400 on the x axis, I can tape 400. If I want to move on the y axis with 200, I can tape 200, just like this. If I want to move on this axis with 300, I can tape 200. You just validate and you can move your element. You have also the options to crtocopy. So if I want to craft a copy, it is exactly the same thing. Let's first click on edit and do and come back with this element just here. Let's select one more time insert. I will select features and let's use Move copy. After to click on Move Copy, we have the translation on this area. I need to define one more time the x y z axis. I will select this element, but something that I will do to click on copy. Thanks to that, you can just create one copy, and you can drag and move, and you can craft a copy of your element. You can also crate multiple copy. I think depending on what you want to do, if you want to create the patterns, it's definitely better to use the patterns features here with some linear patterns, but you have some more options for the patterns. But if you want to repeat on the same axis, you have also this possibility to use insert. Patterns insert features, and you can just select this one. I will go on this area, move copy. Just here, I will select this body, and I can drag and move the body. I can define value. Let's, for example, define 800 millimeter on the x axis. If for example, you use copy and you increase the number of copy, you will repeat with this value. Your body. I can repeat this body. For example, I want to repeat. At time I can use eight with a value of 800 millimeter and I can repeat my body here. Now what you can see in the construction tree. In the construction tree here, you can find solid body and we have the different boss extrude here. Now we have multiple body. This is how to have multiple body in some features like sometimes you can create some element like repetition, or you can also create something like this one, and thanks to that, you will opt multiple body. If you just click on the features, you press delete on the features, as you can see the body are going to be removed. 54. Combine objects: Combine elements, we are going to see how it's possible to combine elements. For this, something that I'm going to do is first to create a first sketch on the top plane and we will create a sketch. After that, I will define rectangles center rectangles, just like this. We will do on this area. We'll slick my first line and put a dimension. Here, it's too much. Let just focus with 200. After I will click on this line also, and I will define another dimensions. Let's put a value of 120. I will exit my sketch and create an extrusion with extra bus base, and here we will apply a value of ten millimeter. I just have one element just like this. Now, something that I will do is to create another element. To craft this second element, I will go on the right plane and on the right plane, I will craft a sketch. I will define a element with my line tools, and here we will snap to this part just here. Or I can create rectangles, it will be pretty better and I will snap to this part, not a rectangle from center but a corner rectangles. So I can snap to this part, go on this area, and we can match on the directions, just like this. I will enter two dimension. I will select this line. Let's turn it a bit, and on this area, we will define a value of 80. After I will click on this one, and we will define a value of 120. Let's press a scap. Click on this line here and just press delete. I will come back to the normal view and select the three point arc. This point to this point, and we can drag and move until to be to this alf circle. We need to have lf circles. We might circle tool, second cra circle in the Midol around this area, define a value. Lets just put a value of four. I have this element. I can exit my sketch just here, and I will ct to extrusion. So Extrude cut. But something important is here, you have merge the result. By default, if you click merge result, for example, extrude, and I use mid plane, I select something like 20 millimeter I valid it. If you select merge result, you only have one body. So I just have one entity here. I'm going to show you again. If you just click here, extrude buzz base, you select the sketch hoops. Let's exit. Click on the sketch Extrude bus base. And here we have 20 millimeter and by de foot, it will be linked, so we just have one solid body. Now if I want to separate the two entity, just like this, I will come back and remove the Extrude both base and do this again. So click on the sketch Extrude b base, and now I will desat rt merge with you to create a second body. So I can desctivate this one and validate. And now, what you can see, you can see in the solid body here, we have this element and this element. What does it mean? It means that we can move the element. When we go on insert, features here, you will be able to combine and to craft just one body. But first, I'm going to move and copy. If I click on move, for example, I can click on this one, and I can move my element. If you want to combine, you need that your two elements be in link on the same work plane. For example, if I move here and I select insert, features, and I define combine, and I silk this one and this one. If I just validate. As you can see it's not going to work properly for a simple reason that it's not in link. Something that I can do is to press control zed. Come back with this element here. I can even use insert features, combine. Now it's going to work. I can click on this part and click on this part just like this. We have both trot and bus trot selected show preview to create only one element. If I just valid it, now I will up turn this render. I just have one body. Why it is useful because sometimes you can start and you want it to craft two bodies to maybe drag and move, but after you realize it's are not good and this is where you can combine. It's also useful in some parts because if I just come back with two bodies. Now we have this bodies and this body. I click on this one. Before to click on this one, I slick felt. I decide to apply a felt here. But one of the problems is, if you do something like this, And you don't combine, you will craft the fillet on this area, and it's not what I want to do. So here it's not going to be interesting. My fleet don't go in this direction. So this is why it's not interesting because I will obtain this render as you can see. Going to show you, you can go and insert, both space, and yes, the fleet will appears just on this area. And definitely, it is not what I want to do. So I can also edit my fillet. But just before to do this, I will go on insert features, and we will dragon move, so I can go on the move copy, and if I just dragon move, you can see the fillet appearing here. So something that I will do is to come back on this area. So first, I will combine my two element with insert features combine. I will select this part and this part of this body, this body. You can also substrate if you want and activate a preview, substract, I'm going to show you also. And so I will click on add here, and we will be able to just validate. And now if I apply a flet. I can click hoops not on this one. If I click on felt, I can apply on this one, and I can apply on this one. And I will obtain this render. Now, I will come back here just to show you something more and I can press delete here. And remove the second bus extrude. If I craft a cylinder, so I will click on this face, crit a sketch, define a cylinder here. I will just put 40 and just validate. I will extrude my cylinder bus base. I will desati merge rest. Thanks to that, we have a cylinder going on the two part, and we will have a second body, this one and this one. So I can use also insert features, combined. This is just Bolean operation, and I can select add, so I can add this two. Element, but I can select the substract, show preview here. The main body need to be hoops. We need to select the main body, this one, and the second body will be this one. Show the preview, and we can add this. If we select common, it's just going to make an operation. This is not what I want to do, so we'll sic substract, the main body will be this one, and the second body will be this one. Show preview validate. It is just a bolean operation. The possibility, if I see it insert features, combine just sic common, he will make an operation automatically, and the common is like a intersection. Concretely, he will take the intersection of the two bodies. We don't use this too much, but sometimes it can be useful. This is why I show you, you can also create intersection. L. 55. Split objects: We are going to see how to split body. It is an interesting feature that we can use and to see this interesting features. We will first slick to create an element on the front plane. So we click on the front plane and create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will use my line tools and create a first line on the left. A second line on this direction, anoder ones here. Another ones here, and another ones here. I will press a skep and define my first line dimensions. So we'll use my smart dimension tools and create a dimension for this line, and I will put a value of 100. After we will define another dimensions, so I order one for this line, and I will put a dimension of 80 millimeter. One of the problems here is going to move, so I need to change also the dimensions here. And one of the problem, it's not going to work properly. First, I will change this one, and I will change for 84. After I will change for this one, and here we'll apply 76. Thanks to that, now I can change this one and I can put 80 just like that. We will also define another dimension. Here we define 96. Normally by defti fi crato line here, I will have just four. Something that I can do is to repeat this process on the left. So we will use mirror entity to mirror, I will select this one, mirror or butt, I will silect this one, and I will just validate. Perfect. I can exit my sketch, craton extrusion, Extrude bus base, and we can craton extrusion with a mid plane, and I will reduce the value of this extrusion for 100. I will just validate. I will click on this face, rato sketch, so I will use create a new sketch. And I will define a rectangle center rectangle. We are not going to create a specific position, let just create a rectangle around this area, and click on this line. I can define a value of maybe 60, and I can click on this line and let's define a value of 24. I will just validate, exit the sketch just here, and create a extret cut just like that, and I will cross and validate to upturn this render. I have this part. Something that I would like to do. It's, for example, I would like to split this element into rato separation. Just before to do this, I will select this face and Crato sketch, I will crato last sketch with another center rectangles around maybe this area, just like this. I'm not going to enter a specific position just two dimensions. I can apply 24, and I will select this line and I will apply a value of 68. Just validate. I can use mirror entity, and I will select these different lines, mirror but this one, and I will be able to validate and create an extrusion with exit, extrate cut, and we can create an extrusion and just validate. What is the principle of split body? Split body, you can use one of this work plane to separate in two entity in two bodies, your element. You need to go and insert. Features split, and what you will use in the trim tools, you can use one of this plane. In this case, for example, I would like to separate in two parts using the right plane. So I can click on the right plane and you need to activate then cut part. After to do this type of work, you can view this part and you can view this part. If you want to see the resulting body, here you have a two syn, you can validate what you want to keep. If I want to keep only one part, I just select the parts that I want. If you just click here, Specify body for split operation, you need to specify what you need. So you can keep one part or you can keep the two part. I want to keep the two parts where I click this one and I can just validate. Now you can find in the solid body features we have the first part and the second part. If I click on this one, I have the possibility to go on insert features. Move copy. If I dragon move this element, as you can see, we have two separate parts, just like this. I can go on insert features, and I can see one ti move copy, click on this one, and as you can see, we have two separated bodies. We are still in the same document. We are still in the same part, but inside we have two separated body. Now, let's just come back here because you can also create the workplane that you want. I'm just going to come back at the moment where I have just one bodies. If you want to cut in a more specific way, you can also create a new work plane, reference plane. I would like to cut maybe here. For example, I can define a new reference plane. I can click on this area, and I define offset plane, and I define the offset plane may be at 30 millimeter for this example and just valid it. And I will repeat the operation with this new work plane. In sir, features, and I will slick one more time the split features. But this time the trim tools will be displayed. After to do this type of work, you activate cut part. So you sil cut part, and now we'll obtain three different parts. One more time I can keep only one or I can keep the see. If I want to keep the sie, I activated the si. Validate, and now we have Si parts. Body one, bodies two, and body Sis. We are still in the same document part number one, but we have sui different bodies that we can move. For example, you can go one more time on insert features. Move Copy, and I can select this one, and I can for example, drag and move here, and dragon move here. Can continue insert features, and let's just select. Move Copy, click on this one, and I can move here and maybe move here. And I will be able to click on the last one Insert features. Move Copy, click here. And for example, I can drag and move this one on this area, just like that. As you can see, we have three different parts. 56. Create linear patterns: Create linear patterns. We are going to see how to create linear patterns using the features and you can find linear patterns here. One of the first things to do, let's select one of these planes, the top planes, and just create a sketch. After two crati sketch, I will use my center Rectangles and crater rectangles from the center just like this. After two crates rectangle, I will click on this line, and I will define the value. Let's tap 200 just here. On this area, I will type a value of 140. After to do this work I will exit my sketch. Let's create an extrusion, extrude, just like this. A the value of the extrusion I will reduce, let's just apply ten and validate. After I will craft a sketch, click here and craft a sketch, so I will use my sketch features. I will craft a circle near this corner. I can craft my circles, go on this area and define a dimension for this one. Let's just apply eight. After to apply This value of eight, I will define the position. For this, I can use my Smart Dimension. Click on this point. Click on this line and define value of 20. Then I will click again on my Smart Dimension tools. Click on this point and click on this line. Oops, I think something is pretty good. Let's just come back here. And click on the Smart Dimension tool. Click on this point. Click on this line and define also 20 millimeter. After to do this work, let's exit the sketch, create a extrusion, but with extract cut, and I will remove material just here, as you can see. After that, I would like to repeat for example this feature. As I explained before, you can do this type of work directly on the sketch, and you have the possibility to create a linear pattern on sketches. But also after using the features with linear patterns here. Something that I will do is to click for example dragging this top view. And I will select linear patterns. After to do this work, you need to select whether features or a body. Here you have features and faces, and you can find body. In this case, I will apply features, and I will select the features just here. I can click on these features like that. If it's not working properly, you need to turn it to a bit the view, and after that, I will come back with this view. This is a cut extrate feature that I will use. After that, you can define a number and you can define a space also. Spicing and instances up two. Here you have the partial preview and also you can enter the full preview. What I'm going to do is to increase the value. Here we can work with the value also in this area. Here you can select full preview or partial preview. The important thing is to define a direction. Click here, for example, if I want to go horizontally, I can define the horizontal axis, and click on this axis. Now if I just increase li tell my value. Here we can define a space and we can define a number of instants, just like this. You can put a direction whether here or whether a direction on this area. L et's do this again. I can click here, and I will yes, now it's working properly. You can define here the edge that you want to use, and you have up to reference, can be sometimes to a reference here in this case, we will use spacing and instances, and we can use a specific value. Here I can define the space that I want on this area and the number. If for example, I want to repeat six time, I can apply six, and I can select the top view. Just like this. After I can define the distance exactly, so it can be 31 or it can be more depending of what I want to do. I can say, for example, in this case, think about the position, I can apply 32. After to do this area, this is a cut extrude tools. This is a direction one, but if you want to apply a second direction, you have also the possibility when you click here to define a second direction. You can also deactivate your have symmetric on this area. And if you click symmetry, you have a c text trade, but if you deactivate the symmetric option, you can also define, for example here, and you can select another edge. When you select another edge, you can go also on another direction. For example, I can apply four, and we have the distance value here. But if it's not really good about the position, I need to click on invert. Here you can invert the direction. I will invert the direction and now it's going to work, and I can put for example four and define the space that I want. If I apply 30 s, I will turn this render. If I define 34, in my case, I will turn this render, just like that. I think 34 is a little too much. I will just step 30 s. It's most important to understand how it works and after that, I can just validate and you can repeat this pattern just like that. Now I have this element. We have a body, if I wanted to repeat this body. It's also possible. I can silic one more time my top you, Zoom little out and select the linear patterns. But this time, I will remove this for the features and face. I will disilic feature and faces, and I will silic body. After to select body, this is the body, so complete element, so I can click here and I can salect my body. After to do this type of work, one more time you can define a direction. I can come back on this area. And define directions. One more time I can use, for example, one axis, can be this axis. Here, I can select this workplane. Depends on the work plane that you want to use. Here, I selected this one, but I can also if I don't want this workplane, it can be maybe this one, and we will go in this direction. After to do this type of work, one more time, I can define the space from the midle of my body to another midle of body. I can do this type of work, and take a glance, we can repeat in the directions. If I want also I apply six, one, two, three, four, five, six, if I want to go on this direction, I can also apply direction number two, and I can click on an odor work plane like this one. On this area, I will one more times increase the value in millimeter. And I will define the number let's apply for. After to do this work, I can just validate, and you can also repeat the number of body as you can see. But in this case, you will you won't have multiple it's not really like Multiple body, just you will have the pattern feature just here. Don't forget that at any moment, you can click on the features and you can edit the features. If you want to make some transformation, you can make transformation after. It's not fixed at any moment, you can come back and edit again the features if you need. 57. Create circular patterns: We're going to see how to use the circular patterns. To use the circular patterns, one of the first things to do, I will select the top plane, M I will craft sketch. What is the principle? I will craft first circle just on this area. Here in the Mdels, I will craft a second circles, a little bigger around this area first. As explained before, you can do this type of thing directly in the sketches, but you can also do this after. So first, I will select the circle, define radius. Let's step 40. I will select the circle define radius, and let's step 60. Exit the sketch, craton extrusion with extrude bod base features, and I will decrease with only a value of six millimeter and just validate. Now, something that I will do, I will click on this face and craft a new sketch. Then I will select my circle tools and craft a circle around this area. After to do this work, I want to put this circle in the Mdel. This is why it's pretty better to craft a line. You can craft a line from this to here. But if you I'm going to remove this circle, you can craft a line, you can snap here and you can directly snap here. So I have this line now and I can snap directly to the outer sacar. I can craft my circle. I think it's pretty better to work like this. I will select the circle and define a radius. I just define a radius of six. After to do this work, I will click on this line and delete on the keyboard. Let's exit the sketch just like this. Crato extrase but extrude cut to remove materials. And here you can sp these directions, and you can extrude. Now I want to repeat this element all around the circle. How to do this. I will select first these features. This is a circular patterns features. First things to do, you need to use the features and faces. If nothing is selected, by default, this is the last feature that you do. But if nothing is selected, you click here and you select the features. In this case, this is a cut trade. Now, let's select the top you, and I will repeat around the center. You need to put a direction. For this, you can select direction. One click, and you select the small circle or the bigger circle, the two are going to be exactly the same render. I can click on this one, and thanks to that, you can see the patterns of the circle around. One more time, you can use what you want. If you just want 100 deg, you can take 100 degrees. If you just want for example, here I can su little bit. If I just want for example something like 40 degrees, I can apply 40 degrees. If I want to repeat with more features, 12, I can tape 12, and I will obtain this render. Something that I will do now is to come back to 260 degrees to create complete turns, so I can change 260. I think it's not let's just change that. Will just tap 260. Sometimes it's a little strange about the render. I think I can tape 12, and here you have a value of 30 degrees. Yes, because I changed the equal spacing for instance spacing. This is why it was working. You can use also the instance spacing or the equal spacing. If you use equal spacing, in this case, I will use 160 degrees. If you use instance spacing, it's to you to define the space in degras between the instance. In this case, if it's 30 degrees and you have 12 elements, will obtain perfectly this render. But you can use equal spacing, and in this case, it is 260 degrees. If you reduce, you tape something like 100, you will obtain this render. Let's tape 260 degrees, just like this, cut texture. You can also apply to a body I'm going to show you after and you just validate and you can repeat the features, just like that. Now I have this element. If for example, I try and move this element, you can select you have different options on the different features here. If I want to move this body, I can use directly insert. In the future, you have the list of the different tools and we don't have this tool directly here. This is why I will slick move copy, and I will click on the body, and I can craft offset of this body. For example, I can put this one, and I can drag and move on this area, just like this. You can define the value that you want. If I want 460 or 480, I can take 480 just like this. You can craft a copy or not. I I don't craft a copy, I will obtain this render. If I repeat my features, I can select the circular patterns. But this time you can de select features and you can select body. If you click on body, you can select the body that you want. Here I can select this body. You can click here and select the body. Let's repeat the process. I will go on circular patterns. Here I can deactivate, I can activate the body, and I will click here. Now it's working properly. And you can one more time enter a direction. But if you click on direction here, one of the problem is, I don't have anything as a direction. Maybe I should create another body. Or some things that I can do. Also, it's to going to deactivate this and undo my last actions when I was here. I can keep this element. One more time, let's repeat the process. Insert features, move copy, slate the body, and we will go on the directions. Just like this, and I will enter a value of 480 degrees. But I will apply copy also to crate one copy, and I can just validate. After to do this work, I will one more time select the circular patterns, and I will deactivate features, activate body, and the body will be this one. After I can put directions, and I can use one more time this circle as a directions, and I can work like this. If I calx this view, let's come back to the top and it's work exactly in the same way, but this time we can focus on a body. I can change if I just want 120, I can take 120, but if I want to complete turn, I will take 260 degrees. You can focus on the number that you want just like this, and you can increase or you can decrease the number. Let's take for example ten for the number. This is how you can work with this. You can also focus on a second direction, but it's not pretty easy in this type of case. I'm just going to focus on this direction a center. If I click and validate, I can obturn this finder. If you click on this base, as you can see, you have this bus trade here and you can use this both trade as a reference. If you want to delete this one, you need to be careful because you will delete also all the element. 58. Add construction plans part 1: We're going to see how to work with construction plane. For this, we can select one of these workplane, we'll select the top workplan. After that, we will create a sketch. But just to create construction plane, you can use a reference here. We have the possibility to create a new plane, but also axis and more things like point. Let's select the top plane, create a sketch, and I will define my rectangles center rectangle starting from this point, I will define two value. Let's select the first line, and I will define a value of 240, and I will select my second line and I will define a value of 160. Exit the sketch, and after that, I will create an extrusion extrude bus base, and I will enter a value. Let's just define a value of 20 and validate. By default, what we have, by default will the front plane, the top plane, and the right plane. It is possible to add more plane with reference plane. Thanks to that, one of the basic things that we can do, it's just to add one reference. You can select one of this plane or you can also select a phase and just create a offset with a new plane. I can select, for example, this phase. When I select this phase, I can create a new reference planes and I can define here the value of this offset. For example, if I want 40 millimeter, I can create a new reference plane with 40 millimeter and I just need to validate. You can also craft reference plane from one plane here. I can click on reference plane, and I can define, for example, the stop plane. If I define this totop plane, I can use one more time. This reference, I can remove this one with delete, and I can remove this one with delete. My reference will be the top plane. And I can also flip the offset so you can flip and you can go in the order direction. If you want to have more work plane, you can define value here. For example, if I want four work plane on this area, I can define four, and I will just validate. This is why it is useful. You have all the new work plane just here and at any moment, if you click on one of this workplan, you can create a sketch. You can also edit the features and change the position of the workplan. Let's just slick this five work plane and just press delete on the keyboard. Something that I would like to do is to select one of this work plane, I will select the right plane, and I would like to create a offset plane. Let's click on a reference plane. Click on this one, and I can define a offset. Here we have a value. You can define the value that you want. Let's just change the value and activate for this new work plane a value like maybe 50 millimeter, maybe a little bit more 60 millimeter, validate, and then I will click on this work plane, create a new sketch. Something that I can do is to use my line tools. I can snap to this point, go on these directions and come back here. Then crate an der line, press a skep I will click on this line, define value. Let's just change for 50 millimeter. I will click on this line. I can keep value like 23 millimeters, and I will click on this line and define a value of 40 millimeter. Let's define a symmetry for this sketch. I will click on mirror entities, lik this line, this line and this line. Mirror b, and I will click on this work plane to validate. If I just exit my sketch, as you can see now, we have a new sketch on this work plane, and something that I can do is to extrude this sketch. I can use the extrude bus base. Just like this, I can change blend for mid plane, and I can define a value. Let's define a value of 20 millimeter and thanks to that, I can create new features on this area. I will use mirror. Mirror face plane, it can be the right plane and feature to mirrors both extrude and I will just validate. This is how to create a new workplan, and this is why it is useful. I also if I want to create a workplan, for example, on this face, I can click on reference plane, and I define this face. As you can see, we have a new workplan appearing on this ber One more time, we can change the offset, so I can define a offset just like this. If I want to flip the offset, I can flip the upset. If I want to increase the number of workplane, I can increase the number of work plane. Why it is useful because just here you can change met plane. If you just click here, it's a little bit different because you can enter a number of de grads, but here it is not what I want to do. For example, I can define reference plane and I can silic this face and I can click on a offset. After I will show you that you can choose different type of reference. You can select the second reference. It means I have this one, but the second reference can be a line, can be a print or any things like this. If for example, I define this phase, as you can see, I will have a second reference to create a new work plane on this area. If I just continue, you can even define a third reference. If I select third reference, I can go on this area and define a third phase. For example, if I click on this face, he is going to see swi plane not alone for a simple reason that it's not going to work properly. But I can select this phase, press delete and only work on two elements, or you can select a cell reference, and the third reference can be also align just like this. Generally, we use one reference or two reference, but when you start to use si reference, it's going to be more difficult, expect if you use something like for example, swi print. This is how to work first to start with reference plane. And we can select or type of reference plane. We just need to click on reference just here, and we can select plane. You can define the plane that you want. If now I want to craft the offset plane, just starting from this line, I can click here and I can define a new offset like for example, 80 millimeters, and I can create a new sketch, for example on this area. If I click here, I can craft a sketch and enter in this area. I can also define for example this work plan, so let's click on reference plane. Click for example on one here. You need to be careful because by default, we have already a reference plane. You can select one of this reference plane again and you can craft and new reference plane starting from this base, and here I define 80 millimeter again. But if I want to reduce, I can define 60 millimeter as you can see. 59. Add construction plans part 2: We're going to continue with the planes. For this, we can use reference, and we are going to see how it's possible to add axis end point. But first, let's select the top work plane, create a sketch, and I will create a rectangle center rectangle. Let's start this rectangle process kp. Click on the first line, and on the first line, I will define a value of 240 millimeter. I will select my second line, and on the second line, I will define 160 millimeter. I can exit the sketch, I can create an extrusion. Let's click on extrude voice base and I will define value of 40 millimeter validate, and then I will click on the top plane, create a new sketch. I will use my circle tools, Let's snap to the center print and define for this circle value, I will put a value of 48 millimeter and I will just validate, exit my sketch and create an extrusion with extra bus base one more times. After that, I will define a value of something we have 100 millimeters. Let's increase with 120 millimeter. So after to do this work, something that I can do is we can define a cylinder. We have a cylinder and we can use a reference axis. When you click on reference axis, you can define multiple things like lines, you can define planes, two point vertice, cylindrical conical point on pace. If I just slick online edges, you can just silect a edge, for example, I can select this edge. And if I just validate, I created a new axis here. Sometimes it is useful when you want to use reference, for example, to create a revolution or something like this, but also to add new work plane. I can click on Axis one more times, and this is online. If you select two planes, you can define, for example, a first plane, it can be this one, and you can define a second plane. I can be, for example, this one. If I just define two plane like this is going to build a narrow message for a simple reason that the two planes are parallel. But if I on this one and this one, I will have just a edge on this corner, as you can see. At the intersection of the two plane. Let's select reference. Axis. You can also work with two point vertices, so you can select a first point. And if you define a second print like for example, I define this one, just here, I will have edge in the dels. But I can also click one more time on reference axis, and I can define for example this point just here, and I can define this point to have just new axis on this area. If I just continue I slic one more time axis. You can also work with cylndrical conical faces and print and face plane. If you select print and face plane, you can define a print, it can be for example a print like this one, and you can also define a face plane. In this case, I will have axis on this area. I'm going to show you again. Let's just click on axis. I will select print and face plane, and I can define for example this point. I can define this face, and I will define a new axis. If I just continue axis, you can also use a cylindrical conical phase. In this case, I have a cylinder, and if I just click here on this phase, just like that, I can validate, it's not going to work properly because something better to do is to select this one. When you select this face, now you can see the axis in the midle. Can also add reference like point. If I just define point, I can select also multiple things. Things that we use the most, it can be for example a center of face. If I define a face, I can click here and automatically I have a point in this center. Some things that I can do also in a reference point, and you can have some projection, but if I define one more time center of face, I can click on this face and I will have a point in the center on the top. Now why it is useful. It is useful for the simple reason that we can use reference plane also. And you can define for example multiple point as the first reference, second reference and third reference. For example, I can silic something like this point. This is my first reference, and I can select something like this point. Thanks to that, I will have two point reference to create a new work plane on this area, for example. Here I don't use the last reference. In this type of case, they're not going to work properly. It's a little strange for this type of case. They just silic plane again. And one more time, I can define, for example, this. As you can see, if I just select this axis and validate. In bod is not complete. In this case, we need to select a second reference. But if I just select a second reference like for example, this one, the work plane will arrive on this area. The M is not to show you that you can use all this elements. The M is just to show you that you have possibility to add axis and to add point. When after you want to add a new work plane, it's possible to use some elements. You can also define multiple points. For example, I can have one point here. And as a second reference, I can define a noder point. If I just zoom a little bit, we have a noder point here, we have also axis, I can also define a second point here or again a third point here. If I slate this third point, I have three text selected, and if I just valid it, as you can see I created a new work plane on this area. If I slate one more time reference plane, Something that I can do to delete this one, I can also select something like for example, this pace. I can click on this pace, and as you can see workplane will appears on this area. But if as a second reference, I define something like for example, I define this point, the workplane will arrive here. But if I remove, for example, this one and I define this edge, the work plane will come here. If instead to use this axis, I define this axis, the work plane will come here. Depending on what you choose, You will have multiple possibility to create a new work plane. One more time, I can use a reference, and I can select plane again, and here we have this reference. I'm going to delete this reference. You can also use as a reference. It can be, I can use this axis. If I use this axis, I will have this, but if I use seven reference, I use this one, as you can see, I will turn this render just like this. As a third reference, I can even use a point like this one. But here it's too much and he's not going to define something properly if I use this one. Instead to use this face, I can use also, for example, I have a line here of construction, and I can click on this line and I will obtain this render one more times. Instead to use this axis, I can change that. And I can use for example, can use also this plane, and I will obtain this type of render. As you can see, when you go on reference, you can add also more axis and you can add. For a simple reason that this can serve when you use some features, like for example, revolution of other tyre features. But this can be also useful when you just want to create a new work plan axis. It's possible. You have also the possibility to click on the plane and you can edit the features and change one more times the position of the features. 60. Create extrusions with surfaces: Extrude surfaces. For this, something that we can do is to craft a sketch on one of these plane and we will see how to extrude surfaces. First, I will select the front plane and craft a sketch. After that, I will define something I will use one of these tools, and something that I will do, it's just to use the splint tools. After that, I will start to first point to around this area, and I will craft multiple point to craft these curves. When I go here, I can press escape. I have these curves if you want to click on the curves, and as explained before you can make some transformation on your curves. You just need to click on the multiple point and you have the possibility to drag and move the print and the possibility also to move the handles. So Let's click on this point. I will change a little bit the position like this, and I will exit my sketch. As I explained before we can see the surfaces features on this area because with position, these different surfaces, these different tools on the top here. The first feature is the extradited surface. You can just extrude the sketch directly. To create the surface. Let's click here. You need to select what is the work plan or what is the sketch. For example, I can select this sketch, and after that, you define the value of the extrusion. For example, I can increase, and it is exactly like You have the same type of options that in the extrude features, and it can be up to vertex, up to surface, something that we use a much it blend. In one side, and here we have 80, for example, millimeter. If I want a second side, I can put a second direction with direction number two, and on the second side, I can define another directions as you can see. For example, here we focus on two direction, I can validate and I can cram my extrusion just like this. If I just come back, you can also work with the mid plane. Let's select trate your face. Click here. I will define the front plane, just like this. Oops, I think I can come back outside. Let's just click on trate your face, and here I can define this element because one of the problem is If you click on Extrude and you select the plane, it's not going to work properly. Something that you need to do it's really to select the sketch. Let's select. Extrude surface, click on the curves, and you can change bled for meat plane. Thanks to that we're in the midle you can also drag and move this arrow. If I just valid it, I can upturn this render. Here we have a surface, as you can see, we don't have any thickness on this area. Let's select a second example. I will click on this surface and just extrude on the keyboard. Click on this sketch and just extrude on the keyboard. You can also define, let's slick the front plane one more time, create a sketch, and I will use my line tools, and create a first line on this area. Crate a second line just here and third line on this area. Let's just press a scape. Click on this first line, and I will define a first value. Let's position 60. So here I can tape a value of 60 millimeter. I will select this line, let's define something like 40, and here we have angle. We can put something like 140. And I can define this line. Let's define also 48. And I will use angle of one drin. That's okay. I can validate exit the sketch here. I just need to repeat the process on the order side so I can come back to my sketch edit sketch. Let's select mirror. I can select these different lines, ner about this work plane, just like this. Nearer or about I need to select this work plane, and I can repeat the element. From this line, I can create a surface. Exit the sketch, extrude your face. Let's select this one and automatically I can extrude the surface on one side or if I want on the two side from the midle mit plane. Thanks to that, I define the value that I want for this extrusion, like just define a value of 320 millimeter, and I just validate. Thanks to that, we can create surfaces using this one, just like that. Definitely, it is very interesting. You can come back at any moment selling the surface, edit the features. And when you click on Edit the features, you can one more time change the value of the surface. If you want to increase, you want to decrease, or you just want to change the direction is definitely possible after editing the features. 61. Create revolutions with surfaces: Revolve surfaces, and for this to see how to revolve surfaces, we are going to select the front plane and just create a sketch. We have seen how to focus on revolution. It is exactly the same type of feature, so you can create a sketch, but this time the revolution will be little b different. So first, let's select a element. I can click on my line tools and just craft a line on these directions. And I will craft a der line on this direction. I will press a scap. Click on my first line, and after to click on this first line, I will change the value. Let's just change with a value of 40. I will select my second line, define a value of y, and I will apply also a angles, and let's just apply angles of 40 millimeters. I will just validate this one and I can finish my sketch just like this, and I can revolve around this axis. One of the problem is we don't have any axis here. If I just click on the revolve surface here, we don't have any axis. Something that I can do is to come back to my sketch. I can click on the sketch, I did the sketch. On this sketch, I can define a line construction line, so I can define a line just here. And craft a line on this area. Whether I can define a line, press escape this line, if I want, I can change for construction, so I can click on my line and define for example for construction. You can also even craft infinite line if you need. It's going to work, or I can remove the infinite line. I can just click here and now I can select A a sketch, revolve surfaces. I can click on this area, and thanks to that, automatically, he will define the line sketch. But if for example, it's not selected, I can remove this one and I can define my line sketch, and I will upturn this render and just validate, and as you can see, it's interesting. Now, if I wanted to have all in the Mdel, it's possible. I can click on surface. Edit the features. Here we can edit the features one more time. If you want to not make a complete turn, I can, for example, tape 200, and I can also define only a specific part. You can also work with the two directions and work with a number of digress on the first direction, and also on the second directions, as you can see. L et's just validate. Surface revolve, and I would like to edit the sketch, click on the sketch, edit the sketch. Something that I can do is to click on this line and remove this line maybe or I can just keep this line. But here we have a line. I will remove this one, and I will just crate a line starting from this point and this time, I won't go at the intersection to let the space. I can reduce also and if I redu here, just validate, edit my sketch, the features will be different and now we can obtain this render. Let's click on sketch. And one more time he did the sketch. You can edit the sketch at your convenience if you want to change the render and every time if I exit, I will obtain this render. I can also click on surface revolve, edit the features, and I can come back with only one directions, and I can come back with a complete turn of 260 degrees exit. Now, something that I would like to do, we are going to see how it's possible to create a vase, and we have seen that we can use the reval features and then we can use directly one of these features, the shell features, but you can also starting from a surface. I can click on the front plane, create a sketch, and select a line, I will define a first line starting from the intersection print. To define a value for this line, I will just click on this one and I will define a value of 60 millimeter. After I will click on this area, and we can use one of these tools. What tools I can use, it is a splint tools, Zoom meter out, silk the sprint and just create something like this, and I will come back here. But I can precess skep because it is a surface. I'm not going to close with a line here and a line here, but I need also a construction line. This is the reason for which I will click on this line. I will come back to this view, and I just need to create a small line on this area, can press scap. Click on this line, I can change for construction, for example. But even if you don't use construction, it's going to work and just validate and exit the sketch. After if I Zoom, little I, I can use the revolve pace and just I can just validate these options. Thanks to that, I can revolve. Automatically this line is selected, but if I delete this line with delete on the keyboard, you can click on Axis of revolution, and you just select your line just on this area. After that, you select the number of digraphs and I can just validate. I will upturn this render. Something that I would like to do is to undo. I'm going to show you something more. I will select revolve voice base, click here Validate. And here we define the revolve voice base, but we have a sine feature, so I can also deactivate the scale features if I need. Here, let's focus on surface because I use this one. Let's click on this one. Revolve surface. Click on this line. Oops. Let's redo again. I will click on this line. Revs surface. Click on this one, and I will define a number of degrees, 160 degres, and now it's going to work. The last thing that you can do if you want to add sickness is to use the sicken features. I can go on this area, and as explained before, you can define insert. Oic base second, insert voice base secon. Thanks to that, we have the surface to revolve. On this area, we can just select. This one, yes, just like this. We can use inside, outside our Midol, it is inside outside Midol. Let's just click on the first one, and I can define a number with the number of millimeters. Let's define 4 millimeters validate. Thanks to that, I can add little thickness on my phase. The revolve features works exactly like the revolve voice base. You have just little bit different. 62. Create lofts with surfaces: We're going to see how to create loft with surfaces. For this, we need to focus on two work plane. To focus on two work plane, I will select the top work plane here and just create a sketch first. Let's select the circle tools, create f circle on this area, define value of the circles, and I will define a value of 30 millimeter. After to do this work, I can exit this sketch and rato second sketch. We need to have a second reference plane, and for this, I will use a reference plane, click on the top work plane and rato offset, and I will use a offset of 80 millimeters. After to do this work, let We can select this plane and create a new sketch, create a sketch. On this area, I will define a rectangle with the center rectangle tools. Net create the rectangles, I will define two value, select the first line, and on the first line, define a value of 90, and on the second line, we will define a second value. And I will keep 90 also. Let just validate this sketch. After to exit this sketch, I can use the love features ps this time to create surfaces. When I go on the top here, you can see loft surface. As I explained before with the love features, here we have the sketch I can delete just to show you the feature first. We need to select the first sketch. Let's select this one, and then let's select this one. Thanks to that, we can create a surface using the love features, and I can just validate like this. It is also possible to add guides. To add guides, as I explained before, I will select the front work plane, and on the front work plane, I will create a new sketch. Let's select one of these tools. I will select the three point R tools, Zoom, Little bit, and select this point. I can go on the extremity of the circle. Let's just click here and create a guide on this area. Then I will press aske I want to add a symmetry to this line. Let's select mirror entity, select first entity to mirror, it will be this one. Mirror but it will be this axis. T thanks to that, we can use this as a guide in these features. Let's just exit the sketch, and we can activate the loft surface features. I will select this circles and then I will select this line. Now I want to add a guide curves. I will go on the left, and I will add a guide curves, this one, and just validate, and I will create a second guide curves, this one, and validate. At this one, it's possible to change from normal to profile or direction to vector, but the direction to vector is not anestm in this case. Let's just come back to nod and I can create love feature using this one. Now, I will come back here because I want to show you that it's possible to add more plane, so I will just go back here just before to create this sketch and just before to create this sketch, just like this. You can add another plane. I have this plane and I can slick for example this one. Something that I can do is to create a new reference plane. Let's slick plane. Create a new reference plane on this area. We'll define a offset. Let's just define offset of 40 millimeters, and I will create a new sketch on this area. Let's click on plane sketch. After to do this work, I can create something more. I can use the polygon tools and then craft polygons. I can do something a little bit smaller like this. I can define the number of sites for this polygons. Let's define eight sites, and we can use s value. Not going to enter any specific value, let's just exit the sketch and one more time I can use the love features. Let's click on the Love features. We can select the circle first, and Something that I need to do is to delete the two sketches. When you are like this, you don't have anything selected. I can select my first sketch. I can select my second sketch, and then I can select my third sketch. And you can create something using two planes, but you can work with more plane, can be swift or so much more if you want. After to do this work here, we don't have any guide curves, I can just validate, and we can turn this render using the love features. One more time, it works exactly like the bluffed base base love pos base, but the difference is we are focused on surfaces. 63. Create swepts with surfaces: We are going to see how to work with swept with surfaces. To work with sweeps, for surfaces, we can use these tools, and we can find sweep surface. First thing to do, let's select one of these workplan, I will select the top work plane, and I will create a base for this sketch. I will use my Circle tools and start a circle from the center, and on the right, I will define value. Let's just tap a value of 24 millimeter for this. After to craft this sketch, I need to create another sketch to give directions to the circles. I can select, for example, one of this work plane. It can be this one. I can focus on the right plane, craft a sketch. I will zoom little out and one more time, I will use the line tool, starting from the center point, and I can create a first line. A second line, and a third line on these directions. On the first line, I can define a value. Let's put 100. On the second line, I can define another value. Let's put 120. On my last line, I can define a value of so of 20. I can add rounded corners using this fillet feature, Sketch filet. I can enter a specific value. Here we have ten. I can increase with, for example, 40. I can also click here and click here and just validate my sketch filet features. I can exit my sketch. Now we have these features. If I just come back to my sketch, edit the sketch. When you use the filet features, I can remove, for example, this one. I'm just going to come back because I want to check something about the filet. Yes. If I do the filet again, I can click on my filet tools, I can define 14, I can just remove keep constraint corners. Thanks to that, I can slick this line in this line, and just this line and this line. Thanks to that, it is the same, but we don't have the constraint. I can exit my sketch and use the Sweep feature for surface. When I go in this area, I can define Sweep surface. Profile and pass, I will select the base of the sketch. It is this one, and I will select after the pass and the pass will be this one. Thanks to that, we can create something like yours, I can just validate, and I will turn this render as you can see. If you just want to add sickness, it's possible you will be able to go and insert, both base, second, and you can define you can select this phase and define the values that you want. Let's define, for example, four millimeter, validate, and no way of sickness on my surface. L et's click on this two elements. I'm going to show you another example. Let's remove this one, click on these two sketches and press delete on the keyboard. After to do this type of work, I will one more focus on one of this plane. Let's select the top plane, crat a sketch. I will use my rectangle tool, center rectangle snapping at these intersections. Just crate a small rectangle. I will press a skep silic the first line, and on the first line, I will define a value of 80, and on my second line, I will define a value of 24. Exit the sketch, and need to give a direction to this sketch and we will select the front plane to give a direction, and craft a sketch on this front plane. Let's just select one more time the arc tools, and I will use the s point arc snap to the center point, I will go around this area and just craft a small arc on these directions. L this. Something that I can do is to validate this arc. Exit the sketch and I can follow this element to the sketch. If for example, the arc is a little too small, I can edit my sketch, and maybe we can increase a little bit this value on the directions. Validate, exit the sketch and use the sweep features. Let's click on sweep surface one more time. I will select the sketch profiti this one, and I need to select the pass and the pass will be this one. Now I can just validate my sub features. As you can see inside, we have just a surface, so it means inside we have a hole, and if I want to add sickness, it is exactly the same way. I can just use insert, bz base, sync. On this area, we can find four millimeter. I can select first the surface to the surface to add a sickness and after I can define the value. L's one more time apply four millimeter, and you can see the sickness is appearing on this area. 64. Create boundaries with surfaces: We're going to see how to create boundaries with surfaces. For this, some thing that I'm going to do is to click on the top plane and we will create a sketch. Thanks to that on this plane, we will define a circle, let's just create a circle on this area. We can define a radius for the circles and we will define a radius of 40 millimeter. After to do this work to crate boundaries, we can focus on different work planes. This is the reason for which I will I will exit the sketch first and create a new reference work plane. I will select the top reference and on the right we can create offset. Let's define a value for this offset, and I will define a value of 100 millimeter. Let's click on this work plan, create a sketch, and I will use the polygon tools, and starting from the center, I will define a polygon on this area. Maybe like this, and I will change the radius on the right. We can define a value for the radius. I can reduce a little bit, and I will enter a value of 100 for the radius. Let's close the sketch, and I want to create the boundaries from the circle to the polygons. It works little as the loft features just a little bit difference, and I can use this one Loft surface. Da with surface. After to do this work, I can silic what I want. If for example, you have nothing selected, I can dealt the sketch. You can salect the circle first, and you can select also this line, just like this. You need to be careful because if you don't select this direction, for example, you s the circle here and you define for example, this line, the render will be different. You need to be careful about the second sketch, what you want to select in this case. I will slect the circle and I will select this value. After to do this work, if I just validate, I will turn this render. We can also add some directions. I will go and edit and do. To add some directions, I can slick the front plane craft a sketch exactly like for the love features, and I can use one more time for example, the line tools, and I will snap to this area. We can snap directly here, as you can see, they'll just come back to the normal view and snap to this print, and let's just craft the guide. I can do something like that, for example, and craft something a little bit different, and I can snap at the end to the circle, just like that. I think I'm not snapping to the circle, so I need to make some transformation just here. Select the normal two view and just change to snap to the extremities of the circles. I want to repeat this element totally on the right. I can use mirror entity, select the entity on the left, all the different lines, and mirror but I can select this one and just finish my sketch. After that, if I use boundary features for the surface, I can one more time exit the sketch and just click here, boundary surface. Let's first select the circus and let's select this polygots. A the direction, you can click on the directions and you can define the line that you want for the direction. For example, I can select all this line, just validate, and I will turn this type of render. I can do the same thing on the right, select this line, this line, and this line, and just validate. Thanks to that, we can give a direction to the element. When you use the boundary features in comparison of the love features, we can change here. We have none, and we can use direction vectors or no normal to profile. This is a direction vectors. This is a normal to profile. In this type of case, not very big different, it's not extremely interesting, so we just come back on none. This direction, so we have a f g and a group. We can just valid and I will turn this render. But as you can see, it is just a surface, so it means we don't have any sickness, and we just respect to sketch like this and another one to define a direction. It's possible one more time to create a new reference plane and to continue with more sketches if we need. 65. Fill surfaces: H. We are going to see how to feel surfaces. For this, we will create a sketch on the top work plane, so I can click on the top pork plane and create a sketch. After to do this work, I can create something and just feel this surface. For example, you can use any of these shapes. If I define just something like center rectangles, I can create my center rectangles on this area. I can define two values, slick the first line, define a first value like it can be 240 and I will define a second value like 160. L et's exit the sketch, and if I just want to fill to create surface, it's possible. For this, when you go on this area, you have different type of option and you can find feel surface. When I click here, automatically I selected my sketch before, but if nothing is selected, you just need to select what you want to have. In this case, you can select your sketch. Automatically from Marit tangle, I will have a surface. You can activate the preview. You have also reverse surface, but in this case, it's not going to be very interesting, and you can also have the possibility to use constraint curves. In my case, we're just going to focus here and I can crack this base. Why it is useful because after you can mix with other type of features, you can extend the edge. It is also great if you want to have a base and from this base, you can use a root surface features. For example, you can select one of this mode and you can click on the edge, and you can use, for example, the normals, and you can do something like this, and I will be able to decrease the value just like that. I can craft, for example, my rectangle surface to craft to base, and after I can mix with other type of tools. Now you can make more advent. I'm going to come back here and just come back to the fact where I was working with my sketch, and I will delete these rectangles. What you will be able to do also. For example, I can use a straight slot, and for the stretch slot, I can define the slot type that I want, and we can for example, crat here with the first point. And we can create a second print and define the straight slot. I think I will select a center point straight slot. It will be better, and I can start like this, go here and define my element just here. I will press a scap, and I'm not going to enter any dimension here. Let's just go on this area, create also a circles snapping from the center. I will put around these dimensions. And I will use also my mirror feature. Mror entity, or to mirror the circles, mirror a but, I will click here, and I will just validate. Now I have this element. As you can see, we have also two circle inside. If I just exit, and I select, these tools fill surface, just like that. What I would like to use. If I just click on this area, automatically is going to detect the circles, and I can just validate like this. Why it is useful because from this, it's possible to after that, go on the features, insert, b base, scon and I can click on this area, define an element. For example, just from the base of a surface, I can create this type of render also. Let's click on sequent features and just delete on the keyboards. Let's come back on this one. And delete also. I just come back to my sketch tool, edit the sketch and create a frame of selection, and delete all the elements. You can make more a complex sheps. For example, I can define a splin W my splint tool, I can do something like this here on these directions. I can come back just here. And I will be able to I think I can snap like this and come back. I created this element using the splint tools. If I want to fill this sketch to just create a surface, it's possible. And something that I will do it to close exit the sketch, and I will be able to use one more times the feel surface feature. So I can click here. I select my spleen and automatically from this base. I can create a surface also. I can just activate, validate and obtain this render. After it say, if I want to add sickness, it's possible to use ins bus base, and we will define secon and I can use this surface, and I can define a value for sc. Let's apply for example 20 millimeter, and I will obtain this render. 66. Create ruled surfaces: Cate rule surface. We're going to see how to craft rule surface. For this, some thing that we can do is to craft a base and after we have the possibility to craft a rule surface in a specific directions. First, I'm just going to craft a base. I will select one of this plane. For example, it can be the front plane just like that, and I will craft a sketch. After to do this work, I will select my line tools and just craft a line on these directions. I will press a skep, click on this line and just go on the left, and we will define value of 60 millimeter. After to do this work, I will craft a second line also on these directions. And I will just go here. And I will click on this line, and I will define a value like 20, and here we define angles, and let's apply 130 degrees. I will repeat this process on the right, and this is why I will use mirror it select this line and this line, mirror bot, and I will define this axis, and I will just validate. Let's craft an extrusion and I will click on exit. First, you need to understand that if for example, you want to use this tool, you need to have an extrusion first. I will select extra surface, click on this line. And something that I will do it is to change bland for met plane just like that. Above the value, I will reduce little bit to have something like 200 millimeter. It's okay for that. Now the principle of les surface, we can click here, hols your face, and you have different type of options. If for example, I slick this part, I can define a line here. Just like this. Something that you can do after to salic this edge, it is to apply tangent. If I define tangent, I can just apply a distance. Here in this case, it is like to extend this edge. But if you apply normal, you can come back on these directions. If you apply tapet to vector, here it's not very useful, you have a su perpendicular and swip. And you can invert. Here generally, we don't use this too much because it's something really specific when you define something like this, you need to define another line to apply some directions. And in this type of case, you can go also on this direction. But we don't use this too much. I'm going to delete here this one and delete this one. Here we have the e selections. I can come back here, I can remove this one and come back to the section with this one. Something that we use the most, it is the normal or tangent to surface. For example, I can use normal just here and we can apply a value just here. If you select tapet to vector, it is also possible to enter a number of degra. Definitely, it is also very useful depending on the degras that you want to apply. Here I can put this value. Or I can also decrease and go in these directions. As you can see. If you invert the directions, I can go here, and I can define also my value. For example, here I can take 45 degrees if I want to come back like this and define, for example 30 millimeter. In the ight selections, I slick this one, as you can see, it's not going to be very interesting. If I want to do the same thing, so I will just validate, just like that. And Let's lick this edge. I will come back to the edge selection. Click on this one, and here we can invert on these directions. Something that I will do, I will change, we have the normals also and you can invert the direction for the normal. It is also something useful, just like this. Here I can just validate, and I will upturn this render. If I click on the order one, I will repeat this process of first clic surface, and I can also sil this one. But here about the distance I need to invert and I can invert like this just here. We have also the possibility to come back, select again this edge, W surface, and we can come back to tangent, normal to surface, one more time. If I invert the direction, I can come back here. Let's take a look. I can apply eight millimeter. You can also use the tapet two vector, but definitely if you use this one, as you can see, you can also work on these directions, and you can select a reference just like this. It can be this reference, so it can be maybe this reference. You can also add more things because if I say this reference and this reference here not about this edge, I'm going to delete this one, but we can also on the edge selections. We can also select not this one. I can also select just this one, and you can do something like this. If I just want one element, I can just do something like this. I can repeat the process on the other side one more time. I can click on Rot surface. Click here, and I will define here where the normal two surface, tangent to surface, I just select this edge. First, I can change for normal. You can make different things, and here we have the number of digraphs. I can one more time change, for example, apply 60. Something that I wanted to show you also, I'm going to delete, all this elements will just validate and just close the sketch. Something that we will do with different surface. I need to delete this different rule surface and vid and after I will delete this one. So Let's create another sketch, but this time on the top plane. I will create a sketch on the top plane, starting with a rectangle, a center rectangle here. I will define two value. I will select my first line. Let's just define 200 millimeter. And I will select my second line, and I will define 160 millimeter. Exit the sketch and create a surface with these features, just like that. I will decrease the value. What value I will apply, I will just apply a value of 40 millimeter and just validate. Now I can use my root surface one more times root surface. Something that I wanted to show you is you can also silic multiple edge. I can select this edge, but I can also at the same time silect this one, this one and this one. After to do this type of work, I can use normal also and take a look, we will have some rounded corner on this area. We can also use two vectors, and in this case, you need to find directions just like this. Thanks to that, I can also work with a number of degra We can invert just like that, and one more time, focus with a number of digress. It is something extremely interesting to use. But something that I can do in my case, I will use normal to surface and just validate, and I will turn this render directly. I could continue with rule surface and click here, click here, click here, click here. I will select all these different edges to go back on these directions. And here one more time can use tangent, but in this case, I will use normals, and I will increase with the value of 100 millimeter, just like this. This is how to work with rule surfaces. 67. Planar surfaces: Planar surfaces. We are going to see how to use planar surfaces and we can use this features. First things to do, let's silic the top plane crater sketch. On this sketch, I will silic my rectangle tools center rectangles, starting from this point, and we will focus on two values. I can just validate my rectangle, click on the first line, so we'll go on this area, slick the first line. Let's just change the value. I will put a value of 120 on these directions. On this direction, I will put a value of 80 millimeter. Let's click here. Finish the sketch exit, and create the extrusion for surfaces with these features. So let's decrease a little bit the value, and on the left, I will define a value of 30 millimeter. What is the principle of planar? I will go on this area, and when I just click here, I have the option to click on planar surface. And here you can select a Bundy entity. Concretely, you can select different edges, and automatically, you will be able to close. If I select, for example, here, we have this edge just like this. If I just click on this area, automatically, he will close this part as you can see. Here is just the sketch, so automatically he's going to fill this area. Now, something that I can do also, is to go and edit to planar, and I will select again this one and click here. I can slick this edge, and as you can see automatically, you can upturn this type of render. If I slick these four edges, I will also close this area. Now it's possible to make also more advancing. Something that I will do is to come back here with the surface extrude, and I will click on the sketch inside. H did the sketch. What I will do, I can, for example, crato circle may be around this area. I can for example, creto circle here. I can press aske. I'm not going to enter any dimension, just drag and move the circles, and I will cra for example polygons, just on this area just like this. I will define something more like, for example, another rectangles. On this area, I will press a scape and I will change little me the position of this rectangles. Again, another one may be around this area. I can press a scape. And change little. The display, I'm not going to enter specific value, just validate like this. What happen if I exit my sketch? If I exit my sketch, you can see this type of render. I can use one more time the planar features. When I click on planar surface, you can find bonding entities. When I go on this area, I can select, for example, this one, I can select this one or I can select this one, but it's also possible to select order ware. So for example, I can click here. I can click here and we can just use these different edges. But what's happen if I select also this one, this one, this one, and again, this one. As you can see, we can open on this area. I can also select for example this one. I can also select all these different edges. This is why you can make more advanced things. I can select this one, this one and this one, this one, this one, and this one. Concretely, I select all the edges on the top of this area. After to do this work, I will select my planar surface, validate just like that, and automatically you can upturn this type of render. As you can see here on this area, we only keep a surface, but we can link the different element together. If I wanted to do the same thing on the other side, it is also possible. But here we continue to focus on surfaces. We don't have any thickness. But if I want one more time, I can click on this area, and silic insert, or space sic. I will define this part. We have the surface plan just like this, but I can also select for example, this one, and I can select multiple element. If we only select this one, it's not going to work properly, so I need to define this one first, and I will add sickness here. If I want to add a dir sickness, I will have to repeat the process with insert, both base I can also define this one and it is same I can put for example four millimeter. Just like this. We need to be careful because we can upturn a different type of renders. In this case, I can do this type of thing, but maybe repeat the process inside. Depend definitely about what we want to have. 68. Extend surfaces: Extend surfaces. We are going to see how to extend surfaces. For this, something that I'm going to do is to go in this area, and we will use one of this plane, we will use the front plane. So after to do this work, I will silic my line tools and just crato line on these directions, and crato line on these directions, and another one on this direction. I can press escape. Select the first line, define a value. We will tape a value of 50 millimeters, and then I will salic this line and define a value with 20 millimeter and 135 degrees. I will click on this line, and I will define just 12 and 180 degrees. So Let's just validate exit the sketch here. I want also to have the same thing on the order side. Let's come back on the sketch here. Edit the sketch, mirror entity, crate a frame of selection, mirror a bot and Sylexs slide. It's okay for that, Let's crate the extrusion one more time with the extrude surfaces. We will change for the mid plane and I will increase the value. What value I will apply I will just apply 240 millimeter. If I want to extend an edge, it is possible using this tool extend surface. When I click on this area, you can silect the edge or the faces to extend. What does that mean? It means? If you silt an edge, for example, this edge, I can extend on these directions, and you can define a dimensions. If I silect as this edge, I can also extend on these directions. You have also up to point up to surface, and in this case, if for example, you have an der element, it's possible to use this one. But in my case, I will just use the distance. If for example, I remove this edge, I can just only extend on these directions. Extension type, Sam surface linear, 64 millimeter validate, and I can extend here. If I wanted to extend this one, I can also one more time use my extend features. Let's select here. Extend surface. I will select this one, and I can change, for example, the value, 84 millimeter validate. If you select a face, for example, as you extend surface, and you s for example a face. You can click on this face, going to work also, and you can extend the face with specific value as you can see. It's also possible to work like that. I will use one more time, extend surface, and you can also select something like this. Something that you will be able to do. You can also work with multiple element of selections. If I just come back at this moment, maybe before and before. When I use one more time the extent surface, you can also select multiple edges. If I select multiple edges, you can see some link here, and I can just select all the surfaces that I have on the different directions, and I will obtain this render. I define the values that I want here like four, and I can extend like that. Let's select the two surfaces in the construction tree. Press delete on the keyboard. Let's select this sketch and delete. I'm going to select, for example, the front plane just like that, and create a sketch. I will use my curve tools. Let's just select one of these tools, sit point arc. Not the sit pointer. Let's select the splint tool. It's going to be better, and just create a small element on these directions. I can exit my sketch just like this here. Something that I will do it to create an order reference plane. Click here, and I will change for negative value, so I can put -40 just on this area. As you can see, you need to flip the offset is definitely better, and I will go on this directions. I will just validate crate a sketch on this plane, click on this one, create a sketch, and something that we will do it to create a noder spinttle bit bigger. I will do something like this, press scat. Exit the sketch and I will craft to link with the love features. We have seen how to use the love feature with surfaces. I can use love surface. Click on this one, and automatically, you define the two sketches perfect. If I want to extend after and keep the same ratio, it's possible to use extend surface. One more time, I can click here. If I click here, I will go on these directions. If I continue to increase just like that, as you can see, we have same surface, linear, you can have little bit difference. At the end, take a look, same surface and linear. I can enter a value and just validate to extend this surface. I can do the same thing on the other directions with extend surface. This time I will select this one, and I can define another value. Let's put 208 and extend the surface just like that. 69. Radiate surfaces: Radiate surfaces. We are going to see how it is possible to radiate surfaces and for this, it's possible to use these tools, and totally on the top, you can find radial surface. After to do this work, something that I will do it is to create a base, I will select the top plane, crate a sketch. On this area, I would like to create a cylinder. Surface cylinder. Let's select the circle tools, create a circle first. I will define a radius of the circle with a value of 20 millimeters. After that, I can just validate this sketch, exit the sketch. Let's create a surface from this sketch with extrude surface. Just like this. I will dragon move little bit, put a specific value. Let's just put a value of 50, and I will just validate. After to do this work, something that we can do is to click on these tools. After to click on this tool, you need to select a radial parameter direction reference. Here we have the possibility to select the H to radia. If I s the H to radia, I can click on this one just like this. I define this edge. And something that I can do is to define here a direction reference. The direction reference need to be a plane. It can be a tangent plane. Can be, for example, this one top plane just like this. You need to define propaga to tangent face and you can put a value. For example, I have 20 millimeter. If I just valid it, I can obturn this render totally on the top as you can see. This is why definitely it is something useful and I can repeat the same thing on the order side. Let's just click one more time on Radiat. Here I will define this edge. Here I will define this top plane. After I can define 20, but if I want to change the value, I can change the value also, and I can validate and I will turn this render just like this. Definitely, it is something interesting. Let's come back with all this element and just press and delete on the keyboard. Let's your second example just with a sketch, little bit different that something circulars, and I will crate a sketch on the top plane first, crate a sketch. Let's select the polygon tools here. Create polygons define from center. After to do this work, I can press escape. I can change my number of polygon eight and just validate. Its press escape. I will exit my sketch, create an extrusion, extrude bus base, and we will define a value, let's put maybe 100 millimeter in this case. Here, I want to create the surface definitely better because on this area you can see it's not a surface. Let's reduce this extrusion, but this time with surface. I will silic one line of these polygons, and I will put 100 millimeter and validate. Now I can use this features one more time. Radiate surface. I will select here on this area all the edges that I have here. I need to select the different edges. It can be on the top or on the bottom, and I will define also these parameters, and the radiate parameter will be the work plane tangent here. This is the directions, and I can define a value if I just 110, I can apply ten, and I will obt this render. I can repeat the same process on the order side, so I will define one more time these tools. Here. One more time I can select the different ops, I can select the different gs, this one, we can select this one, this one. I can also go on the parameters, radiate parameters, and we will select this top plane, and I will just validate, we can put value. I can increase my value also if I want. Let's put for example, validate, and I will obtain this render. Here. It is very interesting features that we can use with the surfaces. 70. Offset surfaces: We are going to see how to offset surfaces. T offset surfaces, something that I will do is to click on this area. We will select one of the work plane, and we will select the front plane. I will create a sketch. Something that I will do is to create a first line on this direction, so I can create a first line on these directions. I will create a second line also on this direction just like this. I will be able to create another line on these directions. Let just press escape, selling the first line, define dimension for this one. I will position a dimension of 60 millimeter. I will click on this line. We will apply a value of 35 and the degrees where 135 degrees it is perfect, and I will click on this line, and I will define a value of 20. I will finish here, I want to have the same thing on the right. This is the reason for which I can use mirror entity, select this sy line, mirror, a bat, and define this axis validate. After to do this work, I can create an extrusion. Extrude the surface first. Extrate surface, and I will focus on the two sits at the same time. So I will do the met plane. After to use the met planes, I will increase the value. What do our value will apply, will apply a value like. Here we have 200. It's a little too much. Let's just apply a value of 260 millimeter. After to do this work, as you can see, you have the possibility to create a offset of the surface. When I go on this area here, you can find offset surface. What is the principle? When I click on this area. If everything is selected, for example, I click here and I press delete on the keyboard, if nothing is selected, you can only select a specific phase or you can select everything. If I slick everything, just like this, I can create a offset of all the surfaces. For example, if I define something like it can be ten, I just validate, I will obtain this render, just like this. Now, if I just want to crate offset on only one element, only one surface. I can click on offset surface one more time. Click for example on one of this. If I only want to crate offset of this one, I can just click here. I can define a value. I'm going to show you something I can increase the value. Let's put something like 100 millimeter, or I can put increase little bit, 120 millimeter and just validate. Something that you can do is here you have different type of options. If for example, I select fill surface, here you have filled surface. When you click here, you have the posity to select one edge and to select another edge, just like that. Here we have two edge selected. F validate. It's not going to work properly, going to remove this one. I will do something different. Definitely, it's not very interesting to use these features. This is the reason for which I will use Boundary surface. When you click on Boundary surface, you can delete this one and you can slick for example this one and here you can slick hoops. Not this one, you can pample slick this one, and thanks to that, you can link this part to this part. And something that I can do is to go on this area. I can also click on this one. But if you click on this one, you are going to delete the order one. First, let's validate this boundary surface features, and I can repeat my process. Let's click one more time on boundary surface. I will select this edge, and I will select this edge, and thanks to that, I can close and just validate. I can crat this type of render with two features. We use first the offset features. After we use an order feature. Now if I want to offset again, I will one more time click on offset just like this. I have the possibility here, I can press delete on the keyboard and select all the surfaces just like this. If you select all the surfaces, you can define a value, and I can reduce my value with ten millimeter, and I can create offset like that. But need to be careful because, for example, here's going to be inside and here's going to be outside. But it was just to show you that you can reuse again your offset features. 71. Replace surfaces: We are going to see how to replace face. For this to replace face, we can use one of these features. On this area, we can find replace face. Something that I will do, first, is to go on the top plane and craft sketch. We'll click here. Create a sketch. After that, we will use a rectangle tool, center rectangle tools, starting from this part, and we'll create a small rectangle with two value. I can click here, and I will define a value. Let's just define a value of 60 on these directions. If I just click on this line, I can define another value, and let's define a value of 40. After that, let's validate the sketch, exit the sketch and create an extrusion, so I can go on this area. Extrude bz base, and we'll create an extrusion increasing a little bit, the value like 80 millimeter. After that, I would like to create a curve just on the top. This is a reason for which we will create a new reference plane reference plane, and we will use directly as a reference plane, we can select this phase just like this. After to select this phase, we can create a offset with value that just create a value of 20 millimeter. And I can create something different. But here, I can do this if I don't want to because I can use the plane, but it's also possible to not create the plane, and I'm just going to work on the front plane. I think it will be better for the example. Let's create a sketch in this plane, and I will use directly my splint tools and just go around this area, just create small curves. Just like this and just press escape. After to do this work, can make adjustment, Zoom little bit and let's slick the differed print. Maybe I can change little bit the appearance and do something like that. Try and move the curves. Here on this area, I can maybe move here and turn a little bit on the left. Let just exit crato extrusion, so I will use these tools, extrude surface, and I will go on the two direction selected mid plane, just like that. After two, this where I can validate. What is the of replace phase. The m of replace phase is to follow the top here with the shape, and I'm going to use the replace phase first, replace phase, and replace parameters. Here we can select two faces. I can silect the faces on the top of the cube, and here I can silic or faces, it means this one, surface trade. After to do this work if I just validate, as you can see, you can follow this part using this area. I can upturn this render just like this. Follow here, and automatically we can follow this part as you can see. If I just come back and do, going to show you again, let's click on replace face one more time, and we can change the parameter. We can zoom little bit, select, for example, replacement, I will click here, and here we'll click on this area, and we can replace the pace. It works also if I just have something little bit different. In some case, here we have a deep of 40. Something that I can do is to come back to this sketch, create a sketch, and I will click on my spleen and just press delete. Something that I would like to do is to change a little bit. I will here where the line. I can create a line as a construction to go on these directions, press a sk and I will create another line as a construction on these directions. After to do this work, I will create a last line also in the midl. I will be able to use one of these tools. Here, we have the three point arc. I can, for example, create arc on these directions and do something like this. I can go around this area. I can press a scap, select my arc just here, and I can dragon movely toll bit on the top. Second thing to do is to select again my sweep print arc, snap to this point, and I will go around these directions, and I can do something like this. I will press a scap, click here and dragon movely tol bit on the top. It's okay for that. Now after to do this work, as you can see, I can obtain this render, I can remove this line, remove this line, and remove this line. Now I can have exactly the same side at the top on this area. I can exit my sketch, extrude, just like this, and I will select this one t b base. I will go in the two directions. Let's just change blend form plane. After to change form plane here, I want to have exactly 40 to perfectly match. As you can see, I use the bus extrude features. Thanks to that directly, I can obtain a sickness. If I don't want to obtain directly a sickness, I can just use for this one, so it means for the surfaces, and I can one more time apply your value of 40, but on the mid plane, and I can just validate. Now I know if I have here the same size. I can re one times my replace pace. First, click on the base face. Here we can click on the top on this one, and I will be able to validate. Thanks to that, I can obturn this render just on the top. 72. Knit surfaces: We are going to see how to knit surfaces. To do this type of work, we can see the features, it is knit surfaces. I'm going to show you why it is extremely interesting. First, let's see the top plane crato sketch. I will define a circle starting from the center, so here we can start a circle in the center. I will define a radius for the circle, and the radius will be 40 millimeter. Exit the sketch crato extrusion and let's use extrude surface. I will put a value here, we have 100. Let's increase a little bit with the value of 120 and validate. After to do this work, I would like to use the rule features. Here on this area, we have seen it is possible to use rule surface, and I can click here, and you have different type of options and I would like to on the edge selection syllax this edge. Thanks to that, I can directly ton this render. I can increase with, for example, value of here it's too much. I can increase with the value of millimeter. And I can just validate. Now, something that I can do is to click directly on this area. If I click again on rule surface, I have the possibility to define one more time the normal two surface and define a selection. So I can silk this edge and automatically I can enter a value with a distance and directions, and I will put a direction of 80 millimeter. Thanks to that, I can turn this render. Not now, what is the interest to use in its surface? First, if I want to add a filet, it is definitely not possible. For a simple reason that we have a surface and we didn't link the different part. If I use felt here, and I use the filet type, so it means constant size filet. And I define for example this edge. I select, for example, this edge just here. As you can see it, it's not working properly. It's impossible to select one of this edge or to select this edge to be able to create the filet. If you just validate, you will have rebuild er misge. It's not working properly. So you can click here, you can try to validate, and nothing special will happen. This is the reason for which we can use Knit surface. So I will go out and I will select net surface like this, I can link different parts. I can link this surface first with this 1 second, and this one third. After you have a different type of element like crato solid merge entities, if you just te like this, net surface and validate. Now, why it is useful, if I select my filet tools just like this, and I click on for example, this one. Now, what's happened, you can see that it's possible to create a filet on the surfaces. This is why definitely it is interesting. But if you wanted to merge the surfaces, it was also possible to merge. If I just go and edit, undo needs your face and redo these actions with one more time, it needs your face here. You can also click here, click here, click here. You can merge the entity. If you merge the entity, it's going to work also properly with the surface tent. You have also the possibility to craft directly a solid. It means if I come back here, you can also click on this one, this one, this one, and you can also merge and craft a solid on this area. But if you craft a solid, it's not going to be very interesting because I'm only focused on surfaces just like this. It's not possible to directly apply this one in this type of example. Let's click, for example on Merge entity. Add a felt. This time I can add a fillet also, and I will click, for example on this area, and I can crad my filet. Full preview, define a value of the filet. Let's define a value I can decrease a little bit, define a value of eight, and I will just validate. We can do the same thing here. Ft. Just click on hoops, not this face. I will click. Directly on this edge, and we can also create a filet like this. Here it is symmetry, but if I wanted to work asymmetric, I can also do. Let's just focus on symmetric, eight millimeter, just validate, and as you can see, you can add filet on surfaces. This is why it is perfect. After one more time if you want to add sickness, you can continue insert buzz base sicken. I will define my element. You just need to slick one of these surfaces, and you define the value of the sickness. It just apply four validate, and I will obtain this render. 73. Trim surfaces: We are going to see how to trim surfaces. For this, I will select one of this plane, let's just select the front plane first and crato sketch. I will use the splint tool and create just curves with different type of points. I can go on this area and press a skep to finish my curves. Let's just exit the sketch, Crato extrusion here we can use extrude surface. I will change from sketch plane to here, it's okay, but I will just change on this area for mid plane. I will increase the value. Let's focus with value here, we have 300. I can increase a little bit with the value of 360. The principle of trim surfaces is to be able to craft something like a. When we go this area, we can find trim surface. Something that I can do is to craft a new sketch on a new reference plane, reference plane, and I will select this one, and I will craft offset to be on the top, so I can create a little bit more like 50, and I can just validate. After to craft this offset, I will craft a sketch on this plane, and we will use will craft something I can use, for example, my rectangle tools. L et's select to center rectangles and crate the rectangle around this area without specific dimensions. I can exit my sketch, and I can crate using this rectangle on the surface. For this, we can use trim surface. When I click on trim surface trim type I will silic standard, Trim tool, we have the sketch number two, and here you need to select the surface. I need to click on this surface. After to click on this surface, you can remove the selection or keep the selection. It depends what you want to do. If I just validate, as you can see, we've created this all directly on the surface. This is why it is interesting. Let's see a second example. I will delete this different element first. And Let's create an order sketch. To crate this order sketch, we will focus on the front plane, create a sketch. After I will use my line tools, and create the first line on the left and on this direction. I can press a skep. Click on the first line, we can define value of 68, and I will select my second line here, and I will define a value of 50 and here on this area, 140 degrees. I will apply this on the right with mirror entity, silic this line and this line. Mirror a butt, we can use this work plane. After that, I can validate this, craton extrusion with extrude surface. Here we have 260, let's reduce for 200, and I can just validate. Something that I can do to maybe I can put this extrusion. I will go back because I want to extrude here, but I want to extrude not only on this direction. We will change for mid plane. After that, I can create a new work plane reference plane. Let's see more times the top planes, and I can one more time create offset with 60 millimeter. Let's click on this work plane, create a sketch, and I will use my circle tools. If I go on this area, I would like to create some circle here. But it's not very convenient. Something that we can do is to use stream entity here and we have also convert entity. Let's just see convert entity. I can click here and I can click here. Validate. I can go on my top view just here, and I will craft multiple circle. The first circle may be on this area, but I need to define the center first. To define my center, I can craft a line, snap here to here, and I can craft first line. Let's craft the circle, I can select this circles and I will define a value of ten millimeter. Click on this line and delete on the keyboard. Now I will craft der circle. Here I can start on this area and around this position, I can craft ander circle with a value of ten millimeter. I will use my mirror entity tool. Let's select mirror, entity, this arc, mirror a butt this one, here to repeat the circles, and I will use mirror entity one more time. Entity to mirror, I can select the swiss circles, mirror ab, and this one. And validate, exit the sketch. Now we have this element, and I would like to create all on my surface, and for this, I can use trim entity. Let's just go on trim here. Trim surface. Trim tool, this will be the last sketch, and I need to go on the surface, I need to click on this one and I need to click on this one. It is interesting because automatically the circle will go on the surface on the right normals. After that, if I just click and validate, we can obtain this render. But if I want to keep this part, I need also to slick this surface. Let's redo again. Trim surface, Trim tools, I will define This one, and the surface I need to se like this one, but also this one and this one. Now if I just validate, I can create these different arts just like this. 74. Untrim surfaces: We're going to see how to untrim surfaces. To untrim surfaces, we can go in this area and we can find this tool untrain surface. Let's Let's first crate hole on the surface, so I will sl the front plane just like this. Crate a sketch, and we will use one of the tool. Something that I can do is For example, I can use my line tools just here, and I can craft first line on this direction, second line on this direction, and a third line on this direction. Let's just press a scap, select this one, and I will define a dimension. We can tape 68 on this area, we can tape directly 50. At the same time for the angles, I will tape 120. I think 120 is not enough, 140, and I will select this line, and I will define 40. After to do this work, I can just validate, exit my sketch and I want to have the same thing on the other side. Let's come back to the sketch first. Edit the sketch, and I will use mirror entity. Let's select entity to mirror, so these different lines, mirror about this one, and I can just validate. Extrad the sketch. Let's click on trade surface. I will click on this area, and we will just change the value and also the direction for mid plane. About the value, let's increase a little bit 400 millimeter and validate. Now I want to craft something. I want to create something, for example here. I can use first a new reference plane reference plane. Let's just click here, and I can create a new plane with a offset. Let's focus on 20 millimeter validate and just click on this plane, create a sketch. After to do this work, I will use my rectangal tools. And I will crate a rectangle center rectangle around this area, maybe. I I don't find any center, I can, for example, just cratone here first. Then I will use my rectangle tool, center rectangle, starting from this center point, and maybe create some syness. I'm not going to enter any dimension in this case, crater rectangle around this area, I can repeat this rectangle on the other side. Mirror entity entity to mirror, it will be the different line of the rectangle. I can select. If you click here, you can create a frame of selection is definitely better, mirror, a bat, and I can click here. Validate. Let's repeat this process. Mirror entity, create a frame of selection on this area. Mirror a butt, let's select this line. It's okay for that. I can exit my sketch and I want to trim first, so I can use. We have seen that it's possible to use the trim tools. Here, trim surface, and I will select all these surfaces, and trim tools, it will be the sketch. I can just validate and I will upturn this render. Something that it's possible to do it is to do the opposite process. If after I wanted to untrim for example, we to undo the last actions, I can just go on this area and we can find the tools trims tools. Entrim surface. When I click here, what I can use? I can create a selection. For example, I can use this surface, and automatically he's going to fill this surface. I can also click here if I need. And here is a percentage you can change. It will extend, but it's not very interesting in this case, face trim type all edges, internal edges or external edges. If I apply external ges, it's not going to work because I have internal edges here, so I need to slick all edges, and you have merge with original. Normally we keep merge with original to feel the different se. If I just validate like this, as you can see, we can trim. We just do the opposite process. We have the possibility to trim and you can trim using this tool. 75. Master construction tree part 1: We are going to see how to work with the construction tree. We can go on the left and on the left, we can find the construction tree here, and concretely, when we will create different features, or sketches, we will have the different elements of the construction tree. The first thing to do, let's create the element, I will select the top plane, and on this top plane, we will create directly rectangles. I will select the center tangles and create the center rectangle just here. I will press kp, select my first line, and we will enter a dimension 200, and I will select my second line and enter another dimension like 120. After I will validate, and I will exit my sketch. As you can see on the left, now we have the sketch number one appearing in the construction tree. Now, I would like to add a feature. What feature I will use, I will just use the trod bus base. I will click here and enter a value for this extrusion. And what value I will apply, I will apply a value of just ten, and I will click here and validate. After that, you can find the bus extrude on the left, and something interesting is inside the bus extrude. You can find the sketch. So now, let's just continue. I will select this face, and on this face, I will craft a new sketch. I will select my circle tool snap to this part, just like this. And after to do this type of work, I will just validate. Exit my sketch. Maybe maybe I can change the value of the circles. If you want to come back to the sketch, you just need to click on the sketch here. After to click on the sketch, we'll have different type of options and you can edit the sketch again. After that, I will click on this circles and I will change the value. Let's just change the value for 30. And I will just validate and exit the sketch. I will craft next version. Maybe it's a little small. I'm going to edit again. Let's click here. For my example, I will tape 32. After that, I will exit my sketch. And create an order extrusion. Click here. And I will extrude on these directions. So what value I will put, I will put a value of 40, just validate. We will select this circle again and create another sketch directly on this face. I will create another circle inside. I will press a scap. Click on the circle and define a value. And what value I will define, I will define a value of 24 Validate. Exit the sketch, and create an extrusion with extrate cut, I will go on these directions. And I will just validate also. So here we will have a list of different features. Let's craft another one. I will click on this face, and crate a sketch on this face. I will use my rectangle tool center rectangles. And craft rectangles on the left. Just like this, I will click on this line, define value. Let's supply your value of 20. Then I will click on this line, define another value, and I will take 70. After to do this one, maybe 70 is little too small, I can increase with 74. And I will define the position. Here if I select one of these tools. We can drag and move as you can see the position, and I will select the smart dimension tool to snap to this point and go to this line and define dimensions, and I will apply a dimensions of 30. Validate, exit the sketch, and I can craft an extrusion, extract cut just on this direction and validate. Now if I want to repeat the element on the right, I can use, for example, the mirror features. On the mirror features, I will define this one. I can click. First, I have the cut extra so it's good. And mirror face, I will select this one as I explained before and just validate. So, it's okay for that. I created this part, and now if we take a look on the construction tree, what you can do first, something important is you have your part. Here we are focused on the part number one and by the foot we have a part and inside we have only one solid bodies. But it's possible when you create the extrusion to create multiple solid bodies. Inside the solid bodies, you can find the last actions and here this is mirror actions. If I just continue, we have material. I didn't specify any material, but it's possible to add material. Here we have a list of the plane front plane, and you can, for example, create a sketch from the front plane. If you click top plane, and you can create a sketch from this plane and right plane, and you can create a sketch from this plane. You can also hide, for example, the right plane, if you will, here, I hiding the right plane. If I want to see again, I can click here, show. If you need to go to the normal normal to the right plane, you can click here and sometimes it's convenient. Even if I don't use too much, I prefer to use my features here. I prefer to click here if I want to select a specific view. But it's possible to do this type of work. Here you have the front plane. You can see the top plane and you can see your right plane, you can hide one of this or create a sketch directly on this. After you have the origin, one more time if you want to hide the origin, it's possible also. You have the origins here. It is located on this area. And you can show now one more time the origins. If I just continue, you can find the different features that we use, and inside, you can find the sketch. We have a boss extrude. We have a sketch, O extrude again, cut, and more. Something interesting is you have the possibility to edit the sketch and to apply modification to the features. For example, I have a boss extrude here with a sketch number two here. If I decide to click on this sketch, I decide to edit the sketch here. This is the value of this cylinder. I want to change the size here. We put 32. If I define to change and put 34, I can click here, validate, exit the sketch, and now we'll have 34 here. I can also use one of these features like this bus Extrude, and you have the possibility to edit the feature again, and you will have more options. If I go and edit the features, I can, for example, change my extrusion. Here we have 40. If I want to reduce for 30, I can reduce for 30 and just validate. So each time you can go on this construction tree and you can have access to the different options. Each time when you click on a feature, you have different options, you can edit the feature, edit the sketch to the features. You can also delete the features if you need. For example, if I want to delete this mirror feature, how to do this. You can go right click. When you go right click, you have one more time more options. Something that I can do is to, for example, go on delete here. I can go and delete. If I go and delete, I can delete this mirror features. Let's just go back on undo, edit undo. So this is the first thing to understand when you start with a construction tree with some bascle of this element. 76. Master construction tree part 2: We are going to continue with a construction tree. So we have seen that it's possible to create different sketches and to add different features, and all this element will appear in the construction tree on the left. Now if I just continue a little bit, here, we can find the different features, but you have more options. If you go on this area, it just a property manager, it's not extremely useful. You can see the entity to view or to modify this property. But if I just click here, as you can see, it's not going to change anything. When you go in this area, you can find the configuration. So concretely here we have just a part, and inside this part, we have just the difat part. When you go on this area, you have also more option, it is more advanced features. Some things that we are going to do is to add a material. When I go here, you have a display manager and I don't see anything because I need to add an element. Something that I can do, is to add on my part. I will click on this area and I have the possibility to open on the right appearance since and something that I can do is to add appearance on this part. We can select the geometry just here. If for example, I click here, I select all the part, but we have the possibility to select on your face and whether I can use the color. Whether I can use more options. If I go one more time to here, I can select the part number one. We can for example, define a color. But something that I can do also, if I just come back here, it to silic the part number one. After to silic here, I can edit appearance, and I can apply to my part number 11 of these materials. For example, I have multiple material here. Let's salect something like metals. Let's sic for example, aluminium and polished aluminium as an example. When I go on the left, I will have different options. For example, if I go here, this is the color of these materials. If I just go in advance, I will have more options. For example, I have some illumination, and if I want to make some transformation about the illumination and also about the color. Here, Split color, I can increase, for example, this value, just like this. So after to do this work, I can just validate. If now I going in my display manager, you can find sort by here, I just apply one material, but I can find my polish aluminum and where it will be apply. It will be applied directly on the part number one. If I go right click here, I can add appearance, edit appearance, remove the appearance, or I will find more options. If I see, for example, edit appearance, I can one more time, come back to this value and I will be able to edit the appearance. This is how we can work. When you work with the material, something that you can do also, you have the possibility to use view decals, and it is something little specific, and you can also view scene, light, and camera. You have more options. You realize that you don't have only your element on the scene. This is you have the backgrounds, and you have also different type of light. By default, we have a ambient light and three directional light. If I click my ambient light, right click and I can off my ambient line, and this is the reason for which I will turn this render. If I reactivate again, right click off in the light. If I just use right click, it's possible also to edit the light or to edit all the light. If I just click on edit all light, you can find all the light are located here and you can change the position of the different light. By default, we have the three different light, and as you can see, I can change the position. And every time on each light, you can change and increase the ambient brightness and specularity, but also the position. If I just valid it here, we have also a ambient light. This is just a general light in all your scene. When you go right click, you can edit only this light. In this case, you can increase the value of the light and you will change your render. You have multiple options to edit the light as you can see, ambient directional directional directional, and right click, you can even add a light if you want, but here it is something more specific. Just come back to my construction tree on this area when we select a features. For example, I select my first bus extrude. When I go right click, what I can see, I can see the parent and child, the parent and child, what is this concretely, it is my both extrude. I have the sketch inside, and I work with this sketch on the top plane with this origin. This is what I have in this bus extrude. To work with this bus extrude, I use a sketch on the top plane and we have origin. What is the children? It is all the elements that we have after this bus extrude. If for example, I sack the mirror feature here, right click, parent child. We can see the mirror features here. What we have inside, we have the cu text trude, so this is what we use, and we have the right plane to use exactly to create this symmetry. And here we have the mirror. And the mirror that we have here adjust to the children to repeat the process using this type of children. This is how you can see in the construction tree. You can find the parent changes. You have also the possibility to have access to some features properties. In this case, if really you want to change the name of the features, it's possible. Here you can change the name. If you double click on the feature, it's not possible, but here, for example, it's mirror, so right click feature properties, you want it to change. And put something like mirror features rectangle. Lets just tap this example. Description, you can also change the description, so here you can take one more time what you want, and you can find that of creation last modified and created by. It's definitely more advances, but you can change and here I put mirror feature rectangle. The most of the time, we'll keep this parameter. But if you want to change, even when you have a sketch, for example, this is a sketch number, one I can go right click, and when I use right click, I have one more time the features properties. If I want to change, I can change and I can put sketch rectangles, for example, and description here, you can tape what you want as a description here. If I just valid it, it's possible also to do this type of work. You can when you go right click, you have the possibility to edit. You can also rename T items, and in this case, you can directly rename here. For example, I have mirror feature rectangle, right click, directly, I can put rename three items. In this case, I can change a game. Let's just apply mirror, and it's possible to work like this. This is how to work with the construction to. When you we want to ise everything. This is what I do in different sessions. I just select all the element we shift. So you can select multiple elements. If you click here, you select only one element. If you press control, you can select for example two element. But if you shift, you can select the first one, the last one, we shift and left click, you can select everything. Whether you press delete on the keyboard or right click, and here you can select delete also. But when you go in this area, sometimes it's not extremely convenient to use the delete features. One of the best things to do, I can slick all the element, and on the keyboard, you can press here you will have this type of message. It's not a problem. He's going to ask what you want to delete, and you can silect what you want or if you want all the element, you can click on yes and I delete all the elements. I expect this first sketch, so I can delete also this one. 77. Create assembly part 1: We are going to see how to create assembly. For this, if we want to create assembly, one of the first things to do is to create a different part. Because from this different part, it will be possible to create assembly. First, we are going to create three parts, and after we see different features on the assembly. Let's select first one of this plane and I will select the front plane, create a sketch to create this first part. I will go on this area to create a first rectangle. Let's define a rectangle from center. I will start from the centerpoint, craft my first rectangles here, and I will define dimensions. Just on this area, we'll define a dimensions. What dimensions I want to have, I want a dimension of 120 so I can take 120, and 120 is not enough. I will increase a little bit for 140, and here we'll define a dimension also 200. After all I want to craft just something here in the Mdel, and this is the reason for which I will craft a line just on this direction. So first, I can craft a first line to craft like a construction here, and I can click on this line and define a value. The value will be here we can tape a value of 50. After I will create a second line on this direction, and this line I can change also the value. Let's just change for 40. One of the problem is a snap directly to this part, so it's not pretty good. I'm going to press Control. Come back at this moment. I will click on this one press delete, click on this one press delete, and select this line, and I will change for 40. After I will select this line, snap to this print and go until this area. I will click on this one press delete. Something that I can do is to use my mirror it, select this line and this line mirror a butt and click on this one. Validate and with the three entity tools, I can just trim this area to craft this part. If we validate just here we will have 200 millimeter. Here we have 200 millimeter. Here from this point to this point, we will have 100, and here we have offset also when I click on this line, I have 40. After to do this work, I will exit my sketch, craton extrusion, so extrude bus base. After to craft an extrusion, I will just change blind for met plane. Let's just increase the value, and we'll just focus with the value of 100 millimeter. Now I will have to craft a second part, and the second part need to have this dimension. Here we will have 100. Here we will have 40, and here we will have every time 5,100 extrusion. But first, I need to save this part. To save this part, I will go on file, and I will select directly save to this computer. I will go on my descope, and I will change the name for part number one. I will just click on save on my computer. After to do this work, I will craft a new part, so file new craft a new part, and after I will craft a new assembly, I will directly apply my view with my different work plane, and I will select one more time the front work plane and craft a sketch. This sketch, we need to create a line who will use the line tool, it's pcubtor, and I will create a first line on the left, and this line need to have a dimensions. Let's click on this line, define a dimension of 50. After I will create a second line on this direction with a dimension. Repress a scap, click on this line, and let's put a dimension of 40. I will create a second line just here. On this direction. Also, I repress a scap, click on this line, and I will define a value of 50. After to do this work, I will create an der one on this direction. Anoder one on these directions. Also, our first just dealing this line, click on this one and we apply a value of 30. And I will craft my last line from this part to this part, just like this. After to do this type of work, I will craft the symmetries. Here, normally, if I click on this line, we have 50, here we are 40, 50, 30, and here we have 100. I can repeat the process with mirror entity, select all this element to mirror, and mirror but it's going to be this one. After I can just validate. So this will be another part. I can exit my sketch. Extrude bz base on the mid plane, and we need to extrude with the value of 100 millimeter. I will slick my felt tools. Click on this part and click on this part and we'll apply a value of ten millimeter. I will save my work five save to this computer, and I will change for the part. Number two. After to save for the Part number two, I will click on save just on this area. If I just go on the left, here we can see, this is a part number two, as you can see. I forgot to do something on the Part number one. So I just go back to my pad number one and I will add something on this face, create a sketch. Here on this face, I can create a sketch, define a circer. Just like this. I will press ask, click on this circles and define a diameter, yes of 20 millimeter. I will just change the position. Here I can use my smart dimension to I can confirm the position of yes diameter 40, and I will select this point to this point, and I will define a specific value and I will define 50. After to do this work, let's exit the sketch, craton extrusion, extract cut, and I need to cross all this part and I will just validate. It's okay for that. Let's save the work again, save to this computer. Normally, it's okay, I can save again to this computer, so now it will works properly. I will craft my last part. I will go and f, craft a new parts, and I just need to define a cylinder. To define this cylinder, let's click on this area hoops. It is not what I want to do. Yes, it's not what I want to do. I will click here. And click here. Because if you click on this area, sometimes the orientation are not very well displayed. I will select the front plane and create a sketch. I will define my circle tool starting from this center point. I will click on my circle and I will define a diameter a radius on 20, so it mean ee. It means a diameter of 40 millimeters. Exit the sketch, extrude with bos base on these directions, and here I will change the value. What value I will put? I will put the value of here we have 200. I think it will be pretty good. I need to check something. Here we are from Wil plan, I will increase. I will increase with 300. After I will just validate this element, and something that I can do is to go and file Save to this computer, and what I will be able to do is to take the part number swi. So thanks to that, I will have directly my swept on this area, just like this. 78. Create assembly part 2: We're going to continue with the assembly. After to create the different parts, you need to create the assembly, and the first thing to do is to go on file and you can create a new document. In this new document, you can select assembly. After to click on assembly, you can validate. You will create your new document here. As you can see the interface is different, so we have a different interface where we are not the different features, and here we can find the assembly. One more time, you can see the construction tree on the left and you can see here mate, and thanks to that, we'll be able to see the different features of assembly. One of the first things to do is to see how to insert component. To insert component, you have the possibility to click here. How to insert this type of component. Whether you can go here, but you have also the options on the right. When you go on the option on the right, you can select something like, for example, the file explorer. In the file explorer, if your solid works open in solid works here, as you can see, I have now, my assembly selected, my Part number one, my Part number two, and my part number s here. I have also if I select my deskop, on my deskcop, I have also my sit part that I selected. So if you want to insert a part, it's possible directly from these panels, or it's possible also to click on insert component, and here you can directly insert a component. Let's see how it works. I will go on this area, and I'm going to show you the two options. When I click here, I can inser directly from solid work, or I can inser directly from my deskop, for my computer. If I click on my computer, you just need to drag and move the element, and you can drag and move the element at your convenience and as you can see it's pretty fast. After something that I can do also, it's to click on this area. I will come back here, select my Part number two, and I can drag and move the Part number two depending of the view that I have. I can go on the right, click here also, and select one more times my file explorer, and select the Part number S, and I can drag and move the Part number sue around this area. So you can position the site part where you want. After when I go on the left, I can see my asm B, and you can find the Part number one, default part number two P number three. When you click on the part here, The par number one will be fixed. It means this part is not possible to move directly. But if I click on the Part number two, as you can see, you have access to this esmo and you can drag and move this part on the different axis. You can also use the center point to drag and move in a freedom way. You can also create some rotation if you need like this. If I selling my Part number three, it is the same. We have the possibility with the center point to drag and move freely this part, and I can also dragon move directly on the different axis. Sometimes it's not extremely convenient, yes, now it's going to work, and you can also create some rotation. But if I slick my part number one, it's not possible directly to move. This is the first possibility to insert. Now if I seve the three parts, I will press delete on the keyboard, validate. And the second option is to go on insert component, and to insert a component, you need to go here. Insert component. When you click on this area, you can find here in the open document. I in your document, you still have open in solid work. Different or different part, it is the case. You can find this part directly here. I'm going to press escape or something that you can do it's to go on bruss when you go on bruss you can go on your computer and here I can see also my different parts. If I select one of these, like, for example, this one, I can double click, and it is exactly the same, and I can position my element just here. I'm going to press just escape to not insert legs. You can go and insert component. Whether you have your element open here, whether you can use on broth. Here you can find Tmnil preview. Sometimes it is useful, you can see the preview of the part just on this area. Now, if you insert here, you have a little bit more options. You have a little bit more options. Something that I can do, for example, is to see the Part number one, and I can position my part number one here. And you have a number of degras. You can also change, so it means you can turn the x axis like this. You can turn on the y axis. Here. You can move on the y axis, just like this. You can move on the z axis also just like this. You can change this value. You can even turn the number of degres. You have the possibility to change the number of degrees. Sometimes it's not extremely convenient. The best things to do generally is to keep 19 degrees and just to keep an axis. I can go left click and put my first part. I can continue. I can go on this area, in third component, setting my Part number two, and I can position my Part number two, maybe around this area. It means here. Just like that. I can select my Par number suite, so I will go an insert component, Par number S, and I can define my par number su maybe on this area, just like that. We have this se part as you can see, and we will be able to start out to see different features to craft the assembly. 79. Create assembly part 3: We are going to continue with this assembly. Something that we are going to do, it is order a way to create a different link between the different parts. As I explained before, one of the first things to do is to click on mat here, and you need to create a selection about what you want. By default, you will have multiple types of mat, but something that you can do also, it's not only to select a pace because here we have selected a face, you can select edges, and you can select vertices. So for example, if I select this vert, the edges here, I select this first one. Now we can see the edges selected, and I decide to select the second one, so it means this one. Automatically as you can see we can link this edges to the edges. Something that I can do is to validate. I would like to link this edge, so I can select this edge here. I would like to link this edge to this one. I can then click on this edge, and that's it. We can also link this element edge to edges after you can find some option, if you are satisfied, you can just validate. It's also possible to use point to point. In this case, I will be able to learn times. First, I'm going to validate this one, go and ed it and undo. Just here. After to edit and undo, I can also use a point. While it is extremely useful, I can come back to Matt. It is very useful because I can just click on a point, like, for example, this one, and I can link directly this point to this point. In this case, automatically we can find the render that we want. I can link this point to this point. Definitely, it is something extremely useful vertex to vertext. Here, I put this case, but it can be another example. Let's just come back here. And I will define edit and do the last actions. Something that I can do it to silicon der point as a second example. I can click for example on this one, and I will link this one. First, I need to activate Matt, and I will link this one to this one. Automatically I can link one more time using the two point. If I define the cylinder. The cylinder here, this is the face, but we can also use one of these points, we have the midle point or I can define the edge around here. If I slic the edge around here, I can link the edge to this edge, and automatically we can link the two edge. If I'm not very satisfied about this, I just need to drag and move after the cylinder. After that, I have the possibility to drag and move this element, so first, I can validate. I can si this element, and we can drag and move the element on this axis depending on what we have. But in this type of case, you can see it is like a log because if I salt my part number s, yes now it's going to work properly, I select my par number and we can move on this direction. But if I want to move in this direction, I try to move because we have linked this two element, it's not possible, so I need to go inside. And if I slick Mtin assembly we have coincidence, if I press delete on the keyboard to delete this coincident constraint, and now I slick my part number S, I will be able to dragon move on these directions, just like that. This is how to work. After as I explained, you will be able to see your different options of mat, so just inside you sell for example the first part and mat in assembly, and we can find for example this coincident. If I sell the second one, t in assembly, we have the coincidence, and on the third one, we don't have anything. I just have one coincident constraint in the MT options just here. If I click on this one, oops, yes, I click on the last one. I can go right click and here you can see the feature coinciden. If I go on right click on the options, I can also delete the constraint. So what is on the assembly just to check if your different element can be assembled properly. This is the reason for which you can use these different type of options. When you go this area, you can find assembly, and here it is something specific for the old series, and you can also focus on a reference plane. But more advanced options, if I just click here, I can drag and move one more time, click here, and I can drag and move one more times. If I select on the left here, when I go on the left and I define again one more time matt. Here we have one more times the matt selection. If you select some advanced features, it is the same type of thing. It's just that depending on your shape, you can have more options. If for example, I define this one and I define this one, automatically, it's not going to show me something extremely interesting because we can use symmetric, we have wide, we have plain wise. So it's more specific if you have something really circular, sometimes it can be interesting. In this case, selected these two faces, it's not going to be interesting. If for example, I select this face, I have this face here. And Ilic for example this one just here. It is the same as you can see, you are not going to have something very interesting for the render. This is why I'm going to focus more on the standard element. On the standard element, we can use one of these. Let's click on this one. Press delete, click on this one, pres delete. Now I come back on this area because it is tangent, and I don't want to have something tangent, but you can put anything tangent, so it means you can select this face and you can select this one and you can put also tangent as you can see with the sac. In my case, if you want to make something pretty simple, I can drag and move this element here, but you can see one more time the tangent relation. If you don't want to have this problem and you just want to come back, you silic on this area, here you have the display with the different element. Something that you can do is to click on matt here, tangent. After to click on tangent, you go right click delete or you press delete on the keyboard. Now, I have the freedom to move this one and the freedom to move this one. In my case, the best thing to do the more simple to do is just to click on this point. So you silic matt. To click this point to this point. It's pretty simple and you just validate. If you want to put this cylinder inside, for example, I can drag and the cylinder here. I can salic the face here and I can salic the face here and I can put the cylinder just on the front. I will be able to validate and after I can create the offset. So I just validate here. Salic my cylinder, part number S, and with the kismo, you can put inside to check if everything is okay. 80. Create assembly part 4: We are going to see how to create assemble and to use different features to be able to link together the different parts. One of the first things to understand is here, you have the possibility to click here and to use Matt, but you can also click on the part, and when you click on the part, you will have also different type of options. When you go on the different type of options, you can, for example, again, you can edit the part, you can click on Matt again to create different type of link. So one of the best things to do is to click on Matt here on the options on the top, and after to click on Matt, you will have the Matt selection. In this case, we are going to focus on the standard feature, but you have more features like, for example, advance, and advance, you have more type of options, you have also analysis, you can find mechanical. Some things that we are going to see, it is here the standard part. And you need to select a mat selection. You need to understand that by deft, if you just select two elements, by deft, he will try to position in the best way. For example, if I want to put maybe this face here, and I click directly on this face. After and I didn't selected anything. What happened, he find a coincident constraint. He didn't put directly inside, but he can find the coincident constraint and the mit type automatically will be coincident. You can undo the last action here. For example, I select my circle here, at these levels, and I just silic for example, the circles also. I didn't selected any Mt type automatically, I find also coincident. After you can also change here, you can put tangent, you can put concentric. You can also flip the mat if you want, so it means you can turn your element just like this and you can undo the last action. Depending on what you choose, you have two options, whether you choose first what you want. For example, if I want to have maybe, I'm going to Zoom little bit, I want to have this face, and I want this phase be directly coinciden to this one. Something that I can use, I can pres dealt here, and I can silic first coincident, and I will salic this phase, and I will salicn this phase, and I will have my coincident constraint. But with these two faces selected, I can try the different way. This, it will be parallel, this, it will be perpendicular. Here it will be tangent and concentral, but it's not possible because it is not something circular. So this is something that you will be able to do. But you can also select some point. Something that I can do here, for example, to select this face and to apply parallel. When I apply parallel, I can just validate. After I will put a coincident, so I will click on this face and click on this face, and I will define coincident. Also, I I define parallel, I will stay here, may I want to stay on coincident and I will upturn this render. Now I'm perfectly on the top of this element. I can slick any views or I can come back to one of these view, I can be perfectly on the top as you can see. So I can validate also these actions, and something that I can do after it is to click on this one. And I can for example click on this one also here. Automatically he will define coincidence. In this case, I use coincident and parallel to be able to put this element perfectly here, and I can just validate, like that. If I just click here, maybe we have a little upset. It's not definitely really good because I forgot something. Maybe I'm going to undo the last action, but if you undo here, you need to deactivate this one first and undo. I will come back here. Let's redo again this actions. I will click on Matt on this area, and I will see, for example, this one and this one and coincident. After I will so I can validate this one and I will continue and I will select maybe this one and then this one, and we can put coincident also again, and I just need to validate. The last possibility is to click on, I need to select the face here. If it's not possible, we can drag and move the element. It means if I just Click here and undo this action, web this part, this part. If I click on this one, I can for example, dragon move the part with freedom, but I can stay on this axis. The last possibility is to click on Matt and I can s for example this one and this one, and I will go perfectly on this area. Now it's going to work here. After I'm going to show you that you have a different way to process, and you can use for example a point, a vertis, to do this type of for. Now if I want to put the cylinder inside. I have different options. I can put for example this I can select this face on the cylinder, so the face of the cylinder and I can select the face inside just here. After to do this work, I can directly drag and move my element inside. I can, for example, validate. If I want to move the cylinder inside, I can just click on my cylinder, but you need to validate the Mt option first here. I can sect my part number and I can drag and move my cylinder and we match perfectly here. In the case or for example, if I term like this, my cylinder. Why it's not possible to turn this cylinder on this direction for a simple reason that inside, we have the constraint. So I I clic my part number one, what I have inside, I have different types of options like what we need to create, and I have mat in assembly, and I have, for example, the coincident Matt with the different options. So here it is inside the part number one. If I click my Part number two, so it means this one. Inside, you can find matt in assembly and you can find your coincident constraint. So if you are coincident constraint and you want to drag and move your element, it's not possible after because you have some constraint. If I click on my Part number three here, Matt in assembly, I have consent trick. But if I remove concentric, I press delete on the keyboard, validate just here. After to press delete, if now I salect this one just on this area, so it means you select the par number s. What you realize, you realize that it's possible to turn because I remove the constraint. But if you cannot turn or not move anything, it's because you have constraints that not allow you to do this type of work. For example, here, I can turn one more time. And if I want to come back, I can click on Matt again. And I can select. For example, this one, select this one again, M boom will go inside the element. This is the first things to understand about these options. Something that we're going to do now is to select we're going to remove this different constraint, so I can go on my part number one, Matin assembly, and we will remove this different constraint first, just like this. Every time you can validate with S. I will select my Part number two, and I will go inside. Inside my part number two, I need to remove the constraint, so I can go inside, but it's okay. Inside my part number, normally, I remove the constraint because I remove on the first part. Now, I will be able to click here and I want to dragon move on the right. And I will be able to click here and Dragon move on this area first. After I'm going to show you that you have also more options to move your element. 81. Add materials part 1: We're going to see how to add materials. For this, something that we're going to do is to craton element. After we'll see how to add materials to this element. Let's lick the top plane crate sketch, and I will define a rectangle. Center rectangle, I will snap to this area. After that, I will press a skep, I will click on this line and I will go on the left and I will change the value. The value that I will apply is 200 on this direction. I will click on this line and I will change the value for 140. After to do this work, I will define a circle, create a circle from the center, and I can define a radius for the circle. So what radius we can enter will enter a value of 40 millimeter and validate. Let's just exit the sketch. I just need to crate an extrusion and I will use extrude buzz base features to crate an extrusion on this direction. We need to change the value. The value is at 10 millimeters, and I will change my value, and I will apply a different value like for example, 20 millimeters. If I want to increase, I can put a little bit more, let's apply a value of 30 millimeters. So after to do this work to have something more convenient to see the render of this element. To have something more convenient, I will go directly on the view, and I will deactivate this view and deactivate this view. So now we have this element. If I want to add a little fleet, I can also click on the fillet tool, click here. Click here. Click here, and I will click here. Also, we have a value of ten minimeter. Maybe I can increase a little bit more with a value of 20. After to do this type of work. First, you can see on the construction tree, we have materials here. Not specified. To add the material, you have multiple options, and this is important to understand. First on the construction tree, when you click here, you have the display manager, and you can open appearance library. If I just click here, I can open the appearance library on the right. Something that you can do also just to click on the right and you can open the appearance library. If you do go on this area, you have also edit appearance. In this case, when you edit appearance, directly, you can up on this render, and you can also edit the appearance on this area. You have multiple way to edit appearance. When you click on the part also, you can go right click here, and when you go right click, you can also go on appearance and edit the appearance of the part, and you will open this. Definitely, if you want to edit the appearance and the materials, you have multiple types of options. If I just continue a little bit, I go on this area, you can also here select the materials, and when you go right click, you can edit also the materials and you have a list of basic materials that you can apply. Here as you can see you have multiple materials with different type of information. It's definitely not extremely convenient because you don't have a render a preview directly on this area. Something that I would like to do, it's just to add a color first. To add the colors, I will select just here this one. And I can just click and open this element. Here, if nothing is selected, you can define what you want to have. It can be the part. It can be also a faces, it can be also surfaces. You can also focus on bodies, and you can also focus on features. So if for example, I click just on the part here. I want to apply on all my part. I just need to click here and now the part number one is selected. What I can do, I can choose a color on this area. If I just want to basic color, I can choose one of the basic color just here. If for example, I want yellow, you can also click here and you have different options for this color, and let's just apply something like yellow. If you go on this area, you have also a color wheel, so definitely you can select the color that you want just on this area. If I just continue, you will have more options because it is the basic options and you have also the advanced options. But before you see the advance options, I see that wanted to show you if you want to apply color or different faces. For example, here I can come back to basic and I can just validate. What does it mean? It means that if here I go on the display manager, you can see one color, and the color is appears on the part number one. If I wanted to have on the face another specific color. Something that I can do is to click directly on this area, and we can have edit appearance again. But I have the part number one here. Something that I can do is to remove the appearance. If I wanted to apply on faces, for example, or on a feature, I can click faces. I can click on this face and I can click on this face. Maybe on these two faces, I can apply something like red. I can just validate. Now, I continue. I click here. And when I click here, now we have the part number one, I can just change and slick, for example, something different because here we have the part number one. If I just go here, you can see a color appearing on this face and on this face. So you have a color appearing to this face. Now, if I just come back here, you can see materials. Not specify, I can go and edit materials again, but ate something a little bit more specific. It is not directly the color. If for example, I click on this face, here you can have access to appearance also, and you can define on an oder face, another appearance. For example, I can click here, and I can define appearance, and you can apply the appearance on something that you select, and it can be for example this face. In this case, I have now a new face selected, but I can complete with, for example, this one, for example, this one, or for example this one. And after to do this work, I define a color. Let's define some yellow color, just for the example and I can validate to have one more time new color. Something that I can do also is to select my display manager. Now we have the first color on two faces and the second color on four faces. I can also click on this area, we have these features. I want to click on appearance. I can apply the appearance on the features on again on this face, but I can change also for features. For example, we have fill it. And here the fillet is selected, and I can select this fillet like this fillet also. And here we have silic features. If I just click here, I can select the filet. Number one, here, filet number two, but it's not going to work properly. I can select only one fillet. If I apply value like blue color, it's going to apply all all the fillets so it's going to work properly, and now I can just validate. But if I want it, I can also do the last appearance, and just click here, edit appearance, and I can apply this only directly on the face. I can click on the face one more time, and I have this face selected. It can be also this one. It can be also this one. Automatically here recognize the select face selection, and I can define a colors. I can just validate. Now what's happened on this part? We have different colors. I can also apply something here, so I can click on this element appearance face. Let's apply, for example, the green color for the example. Just here, I can apply this green color. Apply. This is how you can apply different color one multiple faces. Now I have this one, this one, this one, and this one, and inside you can see, what are the selection. You can also change the order like this. You have also the possibility when I come back on this area to go right click, and you can add appearance, edit appearance, copy the appearance, remove the appearance, and M time if you go and edit the appearance, just like that. Something that you can do is to edit again the appearance. If I want to edit again the color, it's possible as you can see. Something that you can do also, it's to click here and you can remove again an appearance if you need. From this panel, you can also go right click at the new appearance, and you can place the appearance on something different. If you have your plat selectedity apart, but if you have nothing selected, you can just silk what you want for your appearance. For example, you can go right click. The appearance and by default wears a part. But if you select a face here and as I explained, you click on element, for example, you click here, you select the face, you can add appearance directly from a selection on this era. Sometimes it's not very clear about how it works because you have multiple way to add appearance. I think sometimes it's not extremely convenient. So now, something that I can do if you want to see the different appearance, you can click here, and when you go right click, you can also remove appearance. If I don't want this anymore, I can remove appearance. If I don't want this, I can remove appearance. If I don't want this, I can remove appearance, and if I don't want this right click and remove appearance to obtain this render. Now let's come back here. It's okay for this first part after I'm going to show you that we can add something like texture and we can also change the display. 82. Add materials part 2: We are going to continue with the materials. I have this element. Here, we're going to add also, click on this face and we will craft a sketch. We'll craft a new sketch directly on this face. Something that I can do one more time. Is to display maybe the greed. Here and I can display the element on this area. If I zoom it a bit, I can select my circle tools, just create a circle around this area, and I will select my circles and define value of 12. I can just take 12 here. After to position 12, I will use my smart dimension tool, select this point to this line, and I will define a value like 24 just here. I will select also my smart dimension tool, this point, I will define this point center point to this line, and I will define also a value. And here we'll change a little bit, and we can define a value of 30, maybe 30 is little too much for what I want to do, and I will change little bit with 28. After to do this work, I can validate. I just want to check something I will press a skep, click on this circle. We have a 12, and it's okay for that. So after to do this work, I will extrude this element and not extrude, I will use the extrat cut. It's better. And we can validate. I will repeat these features on the right. I will select mirror, and here we need to select the feature to mirror and the plane will be this one and I can continue with mirror. I will select one more time the last mirror, and the plane will be this one and I can just validate. So it's okay for that. So now let's just come back and I will just deactivate the view just here, and I will deactivate also the grid. Let's just come back to the materials. Something that I can do also if you want to add material, moralistic materials, will apply on all the part and I can go directly on edit appearance. You have a list on the right with appearance color. For example, you can select one of these elements. If I want to select something like plastic, I can click on plastic and inside, you have different type of categorize. For example, if I select something like texture, or if I want to select this one or ye gloss, I can just select one of these satin finish, let's just slick one of these, and you can just click here and you will have the render on this area. Maybe I can change the display for this one and come back directly on this view. If I want something like eye gloss, I have different type of options. If I continue, for example, you click on fabrics, you silic fabric here, it's not very useful, but you can also apply a fabric feature. You can also apply some close features. It's also a symbol. Continue. I will silic you have organic elements. You have also stone bricks. If I apply bricks, I will turn this render. You can apply more realistic features using this. Uh, let's just come back. Here, you have plastic. You can also select some metal clas, solid, light, and so much more you have also organics that you can use, and for example, you have different type of wood features that you can apply. If for example, I apply, maybe in this example, the brick feature will be perfect, so I can select the brick, and I can select one of this brick, like maybe not this one. Sometimes the display is not extremely interesting. I will select for example this one. So after to dig this one, if I just go on the left, you can find more advanced things. Here we have basics. You can also change for mapping. And when you click on basic, you have the color image. So here we have selected this texture. You can click on mapping. And you have different type of mapping style. As you can see, depending on the mapping splints that you choose, you will have different type of render. And if you have something more like a cube, you will select more a box mapping. But if you work something like a cylinder, you will select the cylinder mapping as you can see. In my case, I think I will keep the first one. This one can be also interesting. It is a surface mapping. It depends about what we want to do. Here, it's not extreme interesting. It is prick features, but you can change, so it means if I come back to the appearance, I can silic one more time. Organics. Let's silic another type of wood. And I can define maybe maybe I can define this word features. It is s you have different also mapping size. If I click on the mapping size, you have this element and concretely, you can scale the texture directly on the element. You can choose different type of mapping style and it will change a little bit here or you can select this one also and you can just change the mapping size. You can see it's definitely convenient. So in this case, with the wood, I can slick this one or I can slick the first one, and then I can change the size if I need. If I just go the advanced features. Inside the advanced features, what I can see, I can see a little bit more options. One of the first options, we can see one more p the mapping, and you can fit y to the selection. But if you fit to the selection, you come back with this size and definitely, you can here ds activate this one if you want to have the freedom to increase with this view. Mizontal, mirror vertically. If I just come back here, about the mapping options, this is a part number one mapping. You can find also color image. In this case, you just select again a color. If you select the surface fishing here, you can find surface finish polish Bach two D. Polish patch two D, this is one of the surface that we have, but you can select an order one. The problem is if you select an der one, it's definitely not extremely interesting, it's not going to really change because we have selected the texture and the texture is polite beach two D. We are going to keep this. Now, what about the illumination? You can increase, you have the diffuse amount, and here you can change the diffuse amount. It is the way of the reflection of the light and directly on the surface. For example, if you click here, maybe we don't find this too much, but if for example, I decrease this one, or you can use the specular color. I can use, for example yellow for the specular color. Something that I can do, you can focus with the spread. Here, maybe we don't see that too much, but it's possible to change, for example, if I go in this area, I can use something more different and I can use metals. I can define something more like metals features like this one. Depending on what you choose, we can have different type of way. Let's just slick the render here. If I go to the left with the illumination specular color, can also change for yellow, and the way where the reflection will be increasing, it will be a little different. Here we can change the reflection amount. I don't see that too much because we don't have the more realistic render here, but it's possible to change with the different value. You can also apply a transparent value with transparent amount just here. Just a way where the light will be reflecting to your element. So if I just come back here, let's just come back to my properties just on this area. Here you have the appearance color. Don't forget that inside the appearance color, you have also some texture here. But if you select surface finish, you can have a texture here, and you have the possibility to bronze your own texture on this area. So if for example, I click on bronze, they propose also directly on the five different type of options of texture from here. If I define fabric, I can find again some close texture, just like this. If I click on bronze, fabrics here can come back to materials, and I can one more time define organics. If I just go on wood again, we have different type of wood, I can slick something like pine and you have multiple options, and I can find again this wood material. You have more possibility of texture. You can also import your own texture for these panels. I think sometimes in sometime in the software, it's not extremely convenient for a simple reason that you have too much different way to add the materials, and sometimes we don't know how to start because you have multiple options. Now, what's happen if I go here? You can see the materials here, apply here, the example, not specified, but we have the materials, we go on this area display manager. You can see the polish pine two d, appearing to the part number one. This is how to add materials on your part. As you can see, you have different type of options. Don't forget that you can change also the different display. If you just want to remove the material, you go in this area, you can go right click and you can remove, for example, the appearance. 83. Edit environments: We are going to see how to add environment. To add environment, first things to do, let's create an element. Simple element. I will select the top plane create a sketch, and we will just focus on rectangle, the center rectangles. Lt just apply to value. I will select the first line with a value of 200, and I will select a second line with value of 140. I will create a circle in the midle I will snap here and just craft this circle, and I will define a value for this circle 42. After to do this work, can just validate, exit the sketch, let's just craft an extruion. After to craft an extrusion, I will reduce a little bit, and I will craft an extrusion with just a value of 20. After I will just validate. I have this element just here, and one of the first things to do is here when I go in this area, we can find materials. Why I obtain this render because if I select my material features here. Automatically, I point different type of element. I will click here and I define the polish aluminium first. I will go on here and remove the appearance. I will add an der element here. I could keep this element or I can open the appearance liary and here this is what I was using. But in this part, I can click on this area, right click Edit appearance. I wanted to increase directly in the illumination, yes, increase the specular. Amount just here, and I wanted also to increasing this value. Specular spred. I can increase a little bit with around maybe this value. It's okay for that. After to do this work, I will come back to my construction tree and I have this element. First thing to do, I will click here, display style, and I will change for shaded here. Second thing that I'm going to do is to change here on this area to deactivate the view of the different element. I think I have too much light, I can change, polish aluminum, right click, edit appearance. If I go in the illuminations, I will reduce little bit this one. I think it's too much. Yes, I can reduce until this value and validate. A possibility to add environment background. To add environment back round, you have different options. You can click here. When you go in this area, you have by default different predefine environment backroom. You can select for example this one, you can select this one. You can select this one. You can select this one also. You can select this one or you can select this one. So after you can turn around, and it is perfect because you can put in a bron environment, your element. But you have also more options. What type of option I can do? First, if I go on this area, you can select isometric view. For example, you can also try different type of view just on this area. Something that you can do also is when you go here, you can find manage favor. First, I come back to my sweep rant. Click here, manage favor. Here you can realize that we have a lot of more elements. What element you can add, you can add elements. For example, I wanted to add something like one landscape back rounds. I can click on landscape back rounds. If I want this one, I can click on this one. If I want this your band, this your band, I can click on this one. If I want this landscape, this landscape, I can click on this one. If I want it, for example, this one and this one, I can activate. You have more options here. I've to validate. You click here, I have a list of more elements that I just have, for example, I have this landscape element, as you can see. But this type of landscape element is just image bcroon. In this case, it's not possible to turn around. It's not HDRI environment. If I select this one, it is the same, just image back rooms. If I select your ban, it is the same just to image backrooms here. It is also something important that you need to know here just Brom image. Something that I can do is to click here. For example, I can come back also, I apply also these type of things. But here this one is environment by rules. If I want to deactivate, I can go and manage five right and I can come back with my different options. If I want to deactivate the different last one that I apply, I can deactivate again. I will just validate. Here, I just silic for example, one more time, three point by default, or I can silect another one. When you go on the right also, you click here. You can find the appearance, and just below you can find sense. On the send you have basic sense. One more time, you have the list of different options that you can use. It is something interesting, and you can find studio scene. Here I can change. I can change for that and I can change for that presentation scene, and here it is definitely a HDRI environment. Factory, office, backgrounds, country yard. You have also different urban possibility, but in this type of things, it just image back rounds one more time. And here with you clicon backgrounds, you don't have anything specific. Definitely, for example, I can select a studio scene, and we have this one or we have this one. If I select the basic scene, I have one more time this option, and the last possibility is presentation scene. If for example, I silic kitchen, I can try to do something like this. And if you click on your part, something interesting is here groups, I was on the extrusion, and you can try to change the position to introduce your work directly here inside this scene, just like this. So definitely, do something useful. If you want to introduce some models, but you have more options. You can also sect this one if you need. When you go on the left and you click on view scene options. Here, now you can see scene country yard back rounds, and we have the B roots environment and environment date times. If for example, I click here, you have some basic options, so we'll come back. You have also back round environment, and you double click, you can have more options, you can use floor reflections. You can link floor with bottom view plane or you can slick one of this view. You can change directly the type of view that you want. After to do this type of work, you can find just the display state of what you want. Something interesting, you can use also a flatten floor. But you need to activate the review here I didn't activated the review, so it's not possible. But yes, if definitely you click here, you have this possibility to flatten and to put this on the crow. Yes. Environment size, you can change a little bit your environment size or reason eight. In this case, it is not going to change really something because we need to focus on the real render. Yes, that's it. This is the type of thing that you can do. In the background here, just put gradient, let's just validate just here. If I come back on this area, I want to come back here and you can just validate. Here you can find the scene environment background environment and environment date every time you can doable click, and when you doable click, you have the possibility to edit the environment, you can turn your environment just clicking here and you can turn as you can see, you have also the arrow if you want to move a little bit, but this type of scale is not going to be interesting. This is how to add a B round environment. If I want to come back to something simple, I can just click here and this is what you have as a basic environment back rounds. I can come back on this area. 84. Edit lights: We are going to see how to work with light. For this, something that we are going to do, first, it's to use a top plane and create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will use a rectangle center rectangle snapping in the center here, and I will define two value. I will click on my first line. On this first line, I will define a value of 240 millimeter. I will select this second line, and I will define another value with 200 with 140 millimeter. I would like also to crater element. I will select to center rectangle, Crato center rectangle on this area. I will press a skep. I will click on this line. On this line, I will define value. Let's just change for 24. After I will click on this line, and I will change also the value. This one. Not this one, I will select this one, and I will change the value for 100. I will define the position from the center point of this rectangles with the smart dimension tool, select the center point of the rectangle, this line, and we can define a dimensions, and I will define a dimensions of 40. One of the problem is as you can see, it's moving. When it's moving like this, something that you can do, it's to click on the Smart Dimension tools, and you can define directly a constraint, 240, and here define a constraint 140. Now it's going to work, so I can click on my Smart dimension tool, select this point. This line, and we can define the value of 40, and it's going to work properly. After to define this world, if this is moving also, I need to apply another constraint or smart dimension tools, and here we will apply 24, just like this, and smart dimension tools, driven dimensions. I will have some trouble. I need to remove this one. On this area here, we have a value. The dimension cannot be changed. So it's not pretty good. I need to make some transformations. I will click on this area, smart dimensions. 24. Something that I can do, it's here, we have this line, and I can put 100. Now it's going to work, but the element just snap on this area because we just have a constraint that I didn't want. Here I have this constraint, I have this constraint, we have this constraint, and here we have also this type of constraint. So when it's like this, if something is not work as you want, you need to redo some action. Something that I will do is to click on this rectangles, and I will press and delete, and I will try again. So I will change for der center rectangles. So we'll click here, center rectangles. One of the best things to do, I will change my position, I will craft a line on these directions just here. I will set the position of this line, it will be preci better and I will put 40. Then I will craft a rectangle, center rectangle, and I will start my center rectangle just here. Now I will click on two value, and here we'll put 424, and I will put like this and I will put 100. Sometime when it's not working properly as you want, just redo the sketch. I will craft a symmetry on the right. I can select this element, mirror entity, mirror, but this one. Let's just validate, exit the sketch craton extrusion extrude bus base, and we will apply a value of 20 millimeter just like this. I'll just have this simple element. Something that I will do is to deactivate the view of this element just here, and I will work also on this area. If I want to add the materials, I can click on the part, materials features. When I go on the right, I can apply some color or just some element. If I click, for example on metals. Let's just live this one polish gold. When I go on the left area, we have seen that we have some options, and I can use, for example, in the advanced option illuminations. Inside illuminations, I will increase the specular amount here to have more reflections, and I will increase little bit this one also. How to edit the light. To edit the light, by default when you click here. You have also this option, view, scene, light, and camera. What we can realize, we can realize that we have a light located here. And by deft, we have four light ambient lights, ambient light, this is the general lights that you have in your environment, and we have also si directional light. If I click on the ambient light, you can double click and you can find here the power of the ambient light, so you can increase or you can decrease this one. You can even edit the color and select an der one. If I put, for example, yellow, we'll have something different for the reflections as you can see. If I want to come back with wise, I can come back with a wise. Color. O, if I de activate, concretely, the light is not activated. This is why I obtain this render. So we can change the power here. And when we go right click on ambient, you have also more options, and you can off one more time the light or right click on the light. If you go right click, you can edit one light or a light. If I just select a directional light, you have this fferent directional light, if you double click, you can edit your directional light. When I go on this area, this is my first directional lined. What I can do, I can change. First, I can drag and move the position of this light, as you can see. When you go on light position, you can also use the longitude and you can also use the latitude. Thanks to that, you can change the position of the light. But don't forget that we have si light by default. After that, you can change the ambient features. For example, I can increase the brightness also on the right and the specularity just here. One more time you can edit the color. If I just click here, validate, you can also when you click on lite, right click, and you can select Edit O lite. When I go on this area, I can see my Su different line. Every time when I click on one of these, I can have access to these options just like that. This is what we have by default. We have this three different light to craft the render. You can also add a light, right click, and you can add spotlight, point light, sunlight. If I just silk for example, a spot light. I can click here, and now we have a spot. Because it is a spot, you can change the position of the spot, and I can drag and move my spot here just on this direction. I can also click here if I want to diu this is how you can create a spot. I can increase here, change, little bit the position. As you can see, we can create this type of render using a spot. And I can also create some rotation turning here depending of what you want to do sometimes, it's not extremely convenient to change the position depending of the view. For example, here, I need to come back on this directions and I can reduce if I need. If I sex this point, just on this area, I can create some rotation also. We can put this here and I can put this here to add spot. I can dragon move one more time on these directions, and then I can dragon move just here. So I created this spot, you can focus with the ambient color. You can focus with the brightness and the specularity, and one more time, you can change the position of your spot. But if you want to add more light, you can go right click and you can add also you have more options that you can use on this area. We don't change to what we have. By default, we have ambient and sit directional light. By default, it's pretty good. But sometimes I wanted to show you that you have this possibility to go right click and if you need to add a light, it's possible. If you want to delete, I want to delete this spot, I can go right click and I can delete this spot like this. This is how you can edit the light if you need to make this type of transformation. 85. Create base with sketches: We're going to see how to work with sheet metals and for this, the first things to understand it is how you can create a flange and for this, we can use these tools. So to create the fla flange where the base flange features. When I click on here, first, something that I can do is to silect a plane or which to sketch the feature cross section. Concretely, you can just create. If you click here, you can select a plane. For example, I can sling the top plane, and I can just draw a sketch to create my sheet metal features. So after to do this work, I can define for example a center rectangle just to see some basicals, and I can just create my rectangle like this. Let's define two value for this rectangle. I will silect the first line and on the first line, I will define a value of 200, and I will silic my second line, and on my second line, I will define a value of 140. After to do this work, I can exit my sketch. As you can see, we can use the sheet metal features here, or you can create a sketch first, and then you can click on sheet Metals. When you go in this area, you can find the base flange and sheet metal parameters from materials. You have sheet metal parameters by default. You can also edit in the parameters. Of the document, it's also possible. Here by default, we have this, you can reverse the direction if you need, and if I zoom a little bit, you can see this thickness. If for example, I wanted to change, if I want to change and I want 1 millimeter, I can apply 1 millimeter. But if I want to have something with a different value, if I want to have 4 millimeters, I can use 4 millimeters. So now I can put for example one, and you have also the band allow wins on this area with a key factors, most of the time we will use the key factors. You have also more options, but the most of the time we will use the key factors. The key factors is 0.5 by default. You can just craft from a sketch, just a base flange. When it is useful because after that, you have a base flange on the left, and you can find this one and you will be able to use one of the tools. For example, something that we use the most, it is Hedge flange. When I click on the He flange, I will be able to click for example on this one. And I will be able to pull my element on a direction. But if I want also to pull this one, it's possible if I want also to put this one or to pull this one, it's possible. When I go on the left, I have now my four edges selected, we have a base of one millimeters, and here we have angles of 90 degrees, but I can work also with angle on this direction, or I can work with angle on the other direction. So it's also possible to do this. After I will focus on the flame length and on the flame length, I can define the value that I want. If for example, I wanted for the flame lane. Four t millimeters, I can apply 40 millimeters. I have also this number of digress and this is how to create a base. But you can also create a base with more advanced sketch. I'm going to show you something. You can also click on all the sheet metal features and I can just press delete on the keyboard, just like that. Let's just press delete here. You can also select one of this plane. Let's select the top plane, create a sketch one more time, and I can do something with center rectangles again, just here. I can press a skep I will silect my first line, I can put a value of 201 more time, and I will select the second line with a value of 140. After to do this work, if I want to create something with more advanced features, I can use one more time one of these rectangles, or I can use the line tools just here. With my line tools, I can go in these directions. Ops, I can go on these directions. Go on this direction also, go on these directions, and I can come back here. After to do this work, I can click on this line. I want to apply Mc verticals. On this line, I can also apply a value. Here we can tape something like if it's too much, we can just tape 60. And I can click on this line, I can tape also a value of 60. With to enter constraint, I think it will be, and I have also this line, and I can put a value of 80. If I want to have this on the left, it is possible. I can press scap first, craft a frame of selections. Mirror entity, I have hosts line selected and mirror bot, we can click here. After to do this work, I have also this element on the left. Now let's stream entity. Click here because I want to open, so we need to trim the entity. If it's not working properly, we can just craft selections and press delete on the keyboard of this one and this one. I can also select this line and just press delete. After that, if I exit my sketch, I can use the base flange tab here. Create the sheet metal parts from the base, and I can select this sketch and automatically we can create the base just on this area. One more time, you can define the value that I want. You can reverse the direction, or you can also apply symmetric and if you want to have something perfectly symmetric with the work plane that you use. I can just validate and I created this base flange. Oh. 86. Create base with solids: We are going to see how to convert to sheet metals. For this, we can use one of these features. Concretely, when you use these features, convert to sheet metals, you can have, for example, a body, and you can convert this body to sheet metals. Let's first select the top plane and create something basical with a sketch, and I will define rectangles from center. Let's start the rectangles just snapping here. After I will define two value. Let's just press scap, select the first line go on the left, and I will put 240 millimeters. I will click on this line, and I will put a value of 160 millimeters. After to do this work, I can validate, and I will craft an extrusion. Let's select the extra tools, first, exit the sketch, extrude bus base, and we will enter a value. Here we have some directions. I will click directly on this direction. Increase little bits of value, and we will put 80 millimeter. Just from this base, if I wanted to create a sheet metals features. As you can see, now you can use this one and you can select sheet metals here. And when you go convert to sheet metals, you have the possibility to select here the entity. Select a fixed entity. When I go on this area, I can select the bus tride. Here, I can select the face, it depends but what you use because if you select an der face, you can have a more interesting base. For example, I can salect this base just here. After two salic this base, you can find also this value, and you can reduce the value. If for example, I put two, I can apply a base with 2 millimeters. You can reverse the thickness, and you can also keep the body if you need. Most of the time we don't keep the body. Here this is a default radius for band, and by default, we have ten millimeter here. If I just stop here, and I just validate first my element. Just at this moment, and I'll just click here. As you can see, we only have a base. And why we only have a base because I didn't put more parameters inside this bend feature. So I just selected the face, put the value of 2 millimeters, and I didn't do anything more. Let's just come back with undo here. And I will silic one more time this one. The sheet metal parameters, I need to silect my pase. First, I will silect this face, one more time with 2 millimeters. If I just continue, now you can select band edges, and you can also collect all bands. But here it's not going to work properly. So as you can see, we have this message. Something that I can do is to silic for example this line. I can silic for example, this line, this line, and also maybe this line. So after to do this work, we have band edges selected, and we have also if you click on collect all Benges that we have warmer times, this message, so in this case, it's not possible, and you have ip Hedges fund. So now what will happen? Here we have a value. Default radius for band ten. I can continue on this direction, p sketches, and you have the key factors. Let's just validate because we have selected these different edges. When I click here, you can see directly this render with the different options. So now what happened if I edit my sketch? I can, for example, click here where the boss extrude and I can edit the sketch inside. And after to edit the sketch, if you want to have more features, it is also possible. So I'm going to show you something. We are going to click on This sketch, and I can create more advancing. One more time, I can use my line tools. And I can go on this area, do something maybe like this, and do something like this and come back until this part. After I will press a sketch, I will select this line. And we have a dimension, let's put a dimension of 80, and let's put angles, and the angles will be 50. I will select this line, I will define a line also. Let's put 80 millimeters. If I put on this line, normally, I have a specific dimension if I go on this area, and I click on this point. Normally I'm on this axis. Something that I can do I'm not perfectly on this axis, so maybe I can delete this line and select my line tool again and create a line end snap to this part. Let's use the mirror features. I will select mirror entity, create a frame or selection on this part. Not this one, it's too much. Let's just press a scap. I will click on mirror entity, select this line, this line, and this line. Then I will select the mirror about and I need to focus on this part. And I can validate. I can exit my sketch here. We have these troubles. Yes, because we have these lines here, so I can click on the line and press delete. Now it's going to work, I can exit my sketch. And with the bus trod, I can also say the parameters. I did the features. Here we have 80 millimeter, maybe I can increase 130. After to do this work, I can use convert to sheet metals, and one more time, you need to select a base. The most of the time the base will be this type of reference. You need to select bend edges. One more time if I click on collect all bend, it's not going to work properly. So you need manually to select the edges that you want to bend. I can select this one, this one, this one, this one, and I can select also this one, then this one, this one and this one. For example. When I go on the left, here, we have this factor. I think it's too much. I'm going to decrease with the value of 4 millimeters. Here I'm going to decrease with the value of one millimeters. If I just continue, you have rip sketches, so here we're not going to use this, and we have just this type of value. L et's just validate here. Thanks to that, automatically, you can up turn this render. This is why it is useful. You are different way to process to crate a sheet metal features. You can just craft a base like this with a base flange, but you can also craft a base with the creation of a models, and you can convert these models to sheet metals using this feature. O, 87. Create flanges: We're going to see how to create Flenes. For this, one of the first things to do it is to create a sketch, and I will select the top plane create a sketch. After to do this work, we'll define rectangle, center rectangle, starting from this point, and I will define two value. I will press a skep, click on this line, god the right and define my first value with 240 millimeter. I can tap 240 millimeter. After that, I will click on this line in defines a value, and we will tap 160 millimeter. Validate, exit a sketch, and from this sketch, we can create a base. To create this type of base, I can use directly this one base flange. I can click here. Automatically, I have a base. We will use 1 millimeter for the example. Maybe 1 millimeter is not enough, who will use 2 millimeters for the example, and I will just validate. Now, what I will be able to do if I want to extrude different edges to crochet metal parts. I can use this one here, He flange. You can select one edge or you can select multiple edges in the parameters. Here we have flange edge parameter, if for example I select this one. As you can see, you can go in this direction or you can go in the directions, on this area, you have the flange length and you can define the value that you want. For example, if I wanted something like 100, I can apply 100 as you can see. After that, when you click on this area, you have intersection and you have different type of intersection you can change. Let's slick the first one. We have also the flange position, where the flange position is important because if we zoom little bit here, you can see this area. If we change the flange position, it can be after along this one or along this edge. We have the possibility to change the flange position also. After to do this work, if I continue, we have custom band allowance. We have this key factor by default, and we have also the custom tip radiF that we use by default we have this ratio value. After to do this work, if I just continue by default, the angle is 90 degrees. Use this one and I can change the angles as you can see. But if I want to go on the order direction, it's also possible and I can craft something on the order direction like this one. If I don't want anything specific, I can come back, apply a value of 90 degrees, and I can validate. If I want to repeat this process, I can use one more time flange just here. We can use this one, and I can, for example, click on this area. And it is same found to have the same value, I can tape 100. And I will obtain this render. I can continue. I want to show you something after, but first let's click one more time on flange. I will click on this one. I will apply a value of 100. Validate, and then I will click on this one just here. First, let's activate these tools, Flange H flange, and I will click on this one, and we will define a value 100 millimeter, and I can tape 100 millimeter. And I can validate. Now we can obtain this render. But as you can see, it's not extremely good, it depends but if you crate something in an individual way or if you want to crut with the four edges at the same time, because if we zoot all bit, as you can see here, it's not pretty good. When you go in the construction tree on the left, you can find all the edge flinges on this area. If I want to remove the different flinges, it's possible to press delete on the keyboard and I can just validate. Now, let's recuperate this base, and I will use one more time He flange. But this time I will select the different edges at the same time. It means this one, this one, and this one. One of the problem is, I can go on another directions. Here, we can apply one more times 100, and here only one edge is selected. As you can see it's only this edge selected. I can come back on these directions, but I can click here also. I can click here, and then I can click here. Now if I zoom a little bit, you will realize that it's pretty better on this area, and I can just validate here. We can also increase this value. Thanks to that, we can create offset to about the link. Maybe in my case because of my dimension, I can increase I put four. Now as you can see, we can turn this render on this corner. It's pretty better. Now if I wanted to continue, it's possible, I can use one more time, my tools flange. I can, for example, click here. I can go in this direction inside or outside, and I can enter our value. Let's apply for example 40 in this case. If I decide to slick this one, I can also go in this direction, and I can also go in these directions and maybe equal on these directions. If I wanted a different degres, let's just replace the degras by 60. We can also one more time click on one of this arrow and you can change the directions when you drag and move the position. Here we have 60 degrees inside, but I can move to have 60 degrees outside. When I go on the left, if I want to increase this value, like 80 millimeter, I could put 80 millimeter and just validate. 88. Miter flanges: Again is. We are going to see how to me first six first. T there is two, for example, we click on this line and define the same. And for here right now 22 what's the timeline the returns we and. Have you know this actually. You can see one way or the other recter was that residing here for. And we come back because people en, for example, are going to the areas reduce from selling security. There would be the reason for which you need to sketch for example, I can sketch. A minimize this liability. And try to sketch. And you notice a difference in your business. Based on all this, you guys must be field. Individual citizens corporates that they can do so but to do the tax planning. They have to question to your office rough sketch. Let type of sub one time necessarily having to dive I just come back to a posit Is there any direction? You'd like to add see this I say is check your situation carefully. Each person specific circumstances must be analyzed carefully by professional. We've had some people coming to possa earlier. To be two c. What do you think we get another comments story keeps involving again in a few months and you are still consider solutions to all of this. So don't I think the sketch is not intersected, so I will go on edit the sketch just here. If I press a skep, I can take this point and I can snap here. And as I think it was not okay with that, I can just validate and exit my sketch. In this case, it's not working properly. Something that I will do it is to delete this sketch, and we are going to come back. Something that I will do is to select this one and right click. We can delete. Let's redo the process. I will select this area just here. And we'll click on this face and we can just crate a sketch on this area. I can click on this face and I can crate a sketch. After to do this work, I will slick my line tools. Add a point on these directions, and add a point, for example, on these directions. I will press scape. We can enter a specific value, so it means I can click on this area defined for example 40, and I can click on this area and define for example 12. It I can validate, just like this sketch, and we have this one at this intersection with this corner point. Now it's going to work properly, and what I can do, I can use this one. It means meter flange. After to do this work, you can select this line and automatically, you will craft a band with this one and this one. After you've gone the let, you have the different flange position, so you can change the position of the flange just here or just like this. For example, I can use this one or I can stay inside using this one. After that, you have a gap distance, so it means you can change this value, but in this case, it's not extremely interesting, and this is a offset the oft, interesting if you don't want to be on all the edges, you have the possibility to apply a offset at the end and at the beginning. Thanks to that, I can only upturn this render. Something that it's possible to do also. It is about the edge selection. We have selected this one, but if I just click on this one, or if I just click on this one, as you can see it's possible to close like this or to close like this. You can select the different edges all around, and thanks to that, it's pretty fast to be able to, for example, cra this render. This is how you can use meter flange. Let's select this one in the. 89. Create hems: Cate s with sheep metals. For this, something that we are going to do, it is to create a base. First, I will select the top work plan create a sketch, and I will use my rectangle tools defined from center. I will create a rectangle here, I will precess scape define a dimension, first dimensions, and I will apply a value of 200. I will define a second dimension just on this area, and I will apply a value of 120. Validate the sketch, exit, and just cra base using base flange, just like that. After two crater base, I will use a specific value. We have 2 millimeters. We'll keep 2 millimeters for this example. You have the possibility when you go on this area to create s. So first, before to introduce this one, I will use the flange features H flange. And we will click on this line. We will click also on this line, but before I need to enter the value that I want. Here this is a line. I can define a line like, for example, let's just put a value of 60. Ater I can press enter to validate, and I will select then this one, this one, so I need to come back on the flane parameters and select also this one. I will come back here and I will click on this one, and I will come back here and I will click on this one. So I will go on these directions. One more time, we can enter the value. What value I will enter, as explained, it will be 60 millimeter. So I can just step 60 millimeter and validate. What I will be able to do it is if I want to create something like rounded flange, I can use this one. I will select. After to do this work, I need to select the edge that I want. For example, it can be this one. As you can see, you can create this type of return. When I go on this edge, you have the options. Materials inside or materials outside. If you click on the material inside, the top of this circle will arrive at these levels of this edge. If it's not the case, you will start directly on the top. After when I continue, you have also different type of aspect type and size. You can click close. For example, you can just create a return just like this. You can also use this one, this one, or again this one. It's extremely convenient defaly, for example, the first one that we have by default. You can change the length after that. I can change the length, I can create your return, for example, 60, and I can also change the radius of my circles. But if you select the first one, as you can see, it's not possible to edit the radius, and if you select this one, you can also change this type of value. On this area. If you click on this one, it is same, you can change this type of value. This is the type of thing that you can do. Definitely extremely convenient. I can come back with ten. Let's just come back with 40 millimeter, and I can do something like this. You have also here it is just a custom RF. It is something a little bit specific that we are not going to see. If I wanted to have the same thing on the different part, I can also click on this one. I can also click on this one, and I will be able to click also on this one. After to do this work, I can validate here. This is the type of thing that you can do. 90. Jog bends: We are going to see how to work with a jug in the sheet metal. For this, we can use these tools. It is the jug features, and for this, something that we can do, first, it is to select the top plane crater sketch. After on the top plane, I will select the center rectangles. Starting a center tangle from this area, will press a skep after something that I will be able to do its to click on this line and I will define a dimension. So I define your dimension of 200, and I will click on this line just here, and I will define another dimensions with 140. After to do this work, I will exit my sketch, craft a base from my sheet metal features. I will go on this area, and I will craft my base. Let's just click here. Crato base. I will enter a value. Let just apply a value of four millimeter just here. Something that I will do also, I will click on this face and crato Sketch one more time. I will seve the rectangle tools, center rectangles, crato center rectangle around this area. I will press a scap, I will select the first line. I will define a value of 28, and I will select the second line, and I will define value of 90. After to do this work, I can just validate and I will create an extrusion, so exit the sketch and extrude this part. I will be able to use the extract cut. Go on these directions. Oops, I think it's not working properly. I need to use my cut texture. It's not working properly. Let's click on do just here. I will select extrat cut and here we have the arrow and we can go on these directions and I will be able to validate. Now, if I want to use this features, you can see the joke features. How to work with this, you can create directly if I click on this area, I can craft a line on a specific part. I mean I can select a sketch first, I can select this face, and I can create a sketch. I will define a line on this direction, so it means I can define a line around this area. For example, I can define a line here. We have this line and I can define a line on this area. For example, yes, just just here. I can craft my line, snap on this area. I will select also a smart dimensions, and here from this part to this part, we can define a value. I will define a value of 24. And after I will exit my sketch just here, and I will be able to use this feature. Let's select the jog feature just here. The sketch is selected, as you can see, and after the sketch is selected, we can use Jog. You need to select a face that you will use to create the jog feature. If I select this face, as you can see, we can go on the directions and create something like that. I will be able to bend exactly on this area. Exactly where the line was positioned. When you go on the left here, you have blind features here. If you click, you can invert the directions, so it is something interesting. If I just continue, I can also select this, this or this, depending if you want to put inside outside or in the midle. You have also the jog position, and you can also make adjustment with the jog position. After to do this work, I can just validate. If I wanted to create again some move here, I can click on this face and I can create a sketch. One more time I can create a sketch. I can for example define a line on the directions. I can define a smart dimension tools this line to this line, and I can define a value one more time of 24. I can exit my sketch just here, and I can repeat the process with the jog features. Something that I will do, it is to select one more time the last sketch, so it means this one, and I will define jogs. After to click on this work, I need to select a fixed phase. This time it will be this part, this fixed phase, and I could continue just like this and create a band exactly where you can create the line on the face. One motin if I wanted to change, I can change here, I can also invert the directions to create something like that. If I go here, as you can see, I can do something like this. After it depends about what you want to do. If for example, I valid it, I can obtain this render. If I define one of these features here, I select just on this area, we can find mirror and mirror, face plane, I can select this one and feature to mirror, I can select this one. I can repeat directly this feature on the right, and we can obtain something like this. This is why it is interesting to use this feature. No. 91. Sketch bends: We are going to see how to create a sketch bend. For this, I will select the top plane and create a sketch on this top plane. We'll create the base first, so I will select the center rectangles, create first point on these directions. I will define directly the first line dimensions, and on the right, I will define a value of 240. I will select my second dimensions just here, and I will define 140. After to do this work, I will exit my sketch, craft the base using the base flange features. In the sheet metal parameters, I will put a value of four millimeter. I will craft also something just here. On this area, craft a sketch just on these directions. On these directions, I will add, for example, a rectangles, and I will define a center rectangles around this area. I will position two value. The first line will be 30 just like this. I will define a second line here and we will put a value of 100. A the distance from this line to this line, we will keep not a specific distance, we're just going to validate, exit the sketch and extrude this part. Let's just use the extrude cut. Here, as you can see, we can just pull on these directions, validate craton extrusion. What is the goal of this feature. The goal of the features is, you have the possibility to create a line, but you can also craft multiple line. If I select here, craft a sketch on this area, I can click on this face and create a sketch. Have the possibility to crat a line here, but I can craft a line, for example, in diagonal. It means I can define a line from this one to this one, for example, just here. I can even dragon move little bit this line here and dragon move little beat this line on the directions. Validate this line and exit the sketch. Then I can use this features. To use this features, you can select sketch bend and you need to select here what you want to use. In this case, I will use this line. And after you have the bend parameters, and you need to select to face. I will click on my base flang just like this. And thanks to that, you can turn on the directions as you can see. After to do this type of work, why it is useful because one more time, you have the different options just on this area, but you can reverse also on this direction or on these directions. Here you chain change inside, outside using these different features, and you can change one more time the bend radius if you want to edit the parameter. It's also possible. Here you have to bend one, but it's one more time to change the key factor. If I don't 190 degrees, I can also turn like this. For example, I can apply something like 30 degrees and I can validate. Now, something that I can do if I wanted to crit an der one, I can click on this face and I can create a sketch. On this sketch, I will define new line, and I will craft an der line from for example this part to this part. I will press a ska just exit the features just like this. Now we have this new line. Something that I can do is to validate here the sketch band and you can also create something like this. If I just come back, Just on this area before to use the features, I can one more tell you sketch pen. What you will use, you will use so by deft, the sketch is selected. If nothing is selected, you press a scap, you can click on Sketch pen, and here in the band parameters, so by deft, the line is selected and you can select the phase that you work. If I select this phase hops, I will go on this direction, so you can change the pin position just here after depending on the phase that you choose. I will press a sketch on this area, I can click one more time this line, and I can use one more time the sketch pend here, the pend parameter, you have this face this phase and I can click on this one. In this case, s will be different because the element is going to move like this, and I will obtain this renders. I can turn around and I can create something here. This is why it is useful. After you can repeat the process as long that you want if we want it to create a line on this area, it's also possible. So let just click here. Sketch band. Then parameters click on this face and we can turn this. We can also change the number of degra. If it's too much, I can reduce, and I can apply 40 degra at the date. 92. Loft bends: Rat loft with sheet metals. For this, we can use these features. It is the loft for sheet metal, so it means the loft bend. Something that I will do is to work with two sketches and after we can crate a loft. But this time it will be for sheet metals. Let's click on the top plane first rato sketch, and I will use my rectangle tool center rectangle, Crato first rectangle on these directions. And we will put two dimensions on this rectangle, select the first line and on this area, we define a dimension of 100. And I will select this line, and I will define also a dimensions of 100. Maybe I can reduce little bit on this one. Here, select this line. I will reduce a little bit, and I will put only 60 on this one. I will just validate, exit the sketch and create a second sketch, and this second sketch will be on the new reference plate. Let's click on reference plane, and I will select this base, and I will increase a little bit of value to go around this area. Let's go on the left and let's just change the position. Here we can do something like 40 millimeter for the offset. Then I will click on my plane create a new sketch. Let's select the circle tools define a circle around this area, and on the left, I will define the value of this circle. I will put a value of, I think, for my example, it will be pretty good if I apply here we 24. Let's try with 20. Going to select 20 and just validate. We have this two profile, and this is the reason for which I I exit my sketch, I can go on these features, and we can find the loft bend features. You have two sketches and from this base, you need to select the profile and the past must be provided to define. You can validate here. When you go on the left sheet metal parameter for materials by default, you will use your sheet metals parameters, and here you have the profile. So I can select this one here. You can sing this profile and you will be able to select this two profile. One of the first things to do, you can select the mode, form or bend. If you select form, as you can see, it's not working properly for the simple reason that you need to make some change. Because we work on sheet metals, we need something more on the sketches. I wanted to show you that when we do this, you want to select the sketch. It's not working properly because you need to create an opening and a small opening or a bigger opening depending on what you want to do. If I select my first sketch, edit the sketch, I need to create a opening on a area. For example, I can define a line just here. I have this point and I can define a first line on this direction. If I want a opening, I can click on this line here. And we can go on this area just like that. One of the best things to do is to create a first line. I will select my first line here and create the first line on the left with a specific value, just here. I can select this small line and define the values that I want. For example, I can define five. After to do this work, I will create a second line from this point to this. It can be to this center point, for example, just like this. After to open here, we can repeat the same process on the right. So I can use mirror entity, clic entity to mirror this line, mirror a butt, and I can click here to have the same thing on the other side, just like this. After to do this work, I can just open on this area. Something that I can do is to click on this line, I can press delete. Click. Here, we just need to cut with the trim TT tools. Trim to closest, I can remove this one. But I can also remove this one and remove this one just to open my part on this area. After to do this work, I will close here and I will select my sketch number two. Here this is the first sketch. Can exit the sketch, select the second one, and edit the sketch. On this one, I will create also an opening. So I can click on my line tools here. So the first line, I can repeat this type of process. It means I can snap on the direction, go on the left, and create a first line. This line, I can define a value. First, I need to check horizontal. It's okay. I can define a value here. Let's define phrase pulse. And I will click on my line tools, create an order line from this print to this print. Create also a symmetry one more time. So mirror entity. Click on this one, Mr about this one. And after to do this type of work, I can erase. I can use my treatment entity tools. I can erase this one, this part, and I can erase this part in this part. So thanks to that, I have two sketches open as you can see. Now I can exit my sketch, and we will be able to use the features. I will click directly here. Love Bands. On the profile, now I can select. It's better generally to use band here about the manufacturing methods, and I can click on this line. My first sketch is now selected because it is open, and I can click also on the circles, and we can up turn this render. Here you have the face auctions on this area. If you go on the left, you have number of band, segment length, and segment angle. It depends about what you can do. In this case, we can use the cord tolerance here, and we have a facet value. Depending on what you choose, you can reduce the number of facets. Here this is the type of value that you can use, definitely, it's not extremely convenient in this case, so I will reduce the value. And I will put a value maybe around yes. Zero maybe maybe I can try with one, just like this. If I just continue, you can use your sheet metal parameters one more times here. Let's just use a value of one minimeter, and I will just validate to upturn this render. Here. If we take a look here, can obtain this. Here, it's acvenient because we have a circle on the top. It depends about what we choose. So depending on what we choose, we can have different type of renders. 93. Swept flanges: We are going to see how to sweep flanges. For this, we can find this tool sweep flinge, and it's possible to craft a sketch then to craft a pass, and we can use crate a sheet metal parts using this one. First type of example that I'm going to show you is we will work with a sketch and a pass. So first, I will slick one of these tools, and I will slick my top planes and craft to sketch. On this top plane, I will use my line tool just here, or first I will craft rectangle center rectangles on this area. I will define two value. I will click on this line, I will define a value of 100. Then I will click on this line. I will define a value of 60. And I will erase this line and I can press delete. At the same time, I can remove this construction line and this construction line. I will also add a fillet, so I'll select the sketch fillet tools. Click on this part, this part, this part and this part. And we will work with a value of 12 millimeters. And I can validate. Exit my sketch. After to do this ice is my first sketch. I need to craft another sketch at the intersection. So where to position the order sketch, we can add a new construction plane, for example, and I can position the sketch just on this area. I can use the reference plane. What can be the reference reference can be We can use this workplan. If you want to select a second reference and you click for example on this point, this work plane will arrive perfectly on this area, and I can just validate. I will click on this plane, create a new sketch, create a sketch. I need to snap to my Point here, this intersection. I need to snap on this area, and I will use my line tools, snap here, and I will go on the right just like this. Create another line on these directions just here. If for example, I want to craft something like arc, it is possible, so I can use my ar tool three point arc. I can craft a arc on these directions like this, and I can dragon move a little bit here and do something like that. I will press escape. I'm not going to enter specific value. We can just do this type of render. And I will just validate my sketch. Now we can find two sketches on here on these work plans, and ones here on these work plans, as you can see. If I use my sketch, if I use my sweep features, we have swept flange just here, and you need to select a profile and a pass one more time. So if I click on profile here, what will be my reference profile? Can be this one? And what can be the pass, the pass will be this one. And thanks to that automatically, as you can see, we use a sweep feature, but to craft a sheet metal part. If I just continue a little bit, one more time, you will see the parameter, so here I can change my value. We have 1 millimeter. It is like a thickness, and we can change the value here. We can also reverse the direction inside or outside. Here this is a band feature band option, so we can increase, depending on the render, let's just apply a value of one. And when I continue, I can just validate like this. This is the first thing that you can do. Let's he a second example. I will select this differ element in my construction tree and just remove. And I will select this sketch also and delete on the keyboard. Let's just craft the base top plane crater sketch. On this top plane, first, I will craft rectangles. I will select one more time the center rectangle tools. Select this line, and I will define value of 60, and I will select this line, and I will define value of 100. Now, what I'm going to do is to click on the line at the end, so it means this one, and I will press delete. I will remove also this construction line and this construction line. I will click on this one, and this line, as you can see, we can reduce little bit. I think this one is moving, so I need to come back with 100 for the dimensions, and this one will put 40 for the dimensions. And I will select my art tools. Just click here. I can even select the splint tool, but I'm going to show you something. You can select the splin tools just like this, and you can, for example, do something like that, and I can press a skep to close. After to do this type of work, I can exit my sketch. And I will craft an der sketch starting on this point. One more time I can craft a new reference plane, but before to do this, I just want to craft my base. If I silic base flange, I select this one, and I will define a value of 1 millimeter val date. I will create a second sketch, so I will add a new reference plane plane. First reference will be I can directly click on the face here. It's going to work properly. Finally, I don't need to create a new reference plane. I can just click on this face, create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will just use my line tool to only crato line snapping to this point on these directions. I will press a scap, click on my line, and I will define a value of 20 for the dimensions. Exit the sketch and now I have my base, it means this one, and I have also this line. Let's just press a scap, use the features. Sweep flange. What will be the profile and the pass? The profile in my case will be this line. Here it is the direction. And the direction, I will define the direction click in here. As you can see it's extremely convenient. It's convenient when you can have something like a curve. One of the problem is, if I click on this one, as you can see it's not working properly. If I click on this one, also, we can click on He again, and I can click here. I can only follow this path. Here, we can use the default radius, can go inside or outside. We can also define a offset just here. And about this edge, we have this one and we have this one. If I just click here, you can see it's not going to follow. This is the reason for which I can just validate and do something like this. If I want to come back on these directions here, can use one more time sit. But I will have to create an line on this area. Depending on what I want to do, here, for example, this edges is not very convenient. I wanted to show you this example because if you have this type of edges, it's not going to work properly. A something that I can do is to come back to my sketch. Here we have the sheet metal features with this base. Here we have the base flange, also, and we have also this sketch. If I edit this one, and I define edit the sketch. So for example, I can click here and just delete this one. If I want to change with a curve, so I can sing my point arc just here, and I just want to define a curves, just like this. Now I close, exit the sketch, and I will just just like this, this one, let's take a glance, dimension and relation. I will edit my sketch. I think this one is okay. If I take a look, this one is still on this area, so you have this sketch, and we have this se. I change this base. Change this base, we have this sketch now and if I repeat the process. One more time, I can click on this phase, so I will zoom a little bit, just here, and I can create a new sketch directly, where I can create the new sketch. I think it's convenient if one more time I focus on this face, and one more time create a sketch on this area. I click here, the sketch. And we can exit on this one and just click directly on this face. So Let's just click here. Sometimes it's not convenient because it's a little small, but we can click on this sketch and I will define a line one more time. So I will the mettle bit crato line starting from this point, and I will define a dimension. I can click on this line, change the dimension for 20 millimeter validate. So now what will happen if I use one more time the same process. I will go on this direct on this area. I will select one more time swift flange. I will define we have a sketch. This is the profile base, and I will define the direction. The direction will be this one. Now what's happened? We can see that it's worked properly for a simple reason that we didn't have a spin. When you use a splin it's not going to work, and you need to focus on RC, you need to focus online. I can also click here and I can also click here. After that, one more time, you can edit the flange parameters. If I want to this value, I can increase the value, one more time, you can change where you want to have the flange positions. If you are satisfied, you can validate. 94. Close corners: T. We're going to see how to extend the faces on sheet metals and for this when we go on this area, we can use these features. Extend the faces, so it means it is to create close corners. One of the first things to do, let's lick the top plane crato sketch. I will define a rectangle from center, so center rectangle on this area. And one more time, we'll define two value, the same type of values that we use. It means 200 millimeter on this part. When I click here, I will apply a value of 120 millimeters and I will just validate. We can exit the sketch. Then we can craft the base flange, clicking here. I will apply a sheet metal parameters of 4 millimeters, and I will just extrude the different to bend the different, the different edges that we have on this area, so I will use directly He flange. And I will click on this one, and I will define the value on the left, what value we will apply, we will apply a value of 60, and I will complete with this edge, this one, and concretely, I will complete with this one. So it just validate. So what is the phase little bit. As you can see, when we create a bend on this area, and after we have the flange, we have a space here. It depends also about the factor, but we will have a space like this. So you have the possibility to use this features. And when you use this feature, this is the close corner, extend the faces, and you can extend a face to not have this space. For example, I use this features face to extend, and for example, in this case, I can see this one or this one. If I just select this one, automatically, as you can see the face is going to be extended, but not only here also on the other side to perfectly match. After you have the face to match, if nothing is selected, concretely, he will define directly, you click and click on this one, face to match, and you click on this one, and you will turn the render. After you have the corner type because if we little bit, here you have the corner type, and we can change the corner type for this one. We can change for this one, or we can change for this one. I'm going to show you the three example let's select the first corner type, it is this one. You can also change, so it means you don't need to perfectly match if you want to reduce the value. It's possible even if the most of the time we will match perfectly. If I select the first one, just like this, I will obtain this one, and I have some little space here, but it's very little just here. Something that we can do. I'm going to show you the second process. I will come back here. Select one more time this features. It is this one close corner, I will sect this one and this one. Automatically sometimes you will define the two faces, and I will slick the second one and we will upturn this render. But this one it's impossible because the geometry, we don't have enough intervals, in this type of case, as you can see it's not working properly. I can make some adjustment just here, but even if I make some adjustment, it means I can reduce here, I can just validate and now I have little bit space and I can work like this. And the last possibility, I can go and edit do the last actions, and I will show you the last example. Let's just select close corner. One more time I will slic this one, you will recognize this one, and the last option is this under. I just the same thing to the opposite process. If I read it here, and I decide to validate. I don't have enough interval on this area. I need to put more interval. But if I want to put something like 0.4, I can apply 0.4, I can just validate, and this is the same thing. It's going to tell me that uh enough interval. We need to let a minimum interval here a simple reason that we have also the band on this area. If we don't have a minimum interval here, it's not going to work properly. This is how you can use this feature. 95. Weld corners: We are going to see how to crate weld corners. For this, something that I can do, it is to select one of the plane, the top plane and crater sketch. We will define one more time a base with the center rectangles, crato rectangle from center. One more time we can apply to value. I will apply a first value with 200 millimeters here, and I will apply a second value with 120 millimeters. Validate this exit, the sketch crate the base with the base flange features. In this case with my dimension to siltal thickness, I will apply in the parameter four millimeter validate and add directly flanges. For this, I can use head flange. Let's just use this feature that we use most of the time in the sheet metal features. I will click on this one and just extend on this direction. After to do this work on the left, I have the possibility to define the value, Let's increase with the value of 80 millimeter. And I will apply also this one on this line. I will apply also on this line and also on this line or on the edges if you prefer. Then I will just validate. Depending on the factor here, we have a band features and we have some space on this area, as you can see. One of the features that we can use when we go here, it is a welded corners. Add weld beats to corners in sheet metal parts. Concretely, you can fill all this area using these features. F I zoom little bit, just here, first, and I define these features wet corners, corners to wet. Concretely, if you silect something like this one. Automatically he will define the corner. I will click here and delete. If you define something like this one, automatically he will define also the corner. Depending on what you choose here in this case, it's not a big change, you can just slick this face or you can silect this one or also on this area, and automatically you will be able to close. And after that, here you can also edit with a felt value. If I just valid it first, you can see the render and you can fill this area using these features. And let's just come back. I'm going to go and edit and do because you have also the possibility to change the parameters of the filet. To change the parameters of the fleet, I can one more time click on these tools. So let's select this one. I will click here. And on the left, we have add filet if you don't add fillet, you deactivate at fleet. Automatically, you will have a corner gls corner, just like this. Let's click on edit and do the last actions just here. Something that I can do also is to change the parameters of the filet. Let's click one more times close. Well did corners, and one more time, I can select this one. If I ly tell it you can activate at felt. When I click on at felt. We have also click on the vertex on edge or faces. It means you have the possibility also to click sometime on a specific point when you go in this area. But in this type of case, it's not going to be very interesting, so we're only going to focus on the corner to wheel. So, I select this one, face number one, and as you can see, we have a filet radius just here, so this is this value. So I can increase the filet radius, but if you increase too much, as you can see, you won't have any render because the value is too high. So here it's four, here it's three, and here, for example, it's two. Let's just apply a value of two, validate here, and I will be able to obtain this render. M 96. Fold bends: We're going to see how to fold in the sheet metal features. For this, we're going to create a base, so I will select the top plane and create a sketch directly here. I will create a base for my sheet metal feature so I can select the center rectangles. Create a rectangle defined from center. I will select the first line, and the first line will have a value of 200 millimeter. Eager step 200 millimeter. I will select my second line. I will go on these directions, and I will apply a value of 140 millimeter. After to do this work, I can validate and exit my sketch. Something that I will be able to do it tes to crate a base. I will use the base flinch tools first, and I will define the sheet metals parameters and I will apply a value of four. After to do this type of fork, I will craft flange, and I will use directly these features, H flange. In the end flange, we will just sic the first one on these directions. We'll go to edit the length of this flange. Let's just step something like 80 validate, and I will complete with this one, this one, and this one, just like that. After to do this work, I can validate, and I will continue just like this. It's possible to click also on the different edges. I will select H flinch one more time, select this one. I will pull on these directions. I will define a value. One more time I can define. I think it will be too much. I will just define a value of 40 millimeter, and I will apply on this edge this edge also and this edge, and I will just validate. So we have seen that it's possible to unfold, and to unfold, we can see the unfold feature just here. Unfold. When I click to unfold, concretely, I silect the base face here, and I silect all the bands. You can also click and collect all bands, and in this case, you can earn little time, and I will be able to validate and I will turn this render as you can see. After to do this type of work if you want to fold. It means you need to do the opposite process. First, you urn the left and you can find unfold here. You just need to do the opposite process. When I click on this area, I can select fold one more time. So here we have unfold, we can select fold, and automatically he's going to recognize the base. It's import term to have the base. It means the base will be this one. I can click on this one, face number one, and bend to fall, if you can click and collect all bands directly and automatically you will have the right render. But if it's not the case, you can also do individually if you don't want to bend all the element. So I can click here. I can select just on this area. Fold. If you want just to unfold apart, it means I can only select, for example, this one, and I select only this one. I will just validate. As you can see, you can only fold this part. If you don't want to fold all the element, it's also possible. This is why it's important to understand that you can seal it. If you do it manually, you sal the face number one, here I can select this one, this one. This one, in this case, normally the order is not very important, expecting soft example, but in this case, it is not going to change any things, and if I just valid it, I will be able to turn this render. 97. Unfold bends: We are going to see how to unfold when we are going to use sheet metal and for this to unfold I will create the base first. I will select my top plane crate a sketch. On this sketch, we will just crate a rectangle, basic simple rectangle from the center, define two value crut silect the first line and define the value on the left. And we will apply 240. I will salect my second line and I will define a second value. And we will apply 100 s 60. After to do this type of work, I can craft my base. So first, exit the sketch. As has explained before, we can craft a base with a base flange. On the left, I can define the value that I want. In this example, I will put a value of four millimeter and I will just validate. So Let's create multiple elements, so it means I will use the H flange here, H flange. I will select this one first. This one, I will pull and define a value on this area. Let's define a value of 100 millimeter and I can repeat the process here. Repeat the process here, and then repeat the process here. I can validate, I could continue, and I will select one more times my tools. It means the H flange, and I will click on this one. I can go on this direction. I will define value. What value I will enter, 100 is too much. I will decrease for 60, and I will do the same type of work with this one, this one, and then this one. It's okay for that. We can turn this render. If we want to unfold, it means unfold what does it mean? It means to have everything on the same plane. It's possible and you can find the unfold tools just here, unfold tools. It is important to understand what base you need to select. The base is a fixed phase. So generally the fixed phase, what is this? It is the phase that you have in the center where you are going to start with your base. It means most of the time in this case, it will be this one. It's very important to silect your fixed phase. Generally the fixed phase is the first time when you silic the base flange. From your first sketch, it is the base that you will use. And you select the face. The main face. After to do this work, you can use band to unfold. If you want to make something fast, you just want to unfold everything, you just need to collect all bands, and all the bands will be selected on my parts. If I click on unfold, I will obtain directly as you can see this render. Something that you can do also, it's to unfold, but not also element at the same time. You can unfold only selected element. For this, one more time, I can select when these features unfold. But in this type of case, what we will use will keep the same base. But I want to unfold only for example maybe only this one. Yes, this one, this one, and also only this one with this one. I can only unfold this one. And I will define validate. As you can see, we unfold only this part, but not this area and not this area. It's also possible to silicate you want. The final things to know, I'm going to come back, if you want to unfold everything, but manually self, so it means selected step by step. I will click one more time on unfold. I will slick my base and after I will silt, for example, this edge first, then I will continue with this wall. It's important to select the edges here and not to select the faces because if you want to select faces, it's not going to work properly. So just need to select edge band, and I select in my case, I have eight n edge to select. It is exactly if you click and collect all bands, but just to show you how you can select the different edges step by step. After to do this type of w, you can just validate and you can unfold your sheet metal parts. 98. Drawings create model: We are going to see how to work with drawings. First thing to do it is to create a models. So we'll select the front plane here and we will create a sketch. After to do this work, we can create the base of this model, so we can select the line tools. After to seal the line tools, will define my first line starting here until this area. After we define another line, another one here, and I will go on this direction. Every time I work vertically and horizontally. I will crafter line starting from this point just like this. Now I can use my smart dimension tool to define dimension constraint. Let's say the smart dimension tools, click here, and I will define my first dimensions. This first dimension will be 120. After I will go on this area, we'll define second dimension and I will apply a value of 20. I will click here to define an other dimensions, 80. I will click on this line, define a dimensions of 40. I will click on this line, and I will define a dimension of 60. Now I would like to craft the arc on this area. I will slick the arc tools. S print arc tools, define this first print to the second print, and we can craft half circle until this area. With my circle tools, I will craft a circle starting from the center point, just like this. I can define a value of this circle. I don't need to add constraint. Here I can only enter the value on this area, and I will enter a radius of 12 millimeter. Let's apply a filet. To apply a fillet, I will select the sketch filet tools, and here I can select this line and this line to define a value. I will increase dele bit my value with 12, and I will validate. I will define a second filet. One of the problem is, I have the construction and I don't like to have this type of construction. I will go back and silic one more time. Fill it, and I will deactivate keep constraint corner. Click here. And click here. I can just validate ops. It's not working properly. Let's do this again. I will select one more time my felt tools. I will define this line. I will define this line. And I think I have a geometry already on this area, so let's do tell it. Something is wrong about the sketch. I have the value of 80, value of 40 on this area. I will come back to my sketch Sketch. I did the sketch. I will come back to my felt tools. Let's try again, Sketch ft. Here, I can define value L start with 12 fir. I will sli this line and this line here. As you can see, I cannot silic this line on this area. It's pretty strange. I think I have over constraint on something, so I will apply the felt I think after. But I'm going to try again. Let's salic felt. Sometimes it's a little strange. Maybe I can try with this one and this one on this direction. I will put yes, and I will change this value for 12, normally it's need to work properly, s. Now it's okay. I will continue. Here I can validate this f fil tools, sal this line to this line. And one more time, I will apply yes and I will change the value for four millimeter, and I will just validate. That's okay. It's perfect. I can exit my sketch, craton extrusion, and for this, I will silect the extrude bus base, and I need to silect my sketch first sketch extrude bus base. I will increase my value for 60 millimeter and just change the direction for mid plane. L et's just validate like this. After to do this type of work, I will click on the face on the back here. Or you can also select the right plane, it's going to work properly and create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I need to create something or rectangles, and I can also use my line tool. It's going to be prey good, so here I can snap to this point and go on the left just here, and I can create aner line and I can just go on the top just like that. I will select this line here, and I just need to define value for this line. What value I will define? I will define value of here we have 12, and we will have 24. Yes, I think it's pretty good. I will apply 12, and this line we can apply 70, will be great the is just to be a little bit on the top, and here we'll have 12 also. Let's just repeat the process on the right with the mirror entity. Entity to mirror, I can select all this line. If nothing was selected on this area, for example, you just need to select entity to mirror. Select all this line, mirror but, activate a copy, and you need to define this axis. I can just validate. Thanks to that, I can upturn this render as you can see. Now, something that I will do is to exit my sketch, craft an ex, but this time extra cut. With the extract cut, I will go on these directions, as you can see, I will validate, and thanks to that, I can craft an opening on this area, just like that. After to do this type of work, I will click on this face and create a sketch. I will define rectangle center rectangle. I will go around this area, create center rectangles here. I want to set the position of this rectangle with my smart dimension tool starting from the center to this line here. I can go on the top and I can define my dimensions. Let's apply a dimension of 24 millimeter and then apply a dimension on this area, and I will define 14, and I will click also on this line, and I will define a value of 40, just like that. I can exit my sketch, just here, create an extrusion, one more time extrat cut to remove, and I will go in this direction that looks perfect and just validate to create this type of render. It's okay. We have this part, so now the aim is to save this part before to create the drawing. I will deactivate first here. We can change the display, activate this one, just like this. After I will deactivate all this type of view, and as you can see, I will turn this render. Now, something that I'm going to do, it is to go and file. I will define self to this computer, and I will change the name. Here this is the part, I will just take part, it will be perfect. We only have one part, and I will click on self on this area. 99. Drawings add views: We are going to see how to add views. To add views to insert views. We need to be in the rowing throwing mode here. After that, you need to click on models view. You have two options. The first option can be to insert directly from the open document. If for example, your models is already opens in another document, you can directly have access here. My models is open, so this is why I can have access here. If it's not the case, because you set your model first, you can click on Bros. After I will search my models just here, and I will click on opens. After to do this type of work, as you can see, you can start to display the models here. But something that you need to do, first, is to go on the left to take a look about the options, and if I just continue, I want to show you these different options like here. If I little bit, just on this area, you will have different way to display the models. Before to do this, you need to activate the preview. Now it's better. Now that I have activated the preview, I can come back here. And you can see this wire frame display settings. You can see this one. It is idenlne visibles. You can see this one. It is ide online removes. This is what we use the most. This is that we have by default, you have shaded with edges, and you can find the last possibility shaded. Something that we are going to use, it is the ide online removed. After to do this type of work, just below, you need to understand the scale value. Depending on the model of the page, he will apply a specific scale value. Here we have one for two. If IClic use the customs use a custom scale value here, and I define one by one. Why I don't have the one by one because automatically the software detects that it's probably too big in comparison of my page. This is why he reduces automatically the value. And in this case, he put 142, and you can reduce more 145, or I can also tape what I want and here I can tape 14s, and I will have 14s. You can just put the value in the information here to use the custom scale. If I define as we have at the beginning, 1.2, I think it's pretty good, and maybe I could increase a little bit, but we can work like this also. This is the first thing to understand, display style and scale options. Now if I just go a little bit on the top, what type of view you want to apply? Here by default, this is this view. By default, we have this view, this is the front view, and if I want it to display the right view, I can click here and I have the right view. If I want to display the let view, I can click here. If I want to display the bottom view, I click here. And you have also more option like trimetric like this. You have also the option Dimetric, and you have also the option current model view. Or you can click on this area, and you have also the isometric view. This is the different options that you can use. Something that I will do after it's to change for another type of view. Something that I will use, it's directly to select this view, and this will be my first, this is a front view. I can display the front view on this area. After to display the front view, you can continue. But if you continue like this, one of the problems is, is it a problem or not depends, you will have parents. It means if you display order element here, automatically, if you move your first view, the order view will move at the same time. If I go on the right here, I can define the right view, here, the left view, here the bottom view, here's the top view, and here's the isometric view. Something that I will do just to press SC. I have my first view and you can drag and move at your convenience. If you want to apply another view independent without any parents, you just repeat the process. You select model view, and I can click on brus again, select my parts, or I could select directly here, and let's try another one. If I click here, this is my top view. I would like to define also a top view whether on this area or on this area. Let's define, for example just here, and I can position my top view. If I don't want any parents, I can press scap, and I just repeat the process. Model view. This time, I can click on the part and it will be same because my models is open. I would like to define, for example, the right view, and I can define the right view maybe here. If I press a skep I can validate. Let's define another view, model view. I will click on this one, double click, and I will define another one. Here this is the back view. I think it's not extremely convenient for what I want to do. I have also this type of view, or I have also the bottom view. It depends what I want to show. I have the lad view also that I can use. Maybe I can use the le view, something like this. And position another one just on this area. Here we have this view. We have also this view here. I can just press a scap, and I will add also isometric view, so model view, and I will double click here, and I will select the isometric view isometric, and I can position my isometric view here. It looks like it's a little bigger, but it is exactly the same and I can dragon move my isometric view. I can start to drag and move the isometric view and I can change the location after. My isometric view, I can just validate the position of this view. Maybe we can change a little bit the display. I can press escape first. When you click on the element, you can dry and move the element. You click on the element, you select the frame, and when you select the frame, you can change the position. Here, I can change the position also. This one I can change the position also. I can drag and move maybe this one here or this one here also. It depends about the display that I want to have. I can also drag and move this one here, maybe or drag and move this one here. Maybe it's not pretty good. Can change the position just here, just here. You can Add multiple view at your convenience. I could even maybe add more views here, but when you add the annotation, maybe it will be a little too much, but definitely it's possible because we have some place. We have some place here. And if you want to add more views on this area, it is also possible. For example, if I just continue model views, and I silic prone one more time. I can add more options. If I just go here, this is the bottom view. We can click and activate, for example, bottom view just here, and I silic model view again, bronze, this one, and this will be my la view. This will be my right view. This will be my top view that we have. This will be the order view, but I'm going to repeat the same view if I just go on this area. Maybe we can also dragon move this one. Take this one here, let little bit more space and focus with maybe something little bit different. We can also work like this, works, works. We can also let little space if we want to add a notation. I mean I can stay like that, and I can have a space for a notation. I can keep this area for a notation also. For example, here, we can add a notation with a block to give information. Something that I will do, I will display like this. I will display like. Maybe I can change this position, change this position on this area, and change this position on this area. Here I will put this one little bit on the top right corners, and I will change also little bit, the position on this one on this corner. Thanks to that, we have now six different views, six different views, and on this area, we can display, for example, a title or information or any table to have information, for example on the different parts. L. This is how to insert views. When you start, you can display like this, after it's up to you to see what views you want to have, here displays different views, but it's possible to make a adjustment. As you can see every time when you a view, the views will appear on the left, and here you can see the different views that we have just on this area sheet format, and we have the different views with every time the type of part concerned by these views. M. 100. Drawings add cuts: We are going to see how to add views. This time add more specific views because we have seen how to insert model views, but it's also possible to insert something like projecting views and we have more options. So them is not to show all the type of views, but just to show some elements that you can do if you want to complete, even if the most of the time will just use the model views like this. But you have also more options. If for example, I select a projected view. You can add a projective view directly from a specific view. It's exactly like to add a model view, but you add this directly from an element. For example, if I select this view, this is the throwing view, this one. You define this one here. After that, this is my phone view. If I go on the left, I will have just my left view. If I go on the right, I will have my right view. If I go on this area, I will have my bottom view. If I go here, I will have my top views. And if I go here, I will have my isometric view. Just depending on the direction that you want, you can create an oder view. Only important things is if for example I go here, you will have a link with something. I'm going to show you another example. If I say projectic view, I click here on this one and I go for example here, I will have the bottom view. And after two have the button view, I can press escape. Now we have this and you create apparent views. Here we have apparent views when you create a projective view. What does it mean? It means that if I click here on this area, first I'm going to validate. I click directly on this element. You will have some information on the left, one more times here. You can find the drawing view with a part. If I just click on this area, you can have views, but here this is default link to parents, and if I click on link, as you can see, we'll still keep a link because we have a parent views. Every time we have a project view, when you create a projected view, concretely the views will be linked with the order one. If you move one, the order one will move at the same time. It is something important to understand. Now if I remove this one, I'll show you another example and I will define another projected view. And this time I will go for example, on the left, I can go outside in this case, just to show you, and it is same as you can see, you have a views link directly with this one. If I move this one, this one will move also. If I move this one, I need to stay in the axis. L et's click on these views and just press delete on the keyboard. You can also create auxiliaries views. Cor cretly with this, you can create just linear edges. You can select to linear edges. For example, you click reference edge to continue. If I just define the edges, automatically will have the bottom views because the base is this edge. If for example, I define this one, here, oops, I define here this one. As you can see, here, it's not interesting. I'm going to click on auxiliaries views, auxiliaries views, and I think it's not working properly. Let's slick auxiliaries views, here this one. Now I will have this type of views. If you just go and validate, you will have views here with some information, you will have arrow on these directions. If you move the views, it is exactly the same, so it means you will have also view linked with the parents to stay on the same axis. You can create also a section view. Concretely, you can create a parents. You can cut in the parents view with a section line. You can create any section on a specific area. For example, if I just define maybe this one, I can create a section. If you just valid it here, I created a cut on this area, you can see the cut, and if you need to flip the direction, you can flip the direction on the cut as you can see. And after you can drag and move your section and B. You can find a section C C. You can find the cut of the section with some information, and here you can see the section. You can also drag and move here, you can double click, and you can change your section. You can put section number one or cut number one, anything that you want here, and you can tape something just like that. After you can drag and move this will be in the same axis, and if you drag and move this, the text will move also, but you can move the text independently. This is just a section cut. I can remove this one more time. You can cry to cut anything that you want. You can use the section view again, for example, here, as you can see, you have my circles. If I define a section cut here, as you can see, we can find the cut on the top with my circle here. But I stay on the same axis, so I'm not going to go more. If I see this line, I can delete now again. You can create more things. You have also some remove sections, little specific slices of the model at selected selection. It's something a little bit specific. You can just create an element, create another element, and after that, you can create cut section just like this, but it's a little bit more specific to create this type of cut. I'm going to undo. I'm not going to develop more on this part because as you can see it's possible to use this. So most of the time by default to make something not too advanced, we focus on the model views. 101. Drawings add dimensions: An exponential pace. When the Chinese government started to regulate the level of debt, its property market collapsed. Well, the pace of the Chinese growth significantly slowed down, which is once again, very similar to what happened in p does that mean that Chinese future will follow the Japanese trajectory. Well, maybe. But it could also be a lot worse. Because while there are differences between the two, they mostly work against China rather than to its favors. And specifically, there are three differences that mean that China is in a much worse position than Japan on first. Japan's economic bubble collapsed in the mid 1990s, Japan was already a very highly developed economy. In fact, it was one of the wealthiest countries at the time with GDP per capita almost 50% higher than that of the United States and very high quality of life and standard of living. The crisis came when Japan was well ahead of everyone else, which is why it's still the third largest economy. Though it actually rank since the 1990 China, on the other hand, is in a completely different position. Although it managed to lift hundreds of millions of people out of poverty and still a middle income economy with GDP per capita at a similar level as Mexico. If its economy were to significantly slow down at this moment. It would be in a much worse position than Japan was 30 years, even if the slowdown was nearly not as bad as in Japan. Second. It seems that in recent years, China's leadership has decided to voluntarily sacrifice at least some of its economic growth in exchange for more ideology and more aggressive foreign policy. Cracked down on its domestic tutoring and video game companies. It has been targeting foreign companies doing business in China, and it has been worries the possibility of an invasion of Taiwan and a military conflict with the United States. This is resulting in foreign capital fleeing out of the country. I no longer considered stable and predictable. And while China doesn't need the foreign capital as much as it used to is still hurting the economy, creating additional issues and strains. That Japan does not need to worry And third and finally, there is the demographic crisis. Because while, Japan is notoriously suffering from both shrinking and aging population. There are signs that China's demographic crisis would still be a lot worse. The thing is that even though Japan's population growth has significantly slowed down in 919. But here it was not working properly because it's not exactly in the dimensions. I will come back here colors. And when we go on this area dimension, it's not on the drawing, yes, it is on the dimension. So we have importin dimension and non importin driven dimensions. So I will select the non imported driven dimensions, edit, and this time I will select the black color just like this, and I will just validate. Here. Now as you can see the dimension appearing in black. This is how you can change the dimension. Now if you want to change the size, you can go also on the options here, and you can edit the document unit. In the document unit, you can find dimensions on this area. You can change the font. For example, if you want to reduce the dimension fonts, and here you can tape value. For example, if I tape two, you can come back on font. I validated the value of two. We can change also the font family dimensions. If I just continue, you can change the precision. You have also arrow values. If for example, I want to radius maybe little bit this one, I can put maybe two also. I will press enter and validate and no my dimension ee is pretty smaller. If I wanted to come back in red, I can click here again. So each time you can click here, I have access to the options, and on the options, I will slck one more time color, and I need to go back on the dimension driven dimensions. Here this is non importin driven dimensions, edit. Sometimes the test thing to change the color of dimensions. Let's just slic more time something in red like for example, this red color, and I will just click here and validate. Now my dimension appears one more time in red. I could continue also smart dimensions. If for example, I want to add the dimension here, I can dragon move in these directions. If I want to add another one here, I can dragon move, I can dragon move also this one. Dragon move also maybe this one, and I could continue with more. Each dimension, you can just dragon move after. I can pull this dimension just here, pull this one just here. Something important, you can also align your dimensions. When you select, for example, two or more dimensions, I will select these two dimensions. You can have the possibility to go right click. When you use the right click, you can find aligment. Here you have set horizontal display options, more dimensions, horizontal annotation, drawing views, and you can find aligment. In the aligment, when I'm using here, for example, in this case, I can use link right. Thanks to that, we have the right ligment. If I wanted to link this one, this one, not this one. I think this one, this one, this one, and this one. I can slk this 41 dimensions and go right click. I will select aligment. In this case, of signatures things that I can use, it may be a link bottom or a link top, it depends about what I want to do. Let's sling an top and as you can see, all my dimension will be in the same aligment, just like that. But if I want to adjust again because here I think it's not pretty good, so this is why I prefer to let some space. You can link this one in this one and maybe this one with this one. This is how to add dimensions as you can see on your models. After you can repeat on the different views. Here I decided to put on on one views, but you can do more. 102. Drawings add pages: We are going to continue with the drawings. After to create the models, we can create a drawing. For this, we can select file new and after this, we can select drawings. We can just validate. What is the M? The first is to define a sheet format size, and for this we the standard sheet size possibility. If you just click on this area, you will be able to have access to more options. Here is a list of all the sheets that you can use. You just click on Bros, and you will have a listing directly accessible from your computer. If you just come back on this area. If for example, I want to create something for A four document, I can select A four landscape, and I will have the different information with the wide and the eight on this area. Here this is the A four landscape, but you can work in portrait. If I continue, I have a list of different size you can use and every time you will have different type of options. Is the display sheet format. Concretely if you don't activate this, you won't have the different information with a frame around your drawing because if you select one of these format, you will have information around your drawing. For example, let's select the A four lenscap, this one. If you deactivate the display sheet format, you won't have the information here. I'm going to click on display sheet format. Now, if you want to create a custom size, you just need to activate custom sheet size. Because I selected A four, I have the wide in millimeter and the eight of A four document. If you want to create what you want, you can just take what you want on this area. For example, I want to craft something for 400 millimeter and something for 280 millimeters, you can do this. But after maybe it won't be possible to print if it's not a specific size corresponding to pages. But if you don't want to print, you can also create the wide and the eight that you want. This is the custom sheet size. Or you come back standard sheet size here. You can also activate only the standard format, you are very standard format, as you can see. And yes, I think I'm going to try the n A four lenscap, just as an example to show you display sheet format, and I will just validate this. Now my page is appearing, so it is just the sheet format appearing on this area. After to do this type of work, you will be able to integrate view, and I will show you how to do this. But first, first thing to do, I will deactivate this one to show you a little bit the dashboard of the dashboard here when you work with the rowing. Concretely, you will find one more time different type of tools here on the top on this area. After you have the different tools depending of the categories. Here we have the categorized category categorized drawing, and this is from this categories that you will be able to insert multiple type of view. We'll use the most of the time the model view, but you can also insert more view like projected view, auxiliary view, section view, and more. Here this is a notation, so you will find different information to add your dimensions to add also, for example, you can create patterns. You can add balance, you can also create more things using these features. One more time, you have the sketch feature, while you have the sketch feature because you can complete your frame, or you can just add element on your page like a circle, a rectangle, anything that you want using the sketch features. After you have different type of options that we will use less in this type of interface. After to craft your page, you can find a notation here and you can find the sheet number one, and inside we have the sheet format with different type of options. Oh, no, something to understand when you create this type of sheets is here you have the sheet number one. Inside your drawing, you can go right click here and you have the possibility to use rename. For example, if I decide it, this will be my page number one, I can just te page number one invalidate. If you click on this area, you can create a new page. Here you can find sets, and you can add another page. I can go right click here rename, and I will define the page number two. You can also go right click here and you can find one more time add sheet, and it means I will rename one more times rename, and I will create my page number swi. You can have multiple page like this. You can also change the position of the page. You just need to dragon move your pages on the area that you want, as you can see. Something interesting. If for example, I select my page number sit. I will go right click here. You can edit the sheet format. I will show you after, but when you continue here, you can find properties. When you click on the properties, you can change the ratio or the size of your page one more times. Here, you have sheet properties and on parameters. If I just go on the sheet properties and I would like for example to change for A document. I can change maybe s the A landscape. After to do this type of four, I just need to click on applied change and now my page is just a little bit different. It is a A S document. If I slick my page number one, it is just A four document. If I slick my page number S, as you can see, we have more subdivision here for a simple reason that it is a ASI document. I come back to my page numbers. You have also the options on right click properties. When you use the right click properties, you can also something that I wanted to show you is yes, you can also use a custom sheet size one more time. Here is a suit document. Something that I wanted to show you it's to deactivate the display sheet format. As I explained before, if you desactivate the display sheet format, applied change, you will have just a page like this without any information. Sometimes it can be convenient, you can just crit something or you can even starting from scratch without anything on your page. We will start with the page number one, some things that I wanted to show you to I have my page number, we, right click, delete, and I will delete. Page number two, right click, delete, and I will delete. If I select my page number one, just here, you have also some options. You can click on the page here, right click, and you can display your grid. Sometimes it is useful. You have the possibility to display a grid. So right click display a grid and right click deactivate the grid. It is another things that you can understand. When you go right click here, you can also one more time rename and one more time, you can add a new page. Another point. If I define my page here, right click Edit sheet format. You will be able to have access to this and this will appears in blue. Why this appear in blue? Because now you can, for example, go inside and you can make some transformation. It means if I go here, I have the title on this area. If you double click here, you can edit the content. For example, I can make part metal, something like this. If you select all your element, as you can see, you can define the size of the police just here, and you can also define the font family and more information. For example, I can tape something here. After I have this block, and if I just valid it, as you can see my block is here and I can draw again move the block inside my tale. Here is the drawing. I can tape something like drawing one or I can tape something like page number one. Just here. This is the AF document, but you can also click here and edit if you need it. Here the S sheet one of one, or I can tape, for example, page one of one. If you have more page, you will be able to create some adjustment here. I change the color. If you edit this, you can change the color, but you can come back to any color. If you need, you have also some posits to click on the color on this area. Here is the scale value, so you can tape also scale, and if I double click here, you can also tape what you want inside. If you tape it's black, but you can put in blue. You can replace each element at your convenience. It is the same. I can finish finish with anything. You can tape anything that you want. Here this is the materials. Can take for example aluminums materials or just aluminium go sep aluminium materials. You can replace all the element with value. Here this is the weight, I can tape weight, and I can define materials weight, for example, I can tape 400 grams just like this. Anywhere you can edit the content even here. You can make some transformation. If you don't like this, you can tape anything different. Every time you can make some adjustment. If I go on this area, I have finish. I have I can tape design project two or description just like this. And this is the type of things that you can do. You will be able to add more elements. For example, here you have some annotation. If you click on the Note tools, you can click on the Not tools here, and when you click on the Note, you can just activate any things like this and you can add the blocks. When you add a block, you can resize your block and you can tape what you want. Description of the project creation example here, you can take what you want. I will select all my element, I will reduce the size, let tap, maybe a value of six just here, and I can change here my frame just like that. After that, I can press a scap, click here, and I can drag and move the element just inside. Concretely, you can adjust all the content inside your frame at your convenient. But sometimes also As you have a line here, this line, you can drag and move. You need to be careful because after maybe it won't be extremely convenient, but you can drag and move a line. I have this line here. I can also press delete if I don't want. I can also click on this line, press the lint, click on this element press the lint, to have more space, for example, for finish. Definitely, you can make adjustment. You can also move this line. For example, just on this area, you can slick this line. Dragon move here, salgs one, dragon Move here, sylx this one, dragon move here, and you can for example, I donor notes, just click on this area, and I will tape notes. But one of the problem is here. I have arrows. When you click on the note tools, you need to not be close to a line or you will tape a arrow. Here you can tape what you want, materials, I can tape for example colors, and to print. If I salg the material option here, you can press scape. I'm with six, so maybe I can double click here, change for value of six. You can take what you want, you can make adjustment and you can create a new block just like this. This is how you can edit this part. At the end, if you just go right click again, you can click on Edit sheet, and now as you can see it's notte in blue, and when it's ninteen blue, it means that it's not possible to edit. Now you have finished the edition. At any moment, you go right click Edit sheet format and you can edit again. R click, edit sheet, and you come back here with a different view that you can insert. 103. Drawings add annotations: We are going to see how to add an notation. To do this type of work when we continue here and we are in the an notation, it's possible to add note and we have also more options. We're going to focus first on the not options. We can click on this area. As I explained before, you have two ways to add a notation. First way, you can just drag and move something on the line or you can just add a near notation on a specific area. Just go on left click and here you can tape what you want. For example, I can tape something like this creption of the project, and I can go here, this is part modeling with, for example, I can use aluminium materials, C from let's just tape something. I'm going to tape creation for design. I can put anything that I want. After to add your anation, You have the formatting options. What does it mean? It means that concretely, I can select this part. On this part, I can reduce the size or I can increase the size of the phone family. You can also just tape something on this area if you want to work with the size sometimes, it's more convenient. You can also use this. It depends what you want to use to increase the size, you can use hoops. I'm going to put control D. You can use also this element and you can tape something or you can increase the size directly from this value. So, let's change again. Maybe I can focus on 16. If you want you can center your text here. You can go on the right agment, left aligment, it depends about what you want to do. If you just go on the left, you will find one more time the text format information here. If I just go left click, I can just validate and press a scap. If I select this one, as you can see, you can drag and move your text at your convenience. One more time, you can find if you click here some options. Inside your frame, one more time, you can make adjustment. And here it is some information, but it's more with the arrows. For example, I can display this element just here. After to do this type of work, you can also crate arrow. You can click on not, for example, if I define something like this area. I can go left click on this edge, work with my element, and I can zoom a little bit. Here I can define something. It can be let's just step something like soft edge. As you can see, you can crato arrow, and you can continue. You can craft another arrow, go here, and I can put the same thing here. It is same every time when you select, your annotation just like this, you can find some information. You can change the type of arrow that you want on this area, and you can change also the type of arrow that you want. If you want to make some transformation, you have these options and you can change. Something that I can do, is to add to a notation. I can click a note again. If for example, you want it to add the different views, you can also create to a notation and put the different views just below. As I explained also, you can create any notation to focus and put a notation directly on this area. You have more option. For example, you can create something like a balon. But if you just craft something like a balon, you can just silic for example in the edge here, and you will just have a number. I can select an order edge here and you will have an der number. Concretely, what is the correspondence of this number? This number because you can click here, it's not possible to change the number. Why it's not possible to change the number for a simple reason that you need to create two gun table, and you have different type of options here. So For example, if you create something like here is a revision table, it's not exactly what I want to do. I want to go on a table, here is a build material table, so you have different type of options here. Something that I will use, it's table, builds of materials, but you need to select one of these view. For example, if I define to silic this view, automatically, you can validate and create a table. And after to do this tach buff work, I will have a nomenclature. But one of the problem is here, it's only one element. I will have just one item if I put, for example, this one just here as an example or maybe on this area. Just to show you, I will have only one item with this description. Now if you s for example, balon you will just take in count this one item. This is how to work. Corcately, this number will be the correspondent to the item number here. I only have one, but if you have multiple, you will be able to work with this type of balance. Something that I'm going to do is to click on the table press delete. When you have your balon like this, you go on the left, you have some seating options, and if you want to change the aspect of your balon, you have the multiple options that you can use just on this area. Et's click on this one and press delete. Let's just click on this one and press delete also. This is the main thing that you need to understand. After you have more options, you can create something like surface finish as you can see, just like this. If you want on your symbol, lay out, enter some options, you can enter for example, a number, you can tape any things that you want, for example, I can tape information, and you can focus with this symbol. And you'll have more options for the symbol layout because you can put different values with this type of symbol. You have different case, and you can fill this case with different type of options. You have also the weight symbol dot term features. You can also use this one. You can for example, snap to a part. After you can go on this area, and as you can see, if I just press A, double click here, and here you have available settings, and you can tape what you want just on the bar settings with a number. For example, I can tape AB with a correspondence if I need. Here you have the text. If I tape information on the top, I can apply information, and as you can see, you can add the term features. So I have definitely a lot of option geometric to rounds, so it's something a little bit more specific or again that term Tanger. The m is not to enter too much in details in the drawings. The m is to show you release some basic to start in good base if you need to introduce your models. I'm going to select this element and press delete also on the keyboard. It's okay with the notation. 104. Drawings export: We are going to continue with the drawings and we will see how to export your work. So we have created this drawing, so here we have entered some informations and to give you information to be able to have good information to work with the drawings, and we are going to see how to export the work and how you can activate also a preview. First things to do, we can go and file here, and you will find the same type of options that when you create the models. What we will be able to do is just to click save on this computer. After to do this type of work, we have the type is the solid w drawings. You can export in solid w drawing just to save your work, but you have also at the same time the export options. Ccretely, if you go on file, You don't need to you can also use Export As, when you click on Export As, you will have only the option of exportation. But finally, it said because if you click on file, Cilic save to this computer, and you go in this area, you will have also the same type of option like GPE, PDF, and more. So concretely, you can save your work directly with solid work file, save to this computer, and you can also click on export as and have access to the different pa. When you work withdrawing, you have multiple options. If you select the PDF, it can be an interesting option, you just need to export your work and validate. If you select here GPEg, each time you will have some options. And if you go some options, you will find information about the system options. For example, when need G peg, you can change the image type. You can increase your compression quality here, low or low quality. So here, I'm going to stay on this area, and you can edit the parameters. If I just come back on PDF, I will slick for example, PDF options, and you will have information about the PDF option one more time. Concretely, if you export in GPE, it can be interesting just to have an image on your computer, but impossible to edit anything. If you select PDF possibility to edit some things, but it's more also to keep and to have a printing printing possibilities. If you want to re use on another software when you can focus on drawing like this. CAD software. You can export, for example, in PSD. If you export in PSD, you can keep the different layer. You have also the EA file where you can keep different type of layers. But as you can see it's more for specific software. Something that we use the most in this type of case is DXF and D W, DXF and DWG. If I take a look at the shots just here. Thanks to that, if you want to re use on another CAD software, you will be able to edit your drawing. You can edit some information depending on the tools because you use this one. As you can see, you can see the software concern, this is D XF. If I just come back here, so this is a dG, DG, this one, and again select d x F for this one. The two case will come back to the same type of option. If you need to activate a preview, you can go and file, and here you will find the print preview just on this area. When you click up the print preview, here you can zoom in. You can also zoom out. You can also have access when you are close to your page, you can just zoom in like this and you can also oom out if you need. You have multiple page, here we have created only one page, but as I explained at the beginning, you can create multiple page. In this case, you will just change previous page to page or the next page. The last thing to do is, if you need to print, you will click on print. After here, I don't have directly my printing options. You, if you are directly printing options, you will be able to print to select your printer from these panels. After properties of the printer, and here like any type of any type of document, it's same for everything, so you can select all sheets, the current sheets, current screen image, or sheet, and here you can define what number of sheets you want to have. And the number of copies. After just to set the parameter for your printer. You can export your work. Can go on my document here, because if you want to print, you need also to save. In this type of case, it will be in a PDF file and I will be able to click on save. Concretely, this is how to work file, print preview here. You can also click on Close After if you just want to come back on this area. It's okay to introduce yourself. How you can start with printing, as you can see it's interesting, you have different things to use, and you can focus only on the Sed model parts. But if you want to introduce your work, you have these options. It is a drawing options, and you need to create a model of pa page in different views, add dimension, add a notation, and then if you need to save your work, print your work, it is possible. This is how to work with drawings. 105. Create table: In this training, we're going to create a table. For this, we'll first start with the top plane, and we will create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will salic this tool, the center rectangles to create a rectangle from the center. And I will define two values. Let's first press scape, slate the first line, and I will define a first value just here. We will work in millimeter. It is okay for this type of render even if we can change the unit will focus on millimeter in this case. I will put 200 millimeter. On this area, I will change for 140 millimeter. Let's just exit the sketch and after I will use one of these features and the extrate bus base features. What values I will use, I will change these values, and I will put a value of 4 millimeters and just validate. Thanks to that, we can have this base for this table. Things that I will do after it is to create the fet, so I will click on this face. After to click on this face, I will create a sketch. Click on this face, create a new sketch. I will define just a circle here, and I will om little bit, and I will start with circle around this area. After to do this type of work, I can press a sketch, click on my circle. Let's just define a value on this area. I will define here we have value of four. It's not enough, I will increase little bit, and I will put value here, we have eight and it will be perfect for this table. I will process sap and just change the position. For this, I will use the smart dimension tools. Slick this point to this line, and I will define a specific value. What value I will define? I will define a value of 16, just like this. After I will press scap, click on my Smart Dimension tools, and I will one more time, click on the centerpoint here. Let's click again, Syllx the CenterPoint and sylx this line and define a value, and one more time, I will apply 16. After to do this type of work, I can validate here and crate extrusion of this one and I will exceed my sketch extrude bus base. I need to change merge result because if I keep the merge result, I will have the feet linked to the base and this is not what I want to do. This is why I will change merge result to deactivate this one. I will work with a specific value and I will put a value of 100 and I will just validate. After to do this work, I need to create symmetry to repeat this foot on the different parts. Power I can do this. I need to just click here and to select the mirror features. Mirror fase plane and feature to mirror. First, I can select the feature to mirror, and I will define this one, and then I will select the mirror fast plane and I will define this one just like this. I can repeat the element just here. After to do this type of work, I can just validate. But one of the problems is here we have the geometric patterns we can link here, and we have only merging features here. Because I have this, I need to change because I don't want to apply the features and I need to change for bodies. I know I'll silic the bodies, and if I select the bodies is going to work properly. Let's repeat this one and I will select mirror again. I will d silect the features to mirrors and change four bodies. Select this one, select this one and the mirror face plane, and I will select this one. After that I can validate to have my four feets. If I go in the solid bodies, as you can see, we have the base, and we can see the four feet in separate way. After to do this work, if I want to add little rounded corners, I can use one of these features fill it, and I will select first this line. I will select this line. Then I will t all bit and I will select this line, and then I will select this line just here. Let's just apply a value. I can enter the full preview and define a value on the left where the value of 10 millimeters, 10 millimeters is little to bit. Let's just apply 8 millimeters and just validate. That this is how to create a basic table, simple table, and I can change the display setting, just click on this area, and I can change also the view just here to deactivate the different work plan. Thanks to that, I can turn this render. For example, the size of the feet are a little too big, you have the possibility to click on one of the element. So here we have the both extrude, here we this both trude inside, we can find the sketch. I can click on the sketch, edit the sketch, and I can just change the value of the radius. If I replace this radius, and I'll just change, for example, for six, I can enter value. Other the problem if I define six may be yes, I will have this new radius. I can exit the sketch, and if I exit the sketch, I can reduce,ttle bit the size of the different fe. That's it. Here, this is how to create a simple table using the software. After that, if I want to enter materials, I can go on the left, we have some materials features, for example, fiber Cilic here. I have the possibility to go on appearance and I can apply to one of these elements. I can apply for example on the body and on the body, I can go on the right appearance I can change for one of the color, and I can just go on the right, and I can apply for example this black color. Here we can apply on this body. After to do this type of work, I can select this body, and I can select this one, this one, and this one. When I go on the options, I can use appearance one more time. On the appearance, I will select body. On the body, you can see the different body selected, just go on this area. I can define value just here. I can put, for example, if I just change here, you have silic body, and I can define another type of color. Here I can define the white color. But if I me a little bit, it's not very interesting. I can just define this one. You can just validate. Here we have some color. I can just change the appearance, so I can click here and edit the appearance, just like that. Yes, now it's working properly. If you use the white color, it's not extremely good for the render, but in this type of case, we can use this one, or maybe I can use some gray color and just validate. This is how to craft a table. 106. Create support: In this training, we're going to create a support. For this, I will select first one of this work plane, and we will use the front work plane and create a sketch. After to do this work, I would like to create an element. For this, I will use my line tool to create a first line on the left. Then we will create a second line on this directions. We can come back on this direction, this direction and until this direction. And I can process cap at something that I can do it to add dimensions. Let's sedate the smart dimension tools, and we can add dimension constraints. I can click here, and I will define a value for this one. Something that we tap, it is a value of 80 millimeters. After we click here, and we will change this value also for 76 millimeters. Then I will select this line and on this slide, we will increase with the value of 60 millimeters. The last thing to do is to here we have this line. We have 76, so I need to click on this line, and I need to define 56 millimeter. Thanks to that, we can have a thickness of four millimeter. After to do this work, I will repeat this element on the right. Let's press escape first to deactivate the smart dimension tools and click on mirror entity. Entity to mirror, I will craft a frame of selection of this element. Mirror but I will click on this work plan. I can repeat this element on the right and just validate like this. Let's crate an extrusion here, so I will extrude on this area. I will use one of these tool, exit the sketch, extrude bth base, and I will go in the two direction. I'll change blind. Let's change for mid plane and increase this value. Ex this. Now we'll put a value of 80 millimeter. After to do this work, I want to create all crossing these two faces. First, I can click on this face and create a new sketch. We will define a circle. If I want to find the midl I can just go on this area, and we'll be able to find the medl If it's not possible, just dry and move here. You can find this point and now I can start my circle snapping to this line and press a skep. Let's click on the circle, define a diameter. It's a little too much. We're going to change for 16, and I will just validate. I can craft an extrusion, exit the sketch, extrude using extrude cut. I want to cross all the elements so I can change for through. And Sang through that, we can, as you can see, cross like this, but if I want to increase, I can also increase, but if I use through, it's going to work properly. I can just validate. After to do this work, I will make some little bit transformation, and I will select this face and on this face, I will create a new sketch because I would like to create a circle and an extrusion formal support. Let's select this one. Create a circle press sce, click on the circle and just change the dimension value. It is too big, so we are going to reduce and put a dimension of 16 millimeter. Exit the sketch. Let's extra this part, extrad bus base, and I'm going to change the mid plane for just blind and increase the value. What value will use will e value of 120? There was something that I would like to do, maybe it's a little too big. I can go inside sketch. Ed the sketch. I wanted to put this value, but definitely I'm going to change and change for a value of 12, it will be pretty better. Just validate this one here, exit the sketch. Something that I will do I want to add the Swede. As explained before, it's possible to click on all Wizard and we can define Swede. After to do this type of work, here I can just by the date. I have the Swede location and I need to select a phase. Here we can define one of these here. For example, I can define this one, or I could also define also this one. It depends about where I want to start. I can also start here. And we have the suede location, and we have also the end. If I click here, I can increase, just on these directions. It just increase 110, and 120, just like that. Now if I zoom metal bit, I can turn this render. When I go here, I have the type. This is in inches. If I wanted to change for example, in matric, I can change for metric to have something maybe little b comprehensive. After to do this work, I can also change. This one, we are going to increase. Here we have 1.2 and I will increase this one. We will change that and I will select. Something like this, it's definitely better. It depends about what we want to do, but I'm going to change the suite for something definitely better. Let's try something like 42 by se, just like this. After to do this work, I can validate, and I will upturn this render as you can see, perfect. The last thing that I'm going to do is just to click on my filet tools. On my filet tools, I will select this part. I will select this part like this. I will select this one, and the last point is to select this one. I will add a little bit rounded corner, not too much. Here, we have a value of ten. Can increase if we need just here. But definitely too much, I will just put a value of ten and validate my felt, like this. It's ok for that. Let's click here. First and change the display features and this view. I can add the materials, go the left sil mar part, go the materials features, and on the material features, I can define the appearance. I can also change the color just like this. 107. Create square: In this training, we're going to create a square. One of the first things to do is to select the top plane and we will create a sketch. To create this square, we're going to focus on this sketch, and I will select the center rectangles and create the rectangles from the center just like this. I will press scap selling the first line, and on the first line, I will define dimensions. On this area, we can change the dimension for 200, and we will click on this line and we will change the dimension also for 60. So what I need to do, I will select this construction line inside my rectangles, and this what to did it because it's not extremely convenient after when I want to add my circle. I will add my circle tools. I will create first circle on this area, will presskp, and after I will enter a dimension. So slic the circle, we can change the value here of the circle, and I will define a value of eight. We can dry and move little bit the circle, but I need to to have a position. For this, I will click on my small dimension tools, and I will silic the center here. To this part and I will define value. What value I will enter, I will enter a value of 14. One of the problem is as you can see, the sketch is going to move because it's going to move, I'm going to go out and enter a smart dimension for the sketch, or it's not going to work properly. Here I can validate my 200 and here I can validate my six t millimeter. So let's just prescp, smart dimension. Now I can select the center point to this line. I can define a value, and I will define 40 millimeter. Let's presskp, select the smart dimension tools and just click on this area here it's not working properly. Let's just click on the center point. Sometimes it is not extremely convenient and click on this line, and I will define a value of 14 millimeter also. Just like that. Thanks to that, I can have my element. Maybe I can craft a little offset is not enough. Maybe I can put 16 millimeter and on this areas, 40 millimeter, we can stay like this. I will craft a second circle. Let's select the circle tools. Stay on this axis and craft a second circle. We can enter a dimension of the second circle of six millimeter. I will press a scap. In this second circle, I need to enter the position. I can click on the smart dimension, selling the center, this line, and here it will be 14. I will click one more time on the smart dimension select this point. Select this line, and I can define my position. I will define a position of 40 just like this. If 40 is not enough, I think it will be pretty good. Now I just need to repeat this process on the right. Let's exit the sketch first, and we need to repeat here here and here. We have two options. I can use the features, but I can also come back on my sketch just here and click on edit the sketch. Inside, I will use mirror and tit as has explained before. I will select this two circles, mirror or butt, and I will click on this one and validate. Then I will click one more time or mirror entity, and I will create a frame of selection of this four cir curs, mirror or bad, and I will click here. I will just validate. Let's just take the sketch. I can create an extrusion, extrude buzz base. We need to select the sketch just here. One of the problems if I extrude here, it's not going to work properly because it's only the outline. I don't want this. I want to have yes, all the sketch. If sometime it's not convenient, select all the sketch here, extrude bus base, and I will define value. What value I will define? I will define a value of four just here, and I will just validate. After to do this work, I just want to add rounded corners, and for this, we can use one of these tools. I will be the felt tools. I can click on this line. Then I can click on this line. Dragon Move, click on this line, and Dragon Move, click on this line also. After to do this type of work, I can enter the value that I want on this area, and I will create a value of eight millimeter and I will just validate. The last step is just to add a preview, so I will click here, and I will just deactivate also the view of my different axis, and this is how we can create this square. If we want to add the materials, is definitely not a problem, I can add my part here, we have the part. We can select the materials here. Click on this area and I can define materials on this part. If I just want to color, I can just apply some color just here. We can also go on the advanced feature. Sometimes it is convenient for a simple reason that we can use this one and here we can increase here we have this value. We can change this value to increase. We can also change this value just like this, little bit, and I can increase a little bit also this value. After to do this type of work, I can validate, and this is an example about how we can create a square. It's okay for that. We can come back on the construction tree and just see this appearance. 108. Create bracket: In this training, we're going to create a part, and the first thing that we're going to do, it is to cretus surface. For this, we will select the front plane and crato sketch. On this front plate, what we can do, we can use the line tools here, and with the line tools, I can create a first line on these directions just here. This line, I will enter a dimension. So I can click on the line, go on the left, and I will apply a value of 100 millimeter. After I will click on this line, and I will define another one just here. I will click on this one, define also a value. Let's put a value of 80 millimeter, and here we can tape angles. What angles I will apply? Here we have 140, is preti better. I can also change a little bit for here we have 120. It's not exactly what I want to have, so I will tape Yes, just like that, we have 150. Something that I will use exactly it's 100. 48, just like this. After to do this work, I want to repeat this on the right. How to work. We can use the mirror entity tools, select, this line, first, and this line. Mirror or but I need to activate this work plane, and we need to activate copy also. Thanks to that, I can validate. We can create an extrusion, so Zoom little out, exit the sketch and create the extrusion with surfaces. So Extrude surface go on these directions, and here we'll change the direction for mid plane. What value will enter, I will enter a value of 400 millimeters and validate? After to do this work, we will create a new work plane reference plane. I will click on this face here, and we can create a work plane with directions. Here I want to change the direction, so I need to flip the offset. If it depends, if for example, I click reference plane and I define directly this axis, the direction will be directly okay, so we can also use this one. I will define upset like 100 millimeter, and then I will create on this plane, create a new sketch. So something that I will do first it's to convert entity. So we have convert entity here, and we can select this phase and we can select this phase to validate. So thanks to that, I can define the different center point. I will select my circle tools. Snap here to this point to find this center point just here, and I will create a first circle with a specific dimensions on the left. On the left, I will apply a value of 20 millimeter. Validate. After I will create a second circle, I will snap here, stay on this axis, and create a second circles. One more time, I will apply a value of 20 millimeters. Now I want to enter a distance, and I will use a smart dimension tools to define this point to this line, and I can extend on these directions, and I will define a space of 60 millimeter. I can repeat this circle on this area. I can use the symmetry tool, but in this case, just to show you again the way to process, I can create an der circle. First. Here I define the value of this circle, 20 millimeter. After I set the position with smart dimension tool, salic the center, salic this line, and enter the dimension that you want, and it will be 60 millimeter. Now I want to repeat this on the right. For this, I will use mirror entity, Cilic, the first circle, the second one, and the third one. The mirror a bat will be this line. Perfect. And I can just validate. Now the next step is to delete this different lines. For example here, I don't want this one, this one, and this one. It was just as a guide to crate circles and to position in the center of the circle, but I don't need anymore, so this is the reason for which I can delete this different elements. Let's exit the sketch, and we can create an extrusion, but with the surfaces. So to create extrusion with surfaces and to cut the extrusion, we need to select these tools, it is trims surface. So I can click on trim surface, select the trim type, and here it will be this sketch, and I need to select the surface this way. And I can just validate. So thanks to that, I can see the different holes and why it is useful because as you can see, even if we have an angle here, The circle perfectly have a perfect projection on the surface. So after to do this work, I will deactivate this type of view first. I will click here, and I just want to add thickness. So let's select insert both base, and we will apply second. What value I will apply? Here, we can define a value. I will define a value of eight here, and the second parameter will slect this one and I will just validate. Now, something that I would like to do it is to add a rounded corner. I will click on fill it, and I want to add a rounded corner on this part. I want to have a rounded corner on this part. I want also a rounded corner here, and I want also a rounded corner here. I will define a specific dimensions. Here we have 10 millimeters. It is not enough. Let's define a value of 20 millimeter and validate. That's it, it's perfect where I've created this part. I wanted to show you how you can start with the surface. After you can finish with second and a flat. Let's add a material. To add the material, I can select this part, and I will define edit appearance. After to edit appearance, we will go on the right appearance color, and I will select the metal features. Let's define aluminium and polished aluminium. Now if I want to have a better reflection, I can go in the left and select advance. In the advance, we can use illumination. Why I can use illumination because, for example, the specular amount for the render, I can increase this value. I can even put the value at one. Here we have the specular pred. Here, I can also increase this value. Not at the maximum because it fit at the maximum as you can see it too much. But I can do maybe something like this, and here this is a reflection amount, but it's work only for the real view. Here it's not going to change any things. When we go on the right here, we can also focus with the luminous intensity. For example, if it's not enough, this is why sometimes we don't see to merge the render because we don't have enough light. I can reduce here. I can reduce also little the specular amount and validate here. Thanks to that, I can turn this render. 109. Create book: In this training, we are going to craft a book. To craft a book, I will focus on first sketches and we will define these sketches directly on the front plane. After to do this work, I will craft two lines. I will sell my first line here and craft the first line, we can go on the left just on this area, so we can start a line. I can craft a midl line. I think it is the best, I can click here and we can define a midpoint line. I can start like this. Craft this line, I can press a scape. If I click on this line, as you can see, we have a value, and here we'll just change the value in millimeters and I will tape 120. After to do this work, I will create a second line. I will create a line here on this direction. And I will create another one on this direction also, just like this. I can salect this one and this one I can define a value. What value I will put, I will put a value of 30. After I will click on this line, and I need to have 120. Let's create a arc on these directions. I can click on this one and I don't need anymore. I can remove and just go on the three point arc, salic this point, this point, and we can go on this direction to create this arc. So let's select the line tools one more time. I can zoom a little bit, cut a small line on these directions. Then a small line on this direction until this part. Then another ones here. Another ones here, and another ones here. So thanks to that, I can obtain this render and just need to enter specific dimensions. Let's sl the small dimension tools, and here I can validate a constraint of 120 here 120, also, and I will click on this line and just change this value. A about that value that I will use, we can enter a value of four for this one, and I can enter also a value of four for this one, just like this. After if I just click on this area, we will have a value of 22, so it's perfect, and it will be okay for this base. Maybe I will increase a little bit. Here I wanted to start with four, but maybe six will be pretty better, so maybe I can increase with a value of six. If I just go in this direction, I can reduce with the value of 20. So now it's pretty good, and I can exit my sketch, craft an extrusion of this part, so I can use click on this sketch, extrude both base, and will focus on the two directions. Mit plane. What value I will define, I will define a value of 200. Here we have 240, little too much. We'll define a value of 200 millimeter. I can valid it. Now, I just need to create a sketch on this phase. Here we have this phase, as you can see. We can click here, create a new sketch. We will use the rectangol, rector gals from Center. I need to start my center point here, and we can click on this centerpoint. Draw and move until this one. And we can snap here, we can snap here, but it's not what I want to do. I will reduce little bit and do something like this. After to do this work, I will say this line and I need to enter a specific dimension. We can increase and we can enter a value of here we have 190 millimeter. It's not enough. I need to put 112 millimeters. 192 millimeters, it will be better. Exit the sketch, trade this part with trade bus space, and we need to only go on one direction. Let's just change mid plane for blend, and I will put a specific value. So let's just reduce here at 120, I arrive, but I want to create a little offset with 4 millimeters. This is why I will take 116 millimeters and just validate and I will upturn this render. The last thing that I can do is to click on this face on the top, so we can click on this face. Here we can press cap, click on the face on the top, create a new sketch, and we can use the text tools. I'll s the text tool. I don't need to craft a curve, that will just. Tape something will tape title. After to do this work, I can put the title just on this area. If I go on the left, I have a different type of options linked to property here. It is just something specific. When I go on this direction, you can deactivate use document font. When you click on font, I can increase the unit. I can take something like 12. I think it's not enough font. Let's increase with the value of 20 millimeter. And I can move my element. The element is located on this area. We can just change and put the element around here. It's two small one more times front. Let's tp 24. I can put my title around this part. I think it's pretty good, and we can validate, and I will obtain this render. Ex the sketch I keep just this font family. We can create an ex extract cut, and I will create a very small extion only maybe two millimeter, just like that. And I will just validate. It's okay for the creation of this book. After something that we can do, it is we can select multiple element. For example, if I click on this bus extrude and if I click on this bus trade, just like this. I have the possibility to work with appearance, and here we have the two bus extruded. We can put a value it can be something like the red color, both extrude number one and both extrude number two. After I can click on the cut text trod appearance, and here we have cut text trade. We can see this one here, and I can change for maybe ys, and I can just validate to have this render. Something that I can do also is to apply on faces this phase, this phase, and I can turn it to this face. We the possibility to edit the appearance, and we need to change. We have the faces selected, and we can put also just like this. 110. Create disk: In this training, we're going to create a disc, it will be interesting because we will use different type of features. We need to focus on sketch. For this, I will slic the top plane and create a sketch. To create this disc, we need to focus on circle and we will add also repetition. First things to do, let's slick the circle tools, create a circle defined from center, and after I will define the radius of the circles. My first circle will have a radius of 140. After I will create a second circle. One more time I can validate the circles, click on the circle tools, snap to the center, and create a second circles. We can define also a radius for the second circle, and I will put a value of 240. Validate. Now we have these two circle. Something that I would like to do it is to cratder one just here, and I want to put the circle in the model on this area. But I don't find the model. This is why I can cra a line and snap a line here until this point, press scape. Now if I click on my circle tools, I can find the center. I will start a circle going on the left, and I will define the value of this circle. What value I will put, I will put a value of 24 millimeters, and then I can press ascape. So what is the, the m is to repeat the circles around this area. And how I can process, I can just use the repetition and as explained before we can use circular sketch patterns. I can click here. We need to select entities to patterns and the point. By default, it is selected because I selected the sketch. But if I delete this, nothing is selected, you can just click on, for example, you escape first, and you can select circular sketch patterns. We have a point, we have arc one more times, so you select the circles. The point is by deft in the center, so it's okay zero millimeter and 0 millimeters, and I need to select the number of entities and the number of degras. What number of entities I will use, I will use the value of eight. But if we want to increase, we can increase. But in my case, I will just use a value of eight repetition, and I will put 360 degrees. Now if I just validate, you can see numerous circle who have exactly eight circle around this area. It is perfect to create an extrusion from this sketch, exit the sketch, and I need to use extrude bus base features, and we can select this one. Let's just apply a value. I will increase little bit my value. And what value I will put, I will put a value of 20 millimeter and just validate. So thanks to that, I can obtain this render. Here I have a material feature will change just after. Something that I can do first is to use a filet. I will select this part, and I will select this part to create my filet. Here we have a value of eight, we can change. Let's just put a value of four, and I will just validate to a little rounded corners on this area. At that say, this is how we can create, for example this type of disc, and by depot, I forgot here on this area to delete this appearance. So we can click here and right click remove the appearance to come back on this area. If I want one more time to add an appearance, I can come back to my part, and let's go first to change the display. And let's di select this view, and let's di select this view also. This is the appearance of this disc. I can also click here and we will change, so for example, we can select metals, and I have different types of options. Let's select, for example, if I just continue the polished aluminum. A further that, I can just validate. This is an example about what we can do. As you can see it's pretty al venu because we can just use one sketch to create this type of render. You don't need to create multiple sketches. Clearly, if you want to create this type of disc, you can only focus on one sketches and one extrusion. You don't need to, for example, to first sketch, to second sketch, and then to third sketch maybe to add the different circles. You don't need to do this. You can do in only one sketch. It is something extremely important to do. 111. Create vase: In this training, we're going to create a vase and it will be interesting because we will work with the low features. For that, we need to work in different sketch plane. First things to do, we have the top plane here. We need to work on different sketch plane, but first, let's click the top plane create a sketch. To craft this vase, we will use the polygon tools. Thanks to that, we can craft specific type of vase. I will craft my first polygon around this area. I will just go left click here. After I will press a scap, and I have the possibility to select this line and just define a parameter with the length of this line. Something that I will do, it will be a value of 30. After I will just validate exit the sketch. Now we need to focus on different work plan. This is a reason for which I will create a new work plan. I will go here and first reference plane. I will select this one and I will create offset. What type of value we will use for this offset here, we have a value of 60 millimeter, and I will just validate. After to do this work, I will silic this plane crato sketch. We will use the polygon tools one more time starting from this centerpoint, but we will turn like this to change a little bit. We will turn here. I will silect one of this slide like this one. I will change the value. We have 55, let just apply a value of 60. I can zoom little alot and we will obturn this render. I can also change the value if I just step 50, I will come back to my normal view, and maybe 50 is not enough, let's increase a little bit, and I will put a value of 50 s. Validate this sketch. After to do this type of work, I need to create a new sketch one more time on a new work plane. Let's go on this area and create a new work plane. Exit first, select here, new reference plane, and I will go on this one. Here by default, we have one more time 60 millimeter. I will reduce little bit with a value of 40 millimeter, just like this, and I will just validate. After I will crato sketch, I will silic this work plane rato sketch, and we will define one more time polygon starting from CenterPoint. We will reduce little bit and this time we will go in this direction. I can press a scap, sliced this line and on the right I can define a value, and what value I will define, I will define 20, and I can just validate, exit the sketch. We will create a last sketch with a new workplane, one more time, reference plane, and I will select the plane number two to create a new reference work plane, we have a value of 40, and we will reduce with a value of y. Let's click on this plane, create a new sketch. I will define one more time one of these tools, the Picon tools. I will snap here and this time one more time, will turn on these directions, just like this. After to do this type of work here, I need to snap on this area first. I will press a Skee select one of this line and on this line, I can define a value. What value I will define, I will define a value of 24. If I just turn around, we will upturn this render. If 24 is not enough, maybe we can increase little bit, just put 28. I think it will be pretty better and I can exit my sketch. Now we have these four sketches and I would like to create a loft, and I will select the loft voice base features. I will select this first line. Click here. As you can see, it's not working properly because I have my first sketch selected. Let's click on this area, slic this first sketch. Select this one, then slic this one, and then slici one. Thanks to that, we can create this type of vase. We can make adjustment, but in this case, I can keep this type of parameters and I can just validate. If I want to open inside, it is possible I just need to use as I explained before the shelf feature. Let's click on the shell features. Slick the face on the top, and on this area, we can define the number of millimeters. I will change my number of millimeters. I will change for example 44. And I can show the preview. The preview will be yes, just inside here, I can just validate, and thanks to that, we can have this all inside our vase. After it's okay for that, we have the possibility to change the display features for this one, we have also the possibility to deactivate the view of the different work plan. And we can create this type of vase. If I want to create appearance, it's possible using edit appearance. Here, I just need to focus on all the part. So here we have the last part so it's going to work, and I can define an element. It's not going to work. I'm going to remove this one here. We have the solid body where the part. I will click on the part here and open appearance on this area. I will click on this part. Thanks to that, we have now the parts selected. After that, we can define something specific for other ways. For other vase, I can go on the right. I can also use something little different. Also some glace features. I'm not sure it's extremely interesting. We can use this one, for example, we can also change for some this is a glas feature. I can be also some plastic. Depends about what type of vase we want to craft. And I can use glaze organic stone, or I can just put a color, just like this. But yes, I think in my case, maybe I can put something like we have also metals, and I can put this one al date. 112. Object modeling part 1: In this training, we're going to create an object. For this, I will select the top plane, and it's very interesting because we will see different features. For things to do, let's select the top plane, create a sketch. T c to have the modeling of this object, we will create a base. First, I will select a rectangle from center. Just like this, and I will enter two value. Setting the first line go on this area, and we will define a first value of 120. So I can tape 120. Then I will click on the second line, and I will put 120 also. After I will press a ska, I will click on this one and press delete, click on this one and press delete. To be sure to not have any problems, I will use a smart dimension tool to validate a constraint of 120 millimeter and a constraint of 120 millimeter here. Now let's slick the circle tools, and I can define a circle on this area. Press scap, and then just click on this circles, and just on the left, I will be able to edit this one. So what I can do on this area, I can just define the value of this circle. Here we'll apply a value of ten. I will zoom little out and even ten, it's little too much. I will reduce with the value of eight just like this. I will put with my smart dimension tools exactly the position, the cylx this point and this line, go on the directions and we will put a value of 16. And I will press a scap. I will click on my smart dimension tool, select this point, select this line, and I will go on these directions, and I will put a value of 16 also. Now I want to repeat on each corner. This is the reason for which I can use mirror entity, select this circles, mirror but this one. In validate. Then I can click on mirror entity again, this circles, mirror but this one. And I will click on mirror and tit, this circle, mirror bot, for example, this one. And I can just validate. Exit the sketch, just like this, craton extrusion to craton extrusion, I will click on extrude both base. And I will define a value of ten millimeter. After to do this work, let's apply a filet. I will click on my felt tools, select this line first, then slic this line. I will zoom little bit and slic this line, and also select this line. We can activate the full preview and the value, we can use the filet parameters, and here we have a value of ten. A filing is pretty good. I can just increase a little bit. If I want to respect the radius of my circles, I can change the dimension for 16 exactly. Thanks to that, it will be perfectly with the round of the circle, and I can just validate this. After that, we have this base first and we will be able to create another area on the top. For this, we will use the revolution to create another part. But before to do this type of work, here, I wanted to show you something. In this case, if for example, I wanted only to edit the circle radius. You don't need to come back with the historic. You don't need to come back with the undo panel. As I explained before, you can just go inside the bus and we have the sketch here. When you click on edit Sketch, something that you can do is just to change the radius. If I wanted to change the radius and define instead to have 16 millimeter. Here, I wanted to change, it's possible. I can click on this one. For example, you can press escape, you can click on this one. If you wanted to change, for example, a defined 12. First things to understand, is it will apply on all the symmetry features. But also if I exit the sketch, as you can see now, we have a value of 12 on this one. You don't need to come back to the historic panels. You can just use the features inside you edit the sketch, and it will be applied directly on the features bus extra. Now, I can click on edit Sketch. If I want to come back with a value, here we have a value of 16, I will click on this sketch and I will come back with a value of 8 millimeters. I can tape a value of 8 millimeters. After to tape this value, I can just validate the sketch. As you can see, it's going to one, we can go and exit and now we can come back with a value of 8 millimeters. 113. Object modeling part 2: We're going to continue with the creation of this object. After to create this base, I would like to create an der sketch, and thanks to that, we will use the revolve feature. I will slick the front plane and create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I can assume lit taller wo slick my line tools, and After to slick the line tool, we can just snap here to this print and create a first line on this direction. After to do this type of work, I will craft a second line on this direction, another one here, another one here, another one here, and I will come back to this axis to close my sketch. I just press a skep. We can see what, we can see horizontal and vertical constraint. I will click on normal one more times and I need to enter specific dimensions. Let's just use the smart dimension tools and apply dimensions on the different lines of my sketch. I can select the first one and define a value of 30 here, I can tape 30. I will click on this one, and I will define a value of ten. I will click on this one. I will define a value of 10 millimeters. And I will click on this one also, and on the last one, automatically, we will have mult dimension drivers and I can validate. I will also work on this direction. On this direction, we will work with the value of 40. On this line, we will work with the value of 40 also, and on this line, we will reduce to a value of 20. On this area, I will have a driven dimension for a simple reason that we are 40, 40, and 20. If we add all this millimeter, we'll obtain 100 millimeters. Let's just exit the sketch. We can use the revolve features, revolve boy space, and automatically, we need to select a axis of revolution and the axis of revolution will be this one. I can just validate. After to do this type of work, I want to craft all on the top on this area. One of the problem is here we have yes, one solid body, so it's ok, it means we merge directly the result, so it's perfect for what I want to do. I will select. I will do a little bit, press scape, select the face on the top, so it means this one, and I will create a new sketch. After to craft a new sketch, I will select my circle tools. Create a small circle on this area with specific diameters. What diameters will apply? What radius will apply, will apply 8 millimeters, validate the circles, edit the sketch, and we can create a hole. To create a hole, we have seen that it's possible to use extract cut. I can use the extract cut, and we can just cross like this and after to cross I can just validate the features. Now we have all here. Something that I can do just to finish it's to apply a filet. This is a reason for which we can use the filet tools, and I can click for example on this area. But I can click also on this area, and I can click also on this area. We need to apply a value. Let's just apply a small value and here I can take, for example, one millimeters. We can apply more, but in this case, 1 millimeter will be perfect for what I want to do, and I can validate. I will apply also another filet filet. I will click on this part. This part and also this part. Thanks to that on the left, I will use my Pilate parameters and here we will increase toll beat the value of 1 millimeter to create 3 millimeters. Validate the flit features. After to do this w, we can just activate a preview. Let's go on this area. First, first activate the shaded view. Second, we can just hide the plane, can the cradle, so it depends what you want to do, and we can up turn this render. If I want to do materials on this one, we can select the part. And on this part, I can click on edit appearance. After to edit appearance, I can just apply a color. But it depends about what I want to do. I can also go on the right and go into appearance color. Ts click, for example, we can have the plastic features, and on the plastic features, we have different type of plastic element. Here as you can see transparency features. It is not exactly what I want. I can use high gloss, also, can be interesting. If we want something with metal, we can use metal features also and I can use for example, polish steel or polished aluminums. It just validate. I can click on this area and this is how we can create this part. 114. Tap modeling part 1: In this training, we are going to see how to create a tap. So extremely interesting training to see one more time different features, and to create this tap, something that I'm going to do first, is to sedict one of this plane. What plane we will use, we will go directly on the right plane just here and create a sketch. Oh, after to do this type of work, I will select one of these tools. I will define first a circle, I will snap to this point, and I will define my first circle just like this. After to do this type of work, I will define a radius for my circle, so here on the left, we can define the radius. What radius I will define, I will enter value of ten millimeter. After to do this type of work, I can just exit my sketch. And I will create an extrusion of this element, so we'll use the extrude bus base features, and I will go on this directions. Here I can increase my value. I will change on this direction. We have 20 so I will apply the value of 20. Here we can also apply a scene feature as you can see. It is interesting because in this type of case, we will apply the sine feature. We will change the value just like that. So sine features. Here we have a value of four. We can also change with another type of value just like this, and we reduce the value of two, and I will just validate. A to do this type of work, I will add something here. Something that I can do. It's directly here, we have the whole wizard and we can add a suite. I can select the suite features here. I can just validate these options and we can put the suite location. So first, I will select this one just here. The suite will appear on this area. And after to do this type of work, here Side location. We have some information here, like for example, end condition. Ab the end condition, I will put 20 millimeter. Here the size is too big, we use the metric die, but definitely the size is too big, so I will reduce with another one. I think we can use 30 for two in this type of example. It will be pretty good, and I will be able to validate my suite just like this. After to do this type of work, I'll sylx this phase just on the front just like this. After to sylck this phase, we will be able to craft a sketch. I will go here, sylg the face, craft the sketch. Let's select the polygon tools. I will go to crate my polygon snapping in the center and just crate polygon on the directions. We increase little bit just like this. If I turn it as you can see, I think it's pretty good. I can select with line just like this. Here's to crato polygon again. I can press scape. We can also select here and define a radius. I can define a radius of 20 on my circle located here. L et's come back to the normal view. After that, I can edit my sketch, exit my sketch. Just to create another extrusion, so I will go on my extra tools, Extrude bz base just here. One more time can apply sil feature, but it's not really what I want to do in this type of case. A the value, we have a value of ten here. Maybe I can put here the value is maybe it's a little too much. I think I can reduce Here, we have a value of six. Let's reduce it a bit. The value of six will be pretty good and I will just validate. I will create another sketch just here on this face so I can click on this face and create a sketch. I will just crate a circle just in the midle to open, and I will crate the circle here. I'll define a value of ten millimeter. And I will create an extrusion. I will exit my sketch Extrude bus base, and we will invert the direction, so here I can invert the direction here. I think I put the bus extrude, it's not. It's extract cut that I want to do. We'll click on the extract cut. Here we can go on this direction. It really works, and we can extrude like this. Perfect. What I'm going to do is to click directly on this face and create a sketch also. I will define a circle one more time. I will go here and define a circles. This circle, I will define ten millimeter just like this. After to do this type of work, I want to crate a pass. To crate this pass, I will use the front plane, crate a sketch. On this front plane, I will select my line tools, just snap to this point. I will go on the directions as you can see. Co a first line, just like that. We need to create a first line just here. I will come back to this view, salt this line, and I will increase litle bit the size with 80 millimeter. After I will click on my line tools and craft an der line on these directions, here. This one, I will press a scap. Click on this line and define 20 millimeter. After we'll turn it little bit with a fleet, and I will seal it my filet tools. Just on this area, Sketch filet, we can click on this one this one. And just here. I will define a value. Here, we have a value of ten. I can increase little bit. Let's define a value of 12. It deactivate, keep constrain corner and just validate. That's it, I can use the revolve features. I just validate my sketch here, just like this. If I just double click, I have this sketch. Let's click here. Yes, I forgot to exit the sketch. Now it's going to be okay. So I have this sketch and I have this sketch. Something that we can do is to use one of these features. It is and this area the swept pos base features. You need to select a sketch profile, it will be this circles, and you need to select the pass. It will be this one to upturn this type of render, just like that. We can apply also scene features and a the scene features that will enter a value of four, just like this. Here, we have one directions, met plane, and two directions. If I just select, as you can see if you slick met plane, we obtain this render. First, I want to change, and I will just apply a value of two and just one direction exist here to go outside. I will just validate. If for example, I want to make little here, make adjustments definitely possible, and it's pretty fast to make other adjustments. So for example, if I come back to this bus extrude with the polygon, I can select this sketch, edit the sketch. For example, if here it's not enough bigger, I can select this circle, I put 20. I can change an increase for, for example, 24, and automatically if I exit my sketch, this element will be bigger. Like exactly when I select my sweep scene here. Something that I can do is to select this sketch. Edit the sketch. Here for example here, it's not enough bigger. I can put here and we can increase this size as you can see. I can also select this line. Here, we have a value, and I can increase maybe a little bit put value of 12, and I can exit my sketch to upturn this render. Just here. It is okay to crad this base first here. 115. Tap modeling part 2: We are going to continue with the creation of this tap. Something that I'm going to do is to select the top plane, and we can create a sketch on this top plane. Concretely, will define a circles. Here, we have this area, so we can define a circles just here. To define this circle, I will slick my line tools, and as you can see we have element here, we can snap to craft a line. But I need to zoom a little bit here on this area, and I will define my line tools. And here we can craft a line snapping on this area, and the line can go until here first. After I will click on this line, and I will define a value. I will define a value of here ups 70, so I will tape 70 millimeter. Thanks to that, I can zoom little bit, and I will use my Midol point here. I will click on my circle tools, and I will snap to the Midol point on this area. I will craft a circle just here, a little bit bigger. That this part, and I will define value. I will define a value of 40 here. I wanted to try with 16, but maybe it will be a little bigger and finally, I think 16 will be great, so I'm going to adjust with 16 finally. After to cred this one, I can click on this line, so it means I can press skep first, click on this line and just press d it. I will exit my sketch just here. And create an extrusion. I will click on the sketch Extrude bus base here. Something that I need to do is to go onto direction. I will change blend for met plane just like that. After that, I will reduce a little bit, here we have 16. I need to change that. What value I will apply? I will apply a value of here worth 28. Maybe it's little, it's not enough. In my case, I will apply a value of 30, and I will just validate like this here. It's okay for that. Now what is the. The m is, just on this area, we can use directly the filet features. We can apply our felt. For example, I can apply the filet here just like this. I can define value here too. I will reduce for example, a value of two here. I will apply also on this edge just value of two, and I will just validate just like that. I will just click on this area also here. We'll a little bit. Click also. We can click on this edge. We have also the face, so I can slick fell it again. If I click here, I can also increase the size on this direction, but if it's too much, definitely the render won't be good, but we can increase until maybe four millimeter, and I cannot turn this render just like that. At the same time, I will click here. And I will apply a felt also fil. And here, this is the same. We can increase the size. Here we have eight. If we have eight, maybe we can obtain this type of render and can be pretty good also. Here. But I think it's a little too much. I will come back to this fil features and heed the features. Let's just change. Let's put maybe four millimeter. Think it will be a little better. Here. After to do this type of work, I'm going to continue a little bit. And something that I will do is to click here and craft a sketch. I will craft a sketch. I will see my circle tools just here. One of the problems, yes, I can see the center with my bus, it's good. I will create a first circle just like this, and this first circle, we have a value of six, and I can exit my sketch. Let's create a first extrusion, extrude bus base. We'll create a small extrusion with just one direction. Here it will be blinded and I will change the value of this extrusion with only a value of two millimeter, and I will validate. After I will click again just here, create a sketch. I will go in the center, create something smaller with just a value of two millimeter and exit the sketch, and I will create an exclusion. Extra bus base. I will go on these directions. Just here. Here we can put a value of what the value of ten, Let's increase a little bit. The size, Let's put a value of 12 just on these directions, and I will just validate. After that, I will click here, create an order sketch. Craft an order sketch here. Selling the circle tools one more time we can snap to the center and craft something with this time forime. Just like that, create an ex. Just with hoops. Let's just craft an extrusion. I will select this catch extrude, and I will increase a little bit my size, what size I will use? Well not put too much, but I can increase with maybe four millimeter. Perfect. The last thing that I'm going to do is to click on this face on the top, craft a sketch one more time. I will use one of these tools. I'll silic my rectangle tools just here, and silect to center rectangles. I will make adjustment. IE silk my line tool is pretty better, and here I need to Zoom bit. We need to try to define the center. Will I find my center, I can go here. Yes, I can define my center. I can go on this area, and first craft a first line as a guide. This line I can click here. I can define value of sit. After to do this type of work, I will craft a der line on this direction. Here. And this line I can click on this, and I will define value of 1.2. After I will create another line from here. On this direction, I can zoom litle out until around this area just here. I will zoom little bit. Click on my line, and I will define two value the first value here will be the line, and I can define a second value with an angle, and I will define a value of here we have eight. I just need to repeat this. I think eight, it's a little too much, let's just define a value of six. And I will click on my line tools, Crato line from this point to this line. Now, something that I'm going to do is to just repeat the process in the order side. So mirror entity, entity to mirror, we need to see this line, this line, and this line, and mirror but we need to select this one. Just like that. After I will press escape, I will select this line press delete. Something that I will do is to repeat the process on the other side with one more times the mirror entity. I will select entity to mirror. One more time, I will click on ops, this line, this line, and this line, and mirror but, I will click on this one. I'll just validate. Here. I will complete with a fillet. I will select my Fillet tools, click on this line and this line. And I will change the value. Here, lecture Zoom is also line selected, I think no. Let's select entity to fill it just this. Yes. This one and this one, and I can just validate. Here you have keep corner constraint. I'm going to deactivate just validate, and I will obtain this render. Now I want to repeat these features around. Something that I can do is to create the circles, starting in the center, just like that, can Zoom little bit, and crato circle here with a value of four, just like this. After to do this type of work, I will repeat using Here we can find the circular sketch patterns. I need to define on this area. We have entity to pattern, and here you can define the circle. But if you define the circle as you can see, it's not pretty good because this is a point number one. This is why I need to change my point and select this one, point number one. Now you have entity two patterns, and here on this area, I need to select entity to patterns. I will click here, click here. Click here, click here, click here, and click here. Thanks to that, I can repeat. On this area just four times, I just need to repeat four times, it will be pretty good and I can validate. Lets just craft adjustment, and for this, I can use the trim entity tools. On this area, we have trim entity just like this. I will select trim to closest and I just need to remove this one, this one, this one, and here we can open, and each time we just need to remove this different part. And that's it. We have created this element, we can just validate, exit the sketch, craton extrusion, extrude buzz base. We'll turn this render, and I will decrease my value with dt two millimeter. And I will just validate like this. And if we want to make a bit more adjustment, After I can click here, crate a sketch, again, crate a sketch. I will zoom ittle bit, salg My circle tools, just define the center, and create another one with a radius of four, validate, exit the sketch, and crateder extrusion. Oops it is extra craton order extrusion with extra bus base. And the value will be two millimeter. I will complete with a filet, and I will crate a filet here here here and here, and on the back, I will apply also a filet I think I can apply a filet also on this area, this area, this area, and also this area. We can define a value here, filet parameters. If I just define a value of one, you can see this parameter just here. If I just valid, I will obtain this render. I will go on the top just on this area. And I can apply also filet, just like this, here we value can increase with maybe value of two, just like this, and we'll turn this render. Here. I will continue fill it because I want also to apply oder filet on this area. Here we have a radius of two, but we can also increase if we need. If for example, I apply four, we can obtain this render. I I apply six, we'll obtain this render. Something that I will do it just to apply a value of two. I will validate. And I can also click here, cratonoder fill it just on these directions, and if I put a value of four, I will be able to mix to obtain this render. J here. We can do moxing, but I think we are going to stop to create this base, and I can click on this area and just change the view for this view. As you can see, this is an example about what you can do to create this type of element. We can adjust different size. I wanted to try like this, but we can make some adjustment if we need. I will be able to click on my part to select Edit appearance and on it appearance, adjust silic appearance, just here, select we have different options. We can use also metals, something like polish may be called just like this. Here. We can also use brace, can be isting, just select the polish called, or maybe the polish brace. I think it will be pretty better. I can just validate, go on the left, and here we the advanced features. One more time in the advanced features, I can select illumination and increase the specular amounts, and here we increase also this value little bit. And that's it. 116. Pipe modeling part 1: In this training, we're going to craft a pipe and it's interesting because we will use one more time different type of features. To craft this pipe, first things to do, I will select the top plane, and we will be able to work directly with one of these features and we will salect the circles. I would like to use the swop features after, so I will just craft a circle process scap, and Ab the circles, I will define dimensions. What type of dimension I can define? I can use my smart dimension tools, and we can directly enter a dimension, but let's just apply a value of 40 millimeter. In this case, I can apply the constraint, but if I don't want to apply the constraint, it's also possible to not add this dimension case. In this case, I will click on this circles, and I will change directly here for a value of 48 the sketch. After to do this work, I need to create the pass, and to craft the pass, we will focus on the front work plane, create a sketch. After to do this work, I will sing my line tools, create a line on these directions. And I will craft my first line here, and I will craft a save on line on these directions. I will change the value of this line. Here we have the first one, as you can see, and I need to increase the value, and I will increase with a value of 200. I will click also on this line, and I will change the value for 200. I need to apply a rounded corner here, and this is a reason for which I can come back to this view first and I will select Sketch fillet, and we can use sketch filet tools. I can select this line in this line. So we can craft the filet. I think it's not working properly. Press eskep first, the select everything and select the filet tools one more times. I will define this line in this line and I will increase the value of this fleet, and we will apply a value here, if I just turn a little bit, we can apply your value. We have 100. T just decrease little bit with 80 millimeter. Validate the sketch filet, exit the sketch. Here we have the construction. If we don't want to have the construction, I can come back to this area, edit, do the sketch, and just redo again the last action with filet. But I will deactivate, keep constraint corners. Sylx this line, sylx this line, and I can craft my fleet. But here we just deactivate the constraint. Let's just validate. I will use the sweep features. We have seen that to use a sweep feature, it's possible to create to select a sketch profile and then to follow a pass. The sketch profile, what it will be. It will be the circles, and here's the pass to follow, it will be this one. T thanks to that, we can obtain this render. If directly, I want to have a hole in the midle, I can apply a scene feature, so one more time, we can see this type of things, and I can apply a value. I just apply a value of ten and validate, just like that. So something that I will do now it is to create like a junction. I want to craft a junction here and a junction here. How to do this, I will select this face and create a sketch. Directly on this face, I will zoom little bit. Crate a circle, you need to snap to the center and create a first ser cur going to this part. You need to craft a second circle bigger around this area. Now if I click on the first circle, the value is 40. If I click on the second circle, I need to define a value and I will define a value of eight. I will press a scap, Cilic my circle tools a little bit. We need to create a circle here, and something that I can do is to start my circle around this area, just like that, and we can apply your position with a smart dimension tool. I can click here and I can click here, and I can define a position maybe from the center point, it will be pretty good, and I can define a position of 68, just like that. I will press a scap, and something if we want to center. It's also possible. I can undo this actions and for example, delete, Yes, just the circles. I can also create a line just snapping to this point until this point, just like this. If I select my circle tools, I can go in the center now, and we can also do something like this. Maybe it's pretty better, and I will remove my line. Then I will select the circle, go on the left, and I will define the value of eight millimeter. We have seen that it's possible to create circular patterns, and I would like to do this directly inside the sketches. On this area, we can select circular patterns. I can zoom, select directly the entity to patterns, it will be the circles. And after we need to have the center point and one of the problems, the center point I don't have the good location. This is why in this case, it is a perfect example about where to position a different center point. The center point need to be here. I can click on my center point, delete, and I can select a new center point in the Midl just here. I can click on this area, and I need to select my new center point here. If it's not working properly, you have also the possibility to select another type of parameters. Sometimes it's definitely not very convenient when you want to use this type of patterns. Let's select circular patterns again. I would like to define the center point here. Now it's going to work properly, and now I'm going to select the entity to patterns and it will work. But here we have 260 degrees. Let's increase the number of entity for eight and just validate. The sketch, we can craft an extrusion, extrude both space. On this area, we can extrude with a specific value. What value I will apply? I can apply a value of here we have ten, here we have 20, will apply a value of 20 millimeter. 117. Pipe modeling part 2: We are going to continue with this training. We have created, as you can see, using these features, and we have created this element. I want to repeat this process, but I want to do this on this area. I can click on this face, create a sketch, and we will do the same type of work. First, I can create a first circle until this part, we can snap. I will craft a second circle also and I will enter the same dimensions. Select the first circle, we need to have 40 millimeter, select the second circle, and on the second circle, we need to have 80 millimeter. Here I can change for 80 millimeter. After to do this work, I can use my line tools to craft a base. I can craft my base on this area. Snap to this point until this point. We have a value of 30, I can press scape, select my circle tools and snap to the center point. After that, I defined the value of the circule. We have put a value of 8 millimeters, and now I can repeat this circule with the circular patterns features inside the sketches. Let's slick here, circular patterns. I can go in this area. It is interesting because automatically here, we have the right center point. Sometimes it's not the case, in this case, we have the right center point, I can increase the number of circle around. Something that I will use is 260 degrees. On the number of entity, we will put also a value of eight and I can validate. Let's just exit the sketch. After to exit the sketch, I will craft an extrusion, so extrude here, and we can select the sketch. We have put a value of 20 millimeters and it is perfect. If I just want to finish little bit, why not to apply a fillet, so I can use the filet tools, and we can click on this area. After to click on this area, I can define a value. Definitely 10 millimeters is too much. We can reduce. Let's put, for example, four millimeter. I can also go on this area and put a value of 4 millimeters, just like that. If I zoom a little bit, we have this value. One of the problems is here, the selection is not pretty good, so I need to come back because I have two solid bodies. I think the second extrude was not patchy good. This extrusion is not good. I need to redo again extrude bus base. I need to salect this face, or I can select the sketch first. Extrude bz base. And here we need to merge the result. I think the result was not merged. This is why it was not pretty good. I need to select this one, merge result, and validate. A the solid body, If I just go here, we have this extrude and this extrude. In this type of case, if we have a problem, we have two bus extrude, we have the possibility to use the features insert features combined. In this case, I can select the bodies to come back. It can be this one and this one, and I will just validate here. And if I just validate, I have two bus extrude. Maybe something is wrong if I just click on this area. Maybe the extrusion was not on the right face. I will come back just here. Let's take a glance, but here. Maybe we have offset. I can turn around. Maybe something is wrong. I can set my sketch just on this area. Extrude both base. And we need to slick this one, yes. It was because I didn't selected this one. Now if I slick this one and this one, it's going to be pretty better, and I can merge the result. Now we just have one solid body it's going to work, and I can just validate. If I use my pilate toms, I can now apply my value just here, and I can also apply my value on this area with 4 millimeters. Ft parameters, we can apply four, just like this. If I wanted to add an dph, it's possible, but I think it's definitely enough. Just go here, change for shade. After to change for shaded, it is also possible to click here. Deactivate this one, deactivate the cred. On this area, I can just change. We can try another type of render. I didn't put any materials, but it's possible we can select the part, a appearance. Click here. After to click here, I can define one of these options, let's select plastics, and about the plastic, I have different options. Let's sick, for example, satin finish, and we can use one of these. Perfect. 118. Spatula part 1: In this training, we're going to create a spatula. For this, we will see different features, and the first things to do we'll be able to create surfaces, and we can start with the front plane. Let's create a sketch and I will define a line and the line need to start from the center point. We can create a line on the left just here. I will press a skep, click on this line and just change the dimensions. Let's apply a dimension of 100 millimeter. After I will validate this line, craft a second line starting from the center 0.1 more time, and we can go on this directions. Press cap. I will click on my line and define two parameters. The first parameter will be the length of the line. We will apply 40 millimeters, and we can also define angles. So here the angle is little too much. We can change that with the value of 40. So we will apply a value of 40 degrees. Validate this line and create an no der line starting from this point, just on this direction horizontally. Let's just click on this line and define also a value on this area. What value I will apply here, I will apply a value of 20. This is the base of this sketch to create this patula. Something that we can do is to validate this sketch, exit the sketch, and I want to craft a next vision. I think maybe if I just go here, yes, it's pretty good. I need to create extrusions. For this, we will use surfaces. Extrude surface. After that, I need to change to go on the two directions. Let's just change directions for mid plane. We will increase the value. We need to define here where the value of 100, is the most pretty good, but I will put exactly a value of 80 millimeter and validate. After I can upturn this render and something that I will do on this surface is first this to add sickness. We have seen that it's possible to add sickness with insert. When we go on both base, we can find second. I will define second. I will select this part, and I will define a value. I just need to apply a very small value because it is a spatula, so I can define a value of two, even a value of one, I think will be pretty good for the thickness. Here we can work on one of these direction. Let's just work here and validate. I would like to add little rounded corners, but before to add the rounded corners on this area, we will create a new sketch. The new sketch need to be on this face, or we can also create a new work plan little bit on the top to really see in details how to process. Let's click on reference plane. I will just click on this one, Crato small offset, 10 millimeters, and on this new reference plane, create a Sketch. Something that we need to do it to recuperate this geometry just here. We have seen that it's possible to click on Convert entity here. When we go on the option, you have also silhouette entities. I'll just click on Convert entity, I can click on this one, this one, and this one, and I only need to convert this one, it's going to be enough, so I have these three lines. And I will complete with the Noder line. I will click here and complete with a Noder line, and do another one on these directions. Here. After to position this line, I can click on this area, and I want to enter a specific distance. Here I can dragon move this line, as you can see. I will press a scap, click on the line tools and create another one on these directions. And when I click on this one, I will define a dimensions. What value I will define, we will define only a dimensions of 12 just here, and I will be able to take this point and to snap to this one. After to do this work, I can click on this line, delete and craft a no door one starting from this print until this extremities here. I want to repeat the process on the order side, and I will use the mirror entity select this line and this line. Mirror but we need to select this work plane, and I can just validate. Now something that I would like to do I would like to craft an extrusion and to use the cut extrude only on this part and this part. This is why I will select my line tools and concretely what I will be able to do it just to craft a new line this point to this point to this point. Thanks to that, we have this part. I will do the same thing on the order side, and I will snap to this point until this intersection and this intersection. Oops, I think it's not working properly. Yes, just like that. If I just press escape. One of the problem is here as you can see it's not totally closed. Something that I can do first, is to click on this line and delete. Click on this line and delete, click on this line and delete. We can craft a link or we can only crate here and repeat the features on the order side. It means if I want, I can make the choice to remove this one to only keep this one. Exit the sketch, rat ext, extrude b base. Not trade bus plane trade cut on these directions, and here we can remove materials validate. I will repeat this process on the order side. This is why I will use my mirror features here. Mirror face plane, it needs to be the front plane, this one, and the features to mirror needs to be the last cuts extrude. And validate also perfect. Now let's just add a little rounded corner on this area. And I will use filet. Let's click on fillet, select this edge first, and then I will select also this edge. Yes, this one. What will be the value here by deft we have ten millimeter? I think it's pretty good, so I will apply this value of ten millimeter. It is okay for this first part. We have created the base and after we'll continue with the second part on this area. 119. Spatula part 2: We are going to continue with the creation of this spatula. For this, we are going to focus on this area and to for this spatulas handles. First things to do, I will move here, and I would like to create an oder part, so it means an oder bodies. First, I will create a new reference plane. Reference plane, and I can start, for example, from this one, and I will create offset on the right. So first, we will let a dimension here, first, just to crate a separate body, and I will click here and crate a sketch. After two crate a sketch, I will define a center rectangles. To define this center rectangles here, we need to find the center of this part. Here we have this part and we can define the center. Center rectangles here. When we are on this view, it's not working properly, so to come back to my normal view. When you click here, you can see the center point, but definitely it's not extremely convenient. If I Zoom here, you can find s the center point and after to snap to the center point, you can extend. I'm going to show you again, you select the rectangle tool center rectangle, you Zoom little bit. And when you arrive here, you will have a small axis like what. You are perfectly in the medle. Sometimes you need to zoom or you can also go in these directions, and you can snap. After to do this rectangle, we can enter some dimensions. So I will click on this one. We can define dimensions. What dimensions, I will apply? I will apply a dimension of 40. I will click on this one, and I will also increase the dimension with 24. We'll zoom it toll out and we will turn this type of rectangles. After to do this work, I can validate my sketch. Exit the sketch, and craton extrusion with extrude bus base, we will go on this directions as you can see. But the value that we will apply here at 240 Is may be a little too much, or I can focus on only 200 at the base I wanted to work with 200. I think it can be enough, and I will validate. Let's just add also rounded corners. For this, I will use fill it. Click on this edge, this edge, G in the other directions, and we can click also on this one, and also on this one. I will define the value. Let's just change here where ten millimeter, it's too much. I will change for a value of 4 millimeters and validate. I will then click on this face, create a new sketch because I want to have a hole in this area. For this, something that I will do is to create a rectangle from center rectangle center rectangles, and I will start my center rectangle around this part. I will press a skep. I will enter my smart dimension tools, position first dimensions. Here we will tape a value of 28. Then I will click on this one. And I will also apply your dimensions. And here I will apply your dimension of 20. Maybe I can increase a little bit this one, just rat 34. If I want to have the position in comparison of this line, we can use small dimension also, click on this line and click on this line, and we can enter a specific dimensions. Let's put the dimension of 20 and it's perfect for the location. After that, I can exit my sketch rat using trate cut, and I can go on these directions, validate. After to do this work, I think it's pretty good, maybe we can make little change. What I can do, I can click on this face. But before to click on this face, I can use felt. You can for example, click on this face and apply a small filet at the end. I don't need to apply a too big value. For example, if I define a value of eight for this face, not going to work properly. So we define just a smaller value like for example four, and I will just valid it. I will repeat the same thing on the order face. So Let's click on this one and add a filet also. Here the face is selected that will apply for millimeter. Now as you can see, we have two solid body, this one and this one. I would like to move the body here, and to move this body until this area, will select another tool, so Insert features. As explained before, we have the possibility to use Move Copy. In the move copy option, you need to select the bodies and you can select the bodies. Just before to select the bodies, and to move, I will apply the material just before it will be pretty better. So first, we have two solid bodies. I can select this one and define appearance, and I can define the appearance on the body. When I go on the right, I can find some options. I can go into appearance color, and here will silic metals, and we can think aluminium can be pretty good, and we can use something like polish aluminium and validate this one. Then I will select my second body. I will select the second fleet appearance body. I will go on the right, we can change that. It can be make for wood or plastic. If for example, I try with plastic here. I can define this one and we have the different type of options. L gray. We can also use this one and define why not a different color. I can maybe crit something like a green color. I can also click on this one, validate and just define a green color for this part. And validate this one. After to position this, I can dry and move this body to this body. Let's use one more time insert, features. On this direction, I can use the move copy features. I will s this element. I will drag and move. Here, we have copy. I don't need to copy. I just need to dragon move on these directions like this. We can just enter a little bit inside. And I define values. For example, 50, I think 56 will be good, and I can just validate. Perfect. That's it, it's okay for that. Let's finish the work. I can just this view of the different element, and I can activate also the shadowed view, just like this. H. 120. Hinge modeling part 1: In this training, we're going to create inch, it will be very interesting because we will work with different part creation. After to create this part creation, we'll be able to add the materials and create an assembly with these different parts. So first things to do, let's craft the first part, and I will use the top work plane and craft a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will craft a rectangle, directly, a corner rectangle will snap to this point, and I will craft the first part of my hinge, just like this. After I will press a skep, I will click on one of this lines, so it means this one, and I will define dimensions. So one dimension I will use, I will just apply a dimension of 60. After I will zoom a little bit, and I will click on this one, and I will enter a dimensions also, and we will apply a dimensions of 40. So this will be the base of my e. Now, something that I would like to do is to position a circles and I will position a circle around this area. After to do this type of work, I will press a scap, click on the circles. On this circle, I will define a value here, and I will define a radius of four millimeter. After to do this work, I'm going to move the circle, I want to set a position for this circles. And for this, we will use the smart dimension tool, click on this part, click on this line. Go on this direction, and we will apply a specific value of ten. One of the problems is, as you can see, the sketch is going to move. So I'm going to come back and apply my smart dimension tools to define directly my dimension of 60 here and my smart dimension tool to apply a constrain dimension on this area. So now after to have this constrain dimensions, I can use smart dimension tool again and define the distance between my circles and my elements. Something that I can do it to slick smart dimensions, I will click here and I will click here, and I will define a value u value I will define will define value here. We have ten. Maybe I can increase a little bit. Let's put ten. I will click also on the center point. I will define this line, and I will enter ano value, and one more time, we will apply ten. I will craft a second circle, click on this circle, craft a second one on this area. Just here. One more time I will define a value of 4 millimeters, and after to do this work, I need to create a construction line. So I will select my construction line here and select the center point of this line to the center point on this line. Click on this line, convert to four constrictions. So thanks to that, I can repeat this one and this one here and here. To do this type of work, we can use mirror entity. Entity to mirror this circle and this circule. But before to use this, I just need to do something more. It is with a smart dimension tool to define the position from this print to, for example, this line, and I will define 20, and so here we have little space. Maybe I can increase a little bit more and I can define 21. I will click also from I will press a scap, this point to directly dimensions between this line. Let's do this again, smart dimension, this point, this line, and I will pull on this area and I will let little bit more dimensions with a value of 12. So now I can use my mirror entity. S mirror entity, select the first circle, the second circle, mirror a butt. We will click here, and I will be able to validate. So perfect. We have this sketch, I can select this construction line pres delete. I don't need anymore. Exit the sketch and craft an extrusion with the extrude buzz base. I will define the value, the direction number one, and I will change the value here. What value I will apply will value a value of two millimeter and just validate. Just like this. I will add little rounded corners filet. With the filet tools, I will select this base, and I will salect this base, and I will on the left change the value of this radius, and we will apply a value of 4 millimeters for this radius. And just validate. Now we'll focus on another sketch, we need to select this face on the front plane. We click here. We can select the front plane and create a sketch. I will select the circle tools and we need to start from this point, snap to this point, and we need to define a circle snapping also to this point, so we can snap here. So O of the problem is I have offset. It is a problem, I need to dry and move this point, and we need to snap on this area. If it's not working properly, silic the circle, I'm going to Zoom and redo the action again, click on the circle tool, we need to snap here. And we need to arrive on this area, and normally if we snap, we have two millimeter. That's perfect. After to do this type of work, I can create an extrusion, ops, I will exit the sketch extrude but space. Don't forget here we will merge the result, and I need to increase not on this value I will change and invert the directions, and I need to position a value of 60 millimeters. Letter step 60 millimeters validate, click here, and now I will create all in the midle also. I will select another phase. We will click on the same work plane this one just on the front and create a new sketch. Press a set, silic this one. Create a sketch. After to do this work, I will silic my circle tool and need to snap to the center point. For this, we can use, for example, this print, and when we arrive here, we can define the del. Crate a circle change the dimensions here, and we can apply a value of 1.4 millimeter validate. I can turn around Zoom little out, exit the sketch and crate an extrusion with extra cut. With the tracal tool, we can go in this direction. We just need to cross so you can change the parameter if you want or you can just pull like this to be sure, and you can just valid it, and we can create this type of all on this area. Something that I can do at this moment, is to save, and it will be our first part. I can click on save on this area, we can go save to this computer. To this computer, this is a part number one, so I will craft the part number one, and I will click on save just like this. Something that we will do it is to mirror this part to save as a part number two. Something that I can do it is to use here, we have the mirror features, and mirror face plan, we can just use this one here and feature to mirror, I need to select the bodies and just click here. Thanks to that, we can mirror on the left. It will be perfect and I can just validate. Here as you can see, will be the base of our e, but we need to not do this type of work. I need to only repeat and to not copy. You will understand why after. So we click on mirror and one more time, I can select this one. And I'm not going to apply merge two solids here and just apply body to mirror. Here. If I just go on this option, we can find the full preview here, we have the feature to mirror, and we have the bodies to mirror on this area, and I will select this one. Thanks to that, I can repeat on this area, just like that. This is the first possibility. The second possibility that we can do it is to go on insert features, and we can just use the move copy features. I'm not going to copy in this case, body to move to copy, and I will click on this one, and I will create a rotation just like this, will be pretty good, so I can create my rotation, 180 degrees on this axis. We can also if we need dragon move, and we can also dragon move on this axis just like this. It is also a possibility. But the first things to do, I think the best things to do just to turn, we will turn around just like this. I will put a value of 180 degres, just here. 180 degres. Here we can change also the location of some transformation point, as you can see, but in this case, I will just only turn. It was not working properly. Let's redo again. Let's select features. Move copy, click here. I will turn around. I will snap to 180 degrees and I will just validate. Oops. One more time, it was not working properly. Let's do this again. Insert figures. Move copy. Let's click on this area. Turn around and I need to arrive at 180 degrees. And here I need to check to have the right dimension. I will take 180 degrees. Yes, just on this area, we can check 180 degrees and press enter, and now it's working properly, just like this. We can even craft the offset if we need, so we can go and insert features. Move copy again silque more time on this one. We can craft the offset on this direction close to the front plane just like this. Here we can dragon move on these directions. Something that we can do is to apply here, we have minus eight. I need to check something. Normally, if we crate to offset on 38 will arrive perfectly at the intersection on this work plane, and I can just validate perfect. Now I will save my work fake face save to this computer. But we need to be careful because in this case, I need to go and file, save not to this computer. I will click and save as new. Now I will define the part number two. On the computer will save save as new to create the part number two. Now we have two parts as you can see, the part number one and the cart number two. 121. Hinge modeling part 2: We are going to continue with the creation of this hinge. We can come back to the part number one, so here this is the part number one. On the Part number one, something that we are going to do it is to create a new reference plane. This new reference plane will go directly. We can sd for example, this phase, and we can create offset plane. The offset plane, we can just define a small value. Let just step something like eight for the offset distance, validate. I will click on this plane. Create a sketch. After to do this work, we will create multiple rectangles corner rectangles. I will zoom little just here, and I will snap to this point first, and we need to create multiple rectangle. I create this rectangles, and I need to enter a dimensions on this area. Here we need to have a dimensions, and this one will have a value of 12. After this one, we have a value of four, I need to repeat a lot of rectangle like this. Each time I create a rectangle just here, and I click on this line and I define 12. One of the problem is the other rectangles can move as you can see. This is why it's better to enter a constraint distance. First, let's create multiple rectangles. Just like this, I need to create exactly five rectangles. You will understand why, and the last one will snap until these corners. So let's define the smart dimensions. I will click on my Smart dimension tool, select this first one, and I will define 12. I will click on the second one and I will define 12. The total is 60, so five by 12, we will upturn 60. Here I can turn 12 also, here we'll define 12. Normally the last one, I will have a driven dimension with 12 also, perfect. After to do this type of work, I can create an extrusion on this part, so I will exit my sketch. Zoom little bit and I will create an extrude but with extrude cut. On this area, I will be able to extrude for example this one, and to extrude this one. Just the two ones induct this one and this one. And I will just validate and I will obtain this render. Now I need to do this on my part number two, but this time we will remove this part and we will remove this part. So how to do this. I can go on five here, and I can open or I can just open resent part one part two, or you can just click on open. It's going to be same because if I click on open, I can also select my part. Depending on what you want to do, I can go on five, for example, open resent part number two, and I can repeat the process. I will define a reference plane because here, new reference plates slic this face, and one more time eight millimeter. Let's click on this reference plane, create a sketch. One more time we'll slick the rectangle tool, snap to craft a first rectangle here. Craft a second one, create third one on these directions. Craft a four ones and craft, the fifth one, the last one here. It's very convenient to snap with this software. It's extremely ergonomic, and I will come back to my view, normal two view. I will define my different dimensions. Small dimension, each time I just need to apply a value of 12. 12 for this one. D 12 for this one. 12 validate with ter, 12 validate, and this one we will apply a driven dimension with 12 because we have a total 60 millimeter validate. In this part, number two, we will exit the sketch and craton extrusion. To extrude, I can use the extrude cut, but this time instead to use this one and this one, I will select this one, salect this one and silic this one. I will go on the left and validate this extruion, perfect. Thanks to that, we have the two parts just here. Something that I need to do is to crack two more part. First, when I go on this area, I need to save here this part. I need to save to my computer one more time. If I just go back to my part upon rec we the part number one just here, and we can click on Safe to this computer. Something that I will do is to create a new part, five new part, validate, and I will activate one more time this one and this one, and I will create a new element on the front plane. I need to slick the front plane and craft a sketch. On this front plane, we will use the circle tool just crate a small circle to be able to link my two hinges, and here on the left, I will define a value. The value need to be 2.4. Here 2.4 for the radius, just like this. And I will be able to validate and something that I will do to exit my sketch. After to exit the sketch, I have 2.4, I can extrude here, and we will go on the two directions. I will go the two directions with mid plane, and I will increase the value with the value of 60 millimeters, so it means the size of my hinge, and I will just validate. One of the problem is it's probably too big because if I come back here, so I created a new part, but we have the part one and the part number two here. First, I will save this one and I will go on file. Save to this computer, and I will define the part number three first. Something that I can do is to go on fine and here open recon, we can come back to the part number two. When we go on this area, we have this type of circle. Here we a circle, as you can see, one of the problem is attracted something with 1.4 for the radius, so 2.8 diameters. This is why I need to come back to here on this area because if I create a sketch here, and as you can see a curt circles just on this area. Concretely, what is the size of this circle, it is 1.4 for the radius. I need to exit my sketch. Again, exit the sketch, go on file. Open recent. I will select my part number s. I need to change that for the sketch sketch, and it the sketch. I will select here. We need to select the circles, and yes, I made a mistake here, so we need to tape 1.4 limters, validate, exit the sketch, and now it is pretty better. Last thing that I need to do on this one, it is to click on this face, craft new sketch. So click here. This one, create a sketch. I will create another circle little bit bigger on this area, and I will define a value of two for the radius validate, exit the sketch, create a small extrusion, extrude bus base, with only one direction using blind, and I will reduce the value with only two millimeter just here. I will just validate to create this type of sings. It is the par numbers where we can go and fail, save to this computer, and I will craft my last part, file, new parts, and I will just validate. On this new part, I will activate this one and I will activate this one. On this new part, I will slick no time the front plane cta sketch. On this front plane, we will define a small circle from the center, and I will define a value of two millimeter. Validate, exit the sketch. Let zoom little bit craton extrusion, extrude bus base. We can apply a value for this one. We can go on the or directions. It will be preti better, and I will apply a value of two and just validate. After to do this work, I will go and file, save to this computer. I will define the part number four. Now we can find four parts and it will be perfect if we want to work, for example, with an assembly. After to save the different part, we can go on open resent and I will select the part number one, and we'll be able after to add materials and also to create assembly. 122. Hinge modeling part 3: We are going to continue, and I will add materials on the different parts. First things to do on each part, when we go here, we can change and we can deactivate this view. So first, can deactivate the view of the different element. We can also even click here and focus on this type of view. We'll add the material. Each time you select the part, You can go on the material features, and some materials that we can use, we will go on the right, and here we will apply a new materials. Well different type of material features, we can click this one and something that we will use, we can use something like polish cold. After to see this one, I will go on the left, I will keep the parameters and something that we can use here. We have some advanced parameter also. On the advanced parameter, I can focus on the part number one. Illumination also, and I will increase little bit the specular amounts. At the specular amount, we put this also at once and specular reflections. I will increase also little bit on this area. I will put this one at 0.8. Reflection amount here we can keep, so I can just apply one and 0.8, one and 0.8. It's okay for this first part and we are going to repeat the process for the different parts. I can validate this one and I will select file, and I have my different element open already, but I can directly go on open recent. So thanks to that, I don't need to change window. Automatically, I can switch for one to another one. I can also go on file first and save to this computer. Let's click on file. Open recent and let's select the part number two. This is a part number two. One more time I can click here and hide the different element. I will be able to burn this area perfect. And selector material also. Let's select the part number two. On the Part number two material options, and I will do the same type of work I will select here. We have also this type of material that we can choose, but definitely aluminium here on metals options. I will select another one, and directly, we can use the Polish glt so this one. I will go on the left one more time illuminations, and here we'll increase the amount to one, and here we will change the amount to 0.8. Perfect. After to do this work, I can validate. This will be the render, and I will go file and save to this computer. After let's open the order one, so open recent part number s. W this one, we can one more time hide this and obtain the shaded view. One more time I will define the material, silic the part number s and edit the appearance. I will go on the left, metals, and I will silic one more time the polish cold, G on the left, and we will repeat the process with the illumination, increasing the value of one, and t just change the specular amount for 0.8. I will just validate this one. I will select file and just save to this computer. I will craft the last one, so we'll go on file and directly open recent part number four. One more time I will click here to hide the different axis, different construction plane, and I will change for the display style, and will select shaded. I will select the part number four, and on the part number four, I will activate one more time the same materials, metals, and we can select polish prans. I will go on the left, illuminations, increase the specular amount to one and change the specular sprit with a value of 0.8. I will just valid it, click in here. And we can also file and directly serve to this computer. Now I have my four parts and we'll be able to crater assembly using these different parts. 123. Hinge modeling part 4: We are going to continue with this training and for this, we can create a assembly. To do this type of work, first things to do is to create a new document. We'll go and file new, and we will be able to create a new document and we will select assembly just here. After to do this work, I will just validate, create my new assembly, and the first thing to do is to import the different part. As explained before you have different way. One of the best things to do is to go directly on insert component. And here in the open document, I have my different part located here. But as I explained before, you can also directly select also from your computer if you save on your computer. Something that I can do is to select my part number one, and Drag and move the part number one just here. You can double click on this area. I can Zoom little I and let's just skip the value of 90 degrees, and I will put my first part around this area. Perfect. Now I need to insert my second part to insert the second part insert component, part number two, and you can double click and you can move around this area, and I will put the second part around this part around this position, this location. Let's slick one more time insert component. I will sect the part number su. Double click on this part number S, and I will define the part number su around this area. I will select insert component one more time define the part number four, and double click to position to select the Par number four and position this one around this area. So Perfect. Now in the construction tree, as you can see, we have the part number one, the part number two, the part number three, and the part number four. We need to add a relation between these different elements. The first relation that I will be apply, it is between this one and this one. For this, we can open the matt features. In the matt features, we have different type of options. Something that I can do is to for example on this part, I can define one of the circle. We can link for example this point, and it's possible to link this point to this one, or we can link for example just this phase to another phase. We have different type of options. Let's for example, click on this face, just here, I can select this phase, where I want to go, I just want to go to this face. I will go left click and left click and as you can see now, we have coincidence. But it's only coincidence, so we don't have something perfectly. We don't have concentric. One of the best things to do, we can change that. I will press a skep here, and I will go back on this direction. One of the best things to do, we can also salic for example this one here, and we can select this one also. L et's redo this option. Cilic mat one more times and silic for sample here. We have the inside of the circle and here we have the inside. We can just put like this and after to offset. I can validate first. After I can use one more time the selections, and we can click on this one here. Can click for example here, and I will be able to put this one just here. And that's it. Now it's match perfectly. In two steps, we can do this type of for. It's perfect. Now, something that I would like to do is to link this one. How to link this one, first, I can click on this part. It means the faces, and I will be able to link this faces to this one just like this. Thanks to that, I can put this one just here. Now I want to create the offset. I have different options. One of the best things to do we can create offset, if I just valid it here. We can also have the possibility to click maybe if I zoom a little bit, yes, I can click here, this pace, and I will be able to link this pace to this face. Perfect. Thanks to that, I don't need to drag and move the element directly inside. And I can just validate this relation. The last relation that I can apply it is with this element. I just need to link directly this face, and I can link directly this face to this one here, but I need to click here. If I click here to here, it's not going to work properly. Going to remove this edge and remove this edge. If you click directly on this one, and you go directly on this area, here, as you can see, it's not working properly. Here we have a face, this is a bos extrude, and Let's just come back, click here, and we can go on this area. But the element as you can see will be locked here. I can validate. I can click on this one here. If you click on the top of this face, we can also drag and move here. It's almost good, but we need to create the offset. In this type of case, if I want to create the offset, maybe it's going to be difficult. We can just drag and move the element. In this type of case, it's not extremely convenient. Something that I can do just to validate, select my P number four, and we can drag and move the part number four, but as you can see it's not working properly for a simple reason that we have the constraint. I have mitt in my assembly, I can remove this one. Yes. I can remove this one. Yes. Now if I select my Part number C, four, I have the freedom to drag and move. Something that we can do is to use Matt. This type of case, we can use advents, and we can select the profile center. When we click on the profile center, you can click here, he will define the profile center, and we can click here, he will define the profile center. As you can see it's going to work properly. We have this option interesting to work with the profile center, and I can just valid it and it's okay for this assembly. As you can see it's convenient, and it was a perfect example about what you can do. You can create different parts, you can add materials, and then you can link these different parts as you can see. 124. Bench modeling part 1: In this training, we're going to see how to create a bench. For this to create this bench, first things to do, I will select the right plane, and I will create a sketch. Something that I will do to add guide. I will select my line tools here. With the line tools, we have the possibility to craft a line, so I can start with a line on the directions, and this line, I will define a value. So I can click here. And I will define a value on the left, and I will define a value of 40. Then I will craft a second line on this direction on the left, just here, and I will change the size of this line and I will define 30. After I will create another line, starting from this part, go on the left also. On this line, I will define another value, and I will tape 34. Thanks to that, I will be able to create another line from this point to this point, just like this. After to do this type of work, I can press a scape, selling my line tool again and craft a line on these directions. This line, I will define a value. The value will be four, just like that. I will process cap select my line tools, define a small line on this direction. Process p, click on this line, and define a value of four millimeter, and then I will create another line from this part to this part, and I will define also a value of 4 millimeters. I will finish with this line to snap from this point to this point. So it's okay for that. Now I need to click on this line and press Delete. And click on this one and press Delete also and click on the small one here and press Delete also on the keyboard. After to do this type of work, I can repeat the process on the right. And for this, I can mirror entity. Entity to mirror, I will select all this element with a frame of selection. Copy, mirror bat, and we will select this line. And thanks to that, I can repeat the process and just validate my mirror. To go greatly if I use my smart dimensions, here we will have a value of 44, just like that. Here we have a value of 40. If I go on this direction, I have a value of 68. If I go on this direction value of 60, and here we have just a value of four on this area. So you can add this value, but you can not apply this value. It was just to show you the final dimension that we obtain at the end. So now it's okay for that. We can exit the sketch. So just exit the sketch here and create an extruion with extra bus base. What I will be able to do, we can go on two direction, Midle points. We'll go just on one direction. I will change the value just here, and I will tape value of four millimeter. After that, I will just validate my extrusion. I want to change the position of the solid body. Now I have one body, I want to change the position. You can see this solid body here, and we need to change the position. I will go on this area insert, and we can select in the features, move copy. As I explained before, body to move copy, I will select this one, and I will go on the left. Here I can drag and move on this direction and just define specific value. So what value I will define, I will define a value of 80 like this. After to enter the value of 80, you can create a copy or not. I don't need to create a copy, and I will just validate. It's perfect because I can create a symmetry of this body on the right, and I will keep the right plane. I will use the right plane as a base. So let's select the mirror features. Here we need to change features to mirror. I'm going to remove this one, and we need to click on body to mirror. And I will slick this body just here. Here you have merged solid, you need to deactivate merged solids or you won't have a render. It's not going to work, and I will just validate. But why I have this message for a simple reason that I need to salck the mirror face plane. I will slick this one and I can repeat on this direction. So now after to do this work, I will create another sketch and another sketch just on this face. So I can click here, this face. Create a sketch. I will just use my rectangle tools corner rectangle to snap to this point and to arrive until this point. Make this. I will exit my sketch, create an extrusion. So I will use extrude base here. Here I can merge the result or nut. If I want to add another element, maybe I don't need to merge, and I will apply a value of four millimeter and just validate. Thanks to that, I will have three bodies and do something like this. So it's okay for that we have this base for this bene. 125. Bench modeling part 2: We're going to continue with this bench. Something that we're going to do, it is to craft another part. For this, I will select. We need to focus on this face here. I can click on this face and craft a sketch to be on this area. First things to do with the line tools, I will hoops come back to this view. With the line tools, I will snap to this point and craft a line on the directions. Here. After I can click on my line, we can define lane. So what lane, we will define little too much. I can define 60, and we can define also angles. I will reduce little bits of angles. I will define angles here, we have 96 here 94. I think 96 will be pretty good. After to do this type of work, I can validate my line. Selling my line tool again, crat small line on these directions here. And click on this line, define dimensions of four, so we can take four. Validate this line. Create a no downline. Click on this point. This direction, press escape or directly enter the value if you prefer, and I will apply a value of four millimeter. Then with my line tool, I will create and dow line from this point to this print. So after that, let's select the rectangle tools here. And Corner rectangle, I will snap to this point. So here we can snap to this point and create rectangles. I will press a scap, click on this line of the rectangles to define the value of 20 millimeter. And click on this line of the rectangle and define four limter. After that, I will use my line tools, and here we can snap from this part to this part, and snap from this part to this part. Something that I will do it to slick my line tool, snap here until this part and stay on the same axis scap. Click on my line tools and just drag and move here, just like this also. Something that I need to do it to use my smart dimensions, and From this line to this line, I can define a value of four millimeter, just like that. One of the problem is it's going to move a little bit. This is why I'm going to come back just here. And if I don't want to have this problem, I will redo. If I don't want to have this problem, I will use one more time a smart dimension tool, so I will apply this value to have a constraint value. Here this value to have a constraint value also, 24. Now if I press here, and I define a value of four millimeter, it will be Pty better. And now I can adjust with stream entity. Click here to adjust and click here to adjust. Here we have an der point, but we can also remove this line and just press a scap and extend this line now. So if I remove this, for example, this one, I can extend my line until to snap to this point. And that's it. So after this one I can remove if I don't want anymore, I just add a sketch fillet. So Sketch fillet, click on this line and this line. I will remove keep constraint corner, and I will activate I think a value of four. And I will repeat the process with also sketch filet, here and here, Aidate, four, and I can continue here and here. Yes. And also here and here and just aidate. It's okay for that. I created this element. We can just validate, and I will exit my sketch to create an extrusion. Extra bus base, we will go inside, so it means on the order directions. I will put a value of four millimeter and I will deactivate merge result to create a new body. Thanks to that, I can just validate. Here. Something that I will do then is to add a mirror one more time. So mirror. Let's just change here body to mirror, and I will select this body. Mirror phase plane, right plane. And here we are not going to merge the solid. So just validate, I can stay on my solid body. I have multiple solid bodies, and I will create another one clicking on this face, create a sketch. And to craft this sketch, I will craft a line as a guide first going on these directions. I will go left click here, and I will change the value, for example, fimeter. After to do this type of work, I will create a second line starting here on this area, and we need to snap on this area. But first things to do, I will go on these directions until here. I will click on my line, define value, let's just step a value of 46. Select my line tool again. Snap here to this one here. I need to create ano line. After that, something that we can do it to follow. So we need to create something perpendicular here. And I need to come back on these directions and have something perpendicular also. If I take this line, st slap to this point to this point, I will have something perpendicular. After to do this type of work, if I zoom so I have my element, I can zoom a little bit. Normally, I have all the slapping options activated. I can just remove my small line that I put as a guide here press delete, and I will exit my sketch just like that. But I think I'm going to change something. I will come back to my sketch, edit the sketch, and something that I will do. I don't want to have this perpendicular, so I will drag and move this line. I will drag and move this line and delete this one. I will change a little bit. I will click on my line tool and just make some on the direction, just like that. Then I will go here and just make something on this direction. Concrete it will be parallel to this line. After I just need to snap this point to this point, and I just need to snap this point. Oops, snap this point to this point. Is it working? I need to deactivate this one. Hoops click to deactivate my cross strain. Now, yes, I can snap to this point. It's okay for that. I can exit my sketch, create extrusion, so I will select this sketch. Extrude both base. I will go in these directions. I will deactivate merge to result and something that we can do direction I can use up to next, and I will just validate like this. Now I have six different bodies and we have all these base for our bench. 126. Bench modeling part 3: We are going to continue. And some thing that we're going to do is to add here, we're going to craft different ts. And for this, I will click on this face first and I will edit the sketch. Here on this area hoops. I'm going to come back. Yes, click on this face and Crato sketch. Yes. I will define rectangles. Here we can find the center on this area. I can use my center rectangle tools, snap to the center and go on the live here. After to do this type of work, I can Zoom little bit, click here, and we can define a value of just four millimeter. And something that I would like to do it is to repeat this process. But if I don't want to have init problems, I need to remove the point here, the point here, so it means all the snapping option constraints that we have on this area because I want to use the linear sketch pattern feature. So I will use the linear sketch pattern features. First, I silt axis, we can click on for example this line, this edge, and after to do this type of work, I can define a number, and I can define also here value. Here displays the sts enter to skip, so we have the directions where the dimension is spacing. But as you can see it's not working properly. I think I have something one more time about short points. Let's zoom a little bit. Maybe I am something coincident just here. I will deactivate silt and press delete on the keyboard. Now it looks better. I can repeat my linear sketch patterns. Let's click on the axis. It means these directions. After I will, yes, I forgot to define the entity to patterns, so I need to select this line. I need to see this line, this line, and the last line will be this one like this. Here on this area, I can define the number. And I can define also the dimensions here. So we have four. If, for example, I increase, I will obtain this render, I think it's too much. You can also flip the directions if you need. Let's just reduce here, we have two. I will try to reduce with eight, and we will puts, I think four entity will be perfect for what I want to do, and we have a value of eight millimeter. If I increase a little bit nine, it will be too much. Maybe I can focus with eight point, something like 8.4, and it would be pretty cool. After I to do this work, I can just validate. I will repeat the process on the other side. And I will use mirror entity. Copy, entity to mirror, I will create a frame of selection of this element, mirror or butt and I will define this line. After I can just validate, and I will upturn this render. After that, I can exit my sketch, craft an extrusion, and I will use the extract cut. We'll go on this direction. As you can see that it's too much, we don't need to go with all this, but it's okay. It's going to work, and I can craft my cut. Now let's repeat the same type of process, but this time where on this face. Let's just click on this face, craft to sketch. One of the problem is I don't have directly my Midl point. To find my MDL point, I have different type of option. The best option is to define a line from here to here. And I will press a scap and to define an oder line from this point to this point. Even if I think I could define a line here and maybe facilt my rectangle tools from center. I think it was possible maybe to define the center, but it's going to be okay. We're going to use this one. And I will craft my rectangles, click on this line, and I will define a value of four millimeter. I will here remove the different constraint of A different coinciden constraint. I will remove this different inside on constraint after to do this type of work, and I will remove also this line and remove this line. Now I can repeat the process one more times select mirror entity. A not ner entity, select first linear sketch patterns. On the linear patterns features, I will define entity to patterns, and I will select this line, this line, this line, and this line, and I will select axis and axis, I will select this line. But the display is going to be too much. If I repeat like this, even if I repeat with four, it will be too much. I will just apply, I think Yes, I just apply Si. I will reduce lets just step, something like eight, Zoom little bit, and I will increase with maybe maybe nine too much. Pink I can tap as 1.4, just like that, and I will validate. L et's repeat the process on the other side, symmetries, mirror entity entity to mirror, and I will select this one, mirror butt, and I will select. Here's the problem if we don't have line. Before to do this type of work, I need to crater to line. I will craft to line in the midle here. Here we can find the medal point, and I will craft a line from this point to this point and just press ke. After to do this work, one more time, mirror entity, entity to mirror. So we can create a frame of selections, copy, mirror or bat, this line, and we can just validate. Then I will slick this line, I can delete. I don't need anymore. Exit the sketch just like this. Let's just crate an extion extrude cut on the directions, extrude cut, and I will just validate like this. One of the problem is, it's not what I want to do because I need to select the right sketch. Let's just do this again. I will s my sketch just here, extrude cut, and I can go in this direction. Normally, it's going to work properly, but as you can see, we ot this one. Why we obtain this one? Yes, for a simple reason that we open on this area. I need to do something a little better. So here you have the feature scope, and you can select all body. And if I select all body, we'll obtain this render also. This is where is not pretty good. I need to make some adjustment. Something that I will do is to repeat the process, extrate cut. First, I will select this sketch, extrate cut, and here we'll put from all bodies. I will just validate all bodies and now it's going to work properly. So it's okay for that. I can just finish with maybe I can extrude here. Maybe I can just finish on this area. Click on this face, and I will apply a small filet on this face. I will just validate with the value, so I need to reduce my value. Even if you apply two, it's already too much, just, apply a value of one, and I will just validate like this. I will go also on the right. Zoom little bit, click here, activate filet. And one more time, I will apply 1 millimeter, and I will just validate. 127. Bench modeling part 4: We are going to continue with this bench. Something that we are going to do first is to change the display. So I will go in this area, will deactivate the different views of the plane and at the center to deactivate this views of the plane. I will also deactivate the view of the cred and just click here. Activate, shaded. After to do this type of work, if I want to add materials. I can go on this area and open the appearance panels. I think I will apply just the same materials on all my bench. So we can go on the left and we can find a list of different materials here. You can also apply a color. I can go to have different options. If I just want something in metals, I can select one of these. For example, if I wanted something more like plastics, I can also select one of these. Let's take an example also about the wood. For this, you can select organics, and inside organics, you can select wood, and you have different type of food that you can apply. For example, I apply this one, can zoom little bit, and with this, you can scale, as I was explained before, your material using these features. This can scale here using these materials. It's not exactly what I want to do. I will go back with the options. I will click again on the material features. I'll just come back with something metallic basic metallics, and we have these different type of options. I can also use this one and interesting as you can see, and you can also scale if you want. Let'll just click here. Apply something like basic polish aluminum that we use a lot, and I will increase little the reflection with the options one more time, so I will go on the left. And here we have some advanced feature. When I click on advanced features, I can see illumination, and we have the diffused amounts, the thing that I like to do it generally to increase the specular amounts, and the specular also spread blueness. Thanks to that, we can have more reflections here. After to do this type of work, I can just validate, and that's it. We're finish with this type of creation. If you want just to introduce an environment on the background. As I explained before you have a list of different type of environment. You can also manage your favorite environment, and if you want to add more environment, you can just to click here. When you click here, you can manage favorite, and you can add new environment like for example, I wanted to add this one, this one, maybe this one, or this one. I can add these different ones and after they will appear on this area. As you can see. Here, we just have another type of environment. If I want to change again, I will select here, manage fiber rightate. If I want to remove some environment, I can go in this area. For example, I can select this one, this one, this one, this one, this one, one, two, three, four, I need to keep this one that we have by default, and I can just validate. You can remove some environment and ed it with another one. Let's just sick here again, our environment. Manage favorite here. Si 456 and we the band five acrons, and here it was a number. I can keep this one just here. If I just come back with the set point faded, don't forget also that you can apply the shadows. Here you can activate the shadows in the shadded mode. It can be interesting. You can also activate ambient occlusion just here. You can also activate change for perspective, as you can see it's interesting to have the view with a perspective also. Just like that, and you can activate also a cartoon view if you need. Just like this. It's okay for that. It was interesting training, how you can create to bench, as you can see. If you want to come back at any moment, you can also go right click here, you can remove the appearance, and you can come back with this type of render and we have the p b, but we can change plan we, and we have more options one more time. 128. Shower modeling part 1: In this training, we're going to create a shower. It's going to be a shower for a garden and very interesting training one more time to see different features with this type of work. First thing that I'm going to do for this shower for garden. It is to create a base and from this, I will set the top plane here, and I will create a sketch. So we create a base and we'll see define the rectangle tools just here. I will create a rectangle from center. Just on this area. Here we focus on millimeter even if we can change the unit. But this type of case we'll focus on millimeters. I will go out and I will just click here, and I will change my value. And what value I will apply, I will apply a value of 100. Just here, I will apply a value of 100 also. So I will click here 100. On this base, I will tape 100 also, just like that. After to do this type of work here, I will reduce. I will reduce. I put 100, but it's not exactly what I want to do. So here I will keep Yes, here on this area, 100. And on this area, we'll change this value just here. So here 100, and then I will click on this area, and I will put a value of ten. So now it's okay, I can exit my sketch. First, I will craft my first extruion, so extrude bus base, and I will craft my base. I'll just craft a small ext with value and here I can apply only two. And I will just validate. Now what I'm going to do, it is to craft an no der sketch. I will come back to the top plane just here, create an der sketch. After to do this type of work, I will craft and rectangles, so center rectangles just here. And this rectangles, I can define I can define no dctngle on this area, so first, I will craft a line on the directions just here. And this line will be at value of 45, so I can press a ska Click on my line and just tend the value for 45. Between two craton order rectangles, center rectangles and craton or or rectangles here. I can select two value also, 100 for this one, and then I will click here, and I will define and value of ten on this area. So perfect, I can click on this line, just press delete. I will exit my sketch, create extrusion, extrude bus base, and I will put two millimeter also. Now I can repeat my features on the order side, so I will select mirror. Select mirror face plane, this one, and I can repeat the features just here. One of the problems, it's only a merging feature, so here we'll select on this area body to mirror first. And here, this is a feature, so I will remove the features because it's not the features that I want. It is the body, so I will click on body, and I'll click on this one, and I will just validate. So it's okay for that. Now, we have three different bodies. I will click on this face, craft a sketch here. I will slick my rectangle tools, center rectangles. And Something that I will do to create a first rectangle, but yes, center rectangle just here. But it's not what I want to do. I will define corner rectangles. Just snap here until this area just here. I will define value from this one. Concretely, I will take this element, and I will change the value. After to do this type of work, so this value, we have 14, we will change for 16. Here we have the value 100, it's perfect, and I will just repeat this process. What I will do, I will use the linear sketch pattern, ear sketch patterns, and I will silt axis. So here directions, I will silt These directions, H number one. After entity two patterns, I will silic this line, this line, this line, and this line, and ab the direction number one on this area, will increase my number. One of the problem I need to invert, I will invert. Just here, I will put value of five, and I will increase my value. Here we have 20 let's just increase, so here it's not 20 that I need to put. Normally, if I put 21, yes, perfect, I will have exactly five elements, so it's perfect here. 215 for repetition. If I continue, I will just validate, perfect. After to do this type of four, I can exit my sketch, and I will create an ext extrude bus base, just like that, and a bad extrate bus base feature will apply a value here we have two. And I will apply your value of two. Here we have merge results, I will deactivate merge result to have multiple element. Now what I will do, I will turn it a bit, go on this axis. And just on this area, we will create a sketch. But where will be the sketch? The sketch need to be just here. Something that I will do, first, is to create a sketch on this face. Create a sketch, just like that. I will define rectangles. Center rectangles. I can bit out. But I need to just let little space. This is the reason for which I will craft a line first, craft a line snapping directly from this point, and I will put my line at a value of six. I'll go here, slect this line, and I will define a value of six. So after to do this type of work, I will craft a rectangle from center. Center rectangle, I will snap to this point just like this. And I will crate an element. I will change for different value. So I will click on this line. And here we have a value of six, so it's perfect. And I will click on this line and I will increase with a little value of eight millimeter. Then I will press a skep. Click on this line, press delete. Exhibit my sketch, and we can craft a post, and I will extrude with the bo base features. Just on these directions. I need to increase with a value of 200 here. We'll apply a value of 200, just like that. And after to do this type of four, can just validate here. Maybe it's not big enough. If I come back to my sketch, heed the sketch, maybe I can increase a little bit this size. So click on this one and I will increase 410. I think it will be pretty better for the render. One of the problems is now if I click on this point, as you can see, it's not working properly. For a simple reason that I have probably, yes, I have not the insured point in the Midle I will select this point. Yes, I will select this two point, and here we have this type of relation or maybe I can put fix. I can select also this line, C s this line. And something that we can use it have equal value, parallel value collinear. Maybe I can put some equal value. I can click here on this one, Control this one, put equal. If I extend, the problem if I don't stay in the center. So I'm going to come back. So to make something pretty simple and to be sure to not have problems, I will redo again, cratocent rectangles snapping here. And I will enter my two value, so it means this one will be six, and this one will be ten. Just like that. One of the problem is it's not pretty good. So when it's like this, when sometimes for different reasons, it's like this, can advise you to just redo your last action. So definitely, it's not a problem. Can make sometimes some troubles. And I think the best things to do is to redo the actions. Sometimes it's pretty faster to want to solve something. So I'm going to increase finally here. Let's put six. Let's put on this one value of ten. Now it's pretty better. I can click on this line, just press delete, exit the sketch. Just like that, and now I will have this extrusion perfect. 129. Shower modeling part 2: We're going to continue with the creation of this shower for garden. Something that we're going to do is to just click on this face and create a sketch. I want to add circles, but first we need to set the position. For this, I will click on my line tools. Here we can snap on this area and define first position. I will go here and I will create a first element just here. I will zoom a little bit. I have this point, and I will define a value. I'll define a value of 120. Here I can put 120. After that, I can create my first circles just here, so I can create a first circle on these directions. Here, and I will put a value, just a value of a not for a value of three, and I can just validate. Then I can slick this line and just press delete. So something that I will do it is a repetition. Linear sketch patterns, Axis, can click on this line and entity to patterns, this circles, and we'll invert the direction invert, and here just need to work with three entity, and we can change the position, as you can see. Here we can increase the position just like that. Here it is the number, and here it is the position. So what position we will use I will reduce just on these directions, and about the value. Let's just put I think 40, it's a little too much because we need to place what's around here and ano around here. So concretely, I think I can try with 34, it's not enough, maybe 36. Yes, it will be pretty good for what I want to do. I will just validate, exit the sketch and create a small ext, extrude bus base. But just with a very small value. Need I need to make a small value. And the value will be two, just like this. And I can just validate. Then I will select this face, crate a sketch again. I will little bit, crate another circles and define another circle just here, and the value will be 1.2. After to do this type of work, I will go here also, and the value will be 1.2. N of value here will be also 1.2. I will exit my sketch here. I will craft an extrusion. Well, the problem, I merge the last action, but it's okay we are going to stay here, and I will just extrude extrude both base, just like that, and I will put a value. It just change. Let just put a value of four millimeter and just validate. After to do this type of work, I will add a little filet on this one, and this one and this one, and I will apply a filet. Here this is two it's too much, just need to apply one, and I will just validate. Now some thing that I will do, it is to cate base and then to crate pass. So one of the first things to do. It is to create a new work plane. So here we can create a new reference plane. I can select as a reference the top here, just like that, and I will crate to offset. I will crate to offset, and I will put my offset at here 100 116 millimeter. I think it's to 114 millimeter, just like that. After to do this type of work, I will create a sketch. I will click here, crate a sketch. I think I'm not on the right work plan, I just exit the sketch, and I will do again this work, click on the new work plan, create a sketch. After to do this type of work, I will slick my circle tools, and with my circle tools here, we have this element, for example. What I need to do concretely, I need to snap here and to create something just like this around this area. I can define a value. I just define a value of two here. If I want to move little, we have coincident constraint, and if I select my circles, we can drag and move a little bit on the right just here. Not too much will drag and move a little bit. After to do this type of work, I will exit my sketch just here and create a path. So the path need to be on the front plane, create a sketch. No on the front plane, need to be here. This plane. Yes, this is a font plane from this view, and I can one more time so crate to sketch, this one, crate a sketch. I will craft my path with the line tools. You need to have the base here in the Mdels, and you can focus on the direction until this area. Here I can select this line, define 100 millimeter. Then I will click on my circle tools, just go on this area. We need to check. Comparison of my base may be just here. I can select this line. I can define a value, I think 24 will be pretty good, and here we can enter angles, t center, for example, 16, and I will define a line going on these directions perpendicularly. On this one, I will select this line. I will define a lent, just eight, and maybe here the angle will be I think it's okay because it is perpendicular. I can click on this line increase a little bit my lane. Here 12, 12, it's too much, can just tap ten. I will apply a fillet. Let's click sketch fillet this one to this one, and I will change here a value of ten, let just reduce for six. And I can click here. And click here, six also, Dist this one, and if I just validate, I will obtain this render. Perfect. So now what I will be able to do it is to exit the sketch. And after to exit the sketch, I will be able to use my three buzz base features. So Click first, here we have the sketch. First, I will remove this one. Click here. And just define this base. And after that, we need to select the pass and the pass will be here, just like that. We can also apply scene features. So thanks to that, we can open inside. We have a value of one, I think it will be totally enough for Waterman to do. I just put a value. Even when maybe it's a little too much, we can put less something like 0.4. After to do this type of work, I will just validate just like this. Now, what I will be able to do here, just need to close. So we'll create a sketch on this area. Just select the circle tools, create a circle snapping from this center point. I think I need to turn on this direction if I want to try to make something better. Yes, just like this. Exit the sketch and create an extrusion. So Extrude bz base, just like this. I will reduce a little bit. To millimeter will be pretty good, validate, add a small fil filet. Just click here and we'll apply a value of 1 millimeter. Like that. We will just finish with this part so we can create a sketch just here. And create a sketch on this face sketch on this face I will use because here we have like this. I will use my circle tools. Just need to come back to the normals, and we can find the center point just like this. Create a circle just here. And this circle will have a value. If I just go on this area, ten millimeter. We can put ten millimeter, E the sketch, craft an extrusion. Before to do this, I need to come back to my sketch, fill it, and it the sketch. Because some things that I forgot, it's to create an oder circle in the midles, snapping here until this one. Now it will be pretty better, E the sketch, and crate an extruion with extra bus base. I need to sick the plane just like that. I think it's not working properly. Let's see the sketch again and just trade. Extrad with the value of 2 millimeters, it will be pretty good just here. Something that I forgot because I put this circle, but definitely it's not useful. We did the sketch, and I don't need to use this one. I'm going to remove this one. Exit. Yes, Obt this render. After we can create some holes in the mid, be maybe a long, but you can do something like this, did the sketch, and concretely, you can c maybe a circle at these levels, just like that. Here, the circles, you can complete with a dimensions. 130. Shower modeling part 3: We're going to continue with this training and with the creation of this shower for garden. Something that I need to do. As explained, I want to create my ef here, so we're going to continue, and I want to add multiple small holes on this area. So I can click on this face and I will create a new sketch again. So how to process. Concretely, we will create here for circles as a base in the medl. So here we have our element. And we can find the center point. I can craft the first circles just here, and this circle I can define dimensions. I will click on this area and first I will change. Here we have 0.4, and I think it's pretty good for what I want to do. Now I will create a second circles, and I will create a second circle just on this direction. I can snap here, go here and define another circle. The circles, I will put a value of 0.4, just like that. I can define a distance if I need. For this, I can select one of these tools. As I explained before, can use a smart dimension to select this to this. I can define a distance. For example, I can put two. And I can repeat here after we repeat, repeat, and probably repeat. I think it's pretty good for what I want to do at the beginning. Now, let's create. Let's go turn this circle around the door we. I can select the tools, circular pattern tools. After to slick circular, here you need to define the center, you can click on this point. And you can define a number entity two patterns the circles. Thanks to that, we can duplicate like this. But I will start with only six element and I will just validate. I will just repeat my process. So what will do I will craft another circle address here. I can craft a circles with this one with a value of 0.4 millimeter. After to do this type of work, I will also define my distance. So smart dimensions this point to this point, and we'll go here and we'll define a dimension of two. And it's going soon to work. Perfectly, this will stay fixed, and I can repeat my process. Or further something that we can do, yes, we will repeat the process first. So I will select one more time. The circular pattern stools, Parameters, I will define this one, I will define my center, so here, I will then define the entity to pattern, this one, and I will define the number. On more time I can increase the number, and here we'll put a little bit more, like for example ten. I can repeat the process. If it's not enough, I can come back here and maybe I could do a little bit more. If I undo the last actions, maybe I can do a little bit more. So let's just change circular patterns. Parameter. Let's just click here, and I need to entity to pattern this one, so I put ten. But maybe we can increase 12. Think it will be pretty better. I can just validate. Craton order circles on this axis. Just here. Clic my circle, define zero point. Four millimeter, distance, smart dimension this point to let the zoom little bit this point, and I will apply a value of two millimeter. Let's just repeat again. So one more time, I will be able to select the circular sketch patterns. I will one more time define my center, so it means here. I will at the same time select entity to pattern, the circles hoops, think it's not working properly. Let's redo this actions. So Let's just click here. Circular patterns. Here, this is the center, the entter had to be here, entity to pattern, the circles, and I will increase. In this type of case, we can put maybe a F 14 will be pretty good. Just apply 14. I think something is wrong. Finger didn't selected the right center. Finger selected the right center. Let's do this again, circular patterns, and here's the center, need to be this one. After entity to pattern this one, I need to increase the number with this one. Yes. Now we'll increase a little bit more and put, for example, 20 it will be pretty better. And just validate. Maybe I can repeat this last time. So it means cratla circles just on these directions. Here, silic 0.4 for the radius. Use my smart dimension tools, center to center, and just a space with two millimeter. I will repeat the last time, so just select circular sketch patterns activate the center, first, so my center need to be this point. Entity to pattern this circles, and we can increase the number. So Let's just put I think 30, and I will just validate. Now I crafted this type of work, as you can see. It was a long work. Let's just take the sketch and we can trade just here. So I will use my Extrude bus base features. Here, if we extrad we go this direction, I think it's better to click on the t c in this type of case and just go a little inside. No need to go too far, we just need to use a small value like for example, 0.4 to go a little bit inside. And that's it. This is the type of thing that we can do, and I can just validate to create this type of things. Here. I will make a little adjustment also. Just on this area, what does it mean? I can use my filet tools, activate a filet here. Here we value 1 millimeter. Maybe I can increase two millimeter, and I will slick filet one more time, and just hoops No click on this one. Just click on this one. I'll just change for 0.4, and I will apply also on this one, 0.4, just like this. It's okay for that. I will make little adjustment also with the filet tools filet. I can make a adjustment here on this one. I think it will be pretty good for the finans. I just apply your value maybe off. If I apply your value of two, let's take a look, thinks a little too much. I'll just put a value of one and validate here. Now, the last thing that I'm going to do it is to create a der sketch. I will click here on this face and create a sketch. I will just reinforce the base and I will use my line tools just here. And I will create a first line on these directions just like this. Yes, just on these directions. Crit a first line, but maybe it's not pretty good for what I want to do. I will reinforce just like this. So I'll crit another plane first, reference plane. Click on this face, invert the direction so here I can flip the offset and put a value may be of value of four. Just want to put this element in the mids, and this is why I need to select. S. I will just validate this new plane, and I will select this new plane here. If I can select this new plane, it's not pretty easy. I will just click here. Yes, and create a sketch. One more time, let's just select the line tool snap to this point, go on the directions. So here I can select this line, and I will change the dimensions. Here we have a value of 40, 40, too much. I will reduce with thing 30, just here. I will click on my line tool also and create no doer lines on this directions. Seven to two, too much, I will click on this one. I will put maybe 24, and I will click on this one and I will put 28, just to for this part. I will finish with another line from this part to this part. Now, what I'm going to do it is to exit the sketch and create a small extrusion, so extrude bz base. And I will go on the two direction. I need to change for meat plane. After to change for meat plane, we will increase a little bit, and the value that I can use, it is two is not enough. We can apply. Value maybe of four, maybe too to value of four, I think, because after I need to apply a filet Also in this area. Maybe I can put se 0.6. I would just validate, do the same thing on the other side with my mirror features. Here this is just a features. Lets just select mirror face. Plan, it will be this one in the midle both extrude, we can repeat on the other side just like this. Just here. That's it. I think it's pretty good. The only thing that I wanted to do it is to define an der filet, small filet on this different part. Here we have these different lines, and I would like to apply a filet but only on these type of edges. Here we are multiple edges, as you can see. I'm going to ops to silic here it's separate. I need to apply your value zero point maybe four, and I can repeat on my different element. I can click here, 0.4. We have different body on this base, and I can silic fill it again. Just click on this area, and this area also and 0.4. That's it. Fill it again. 0.4, fill it again. And then fill it again. We can add more fill in sub features, but I think we are going to stop here for this conception. 131. Shower modeling part 4: We are going to continue with this training. It is very interesting because we'll be able to make some transformation improvement. Before to do these things, first things to do, I will go on this area. I will just remove the display of this one and this one first. But we have also this different type of work plan as you can see. Something that I can do if I just go on the left. Here you can find the different work plane. You can also click here. When you go for example on this element, I will hide this one, and I will click on this plane, and I will also hide this one. One of the problem it is the body. I is interesting because we are being in trouble about the bodies. Here for example, I have this one, it's okay, this one, this one ok. One of the problem is, I have this one, I would like to create a separation. It will be better for the materials. Something that I can do, it's two select insert features. And here you can find split. So we have the possibility to use split. After to use split, you can see the trim tool. So what I will be able to do it is to select this one, this phase. And after I will use all bodies selected bodies, I will apply on Here you have selected bodies. I'll just select the bodies that I want, and here I need to select this body and I will select here not this one, just here. We have the trim tool. First, I will remove this one. What trim tool I will use it is this one, and here you can select the bodies, and I will select the bodies. One of the problems if I cut first on this area, maybe I will have a cut here. Maybe it's not pretty good. Something that I'm going to do, first, it's to work a little differently. We're going to insert features, and I will select split. Finally, I will change for this face on this area. After to select this, this one, I can select the body and here the face select the bodies and click on this one. I can click on cut body. Now I have a cut to separate this one and this one. You have resulting body, this one, and you have resulting body, this one just here. Something that we can do if I just validate, you need to specify the body for the operation. If you just click here, you can click the two bodies and you can just validate. So now, what's happened, you can see I separated this body from this body. It is perfect because I forgot to separate the body when I crad the extruion, and it's perfect because we can use the split body. This is why we have this type of features concretely. Let's see insert again, silic features, and I will silic split. Now, I will click on the Stream Tool this one and select the body this one. T thanks to that, we can cut on this area. I will just click on cut bodies. Now I will activate this one and I will activate this one. So one more time, it is great because I separated and I have now this part, separated from this part. After that, I could continue maybe to separate this one with this one, and we can split more, but at this tape to not spend too many times, we're going to stay like this for the bodies. Concretely, we have our base this part, this part, this part, this part, this one, this one, this one, this one, this one, and this one. It's okay. If I want it to maybe separate more, we can also separate this one here with this part. We can also separate here if we need. I'll just repeat maybe the process. Silic just to show you also again, features, split trim tools. I will silic this face just here. Select the body, this one, and thanks to that, I can craft to cut here, cut bodies. I will click on these two ones and just validate. Now I have also this part separated with this one. I'll just repeat the last time insert features split, and trim tool this time, I will select this face just here to craft to cut here, and I will select the bodies this one. And cut bodies, and I need to reperate this one and this one, and I will just validate, and now will split again to crate separation with this different element. So it's okay for that. Something that I can do just to add some material. So I can click on digo appearance here. Here we have the part number. If I go right click here, you can clear the selection, and you can just select slick bodies. For example, I can select the bodies here, with this one, this one, this one, this one, and this one. I can select this one, this one, and this one. For example, on the different bodies, I have the possibility to apply directly something. I'll just go on the right appearance here. We can use something, it depends about what I want to do, but it can be also something like woods, for example, we have some wood here, and we have different type of foods that we can use. Let's just apply one, for example, maybe this one can be interesting, I think. After that I can dragon move here to re let's just reduce a little bit on these directions. I think it is pretty good if I just slick here, we have the mapping options, so color image, mapping options. And by default, we have this one. This is a box mapping, but we can change also for, for example, the surface mapping. Think this type of case, we're going to use the box mapping, and here we have this print, maybe scale a little bit and just validate. After to do this type of work let's repeat this process. I will select one more time. Is it appearance, clear selections. I will select this one here. Oops. Right click. Clear selections. I will select bodies. Click on this one, click on this one, and click on this one. One more time, I will click on edit appearance. I will select the same type of tools, or we can just keep a base like this also. Have something a little different like here we have some plastic materials, different type of plastic materials that I can use. Here we have some elements like this. Maybe to put something more in black with this one. Use a type of metal materials also can be interesting or painting material. For example, this one, I think is pretty good for what I want to do. That's it. I can just validate. We can apply also some material just here on this one. I can click one more time on material options. Why click, clear the selection, activate to the body. When I go on this area, I can go on the right. Click here, and metals. Let's silic polish aluminum. A first I need to salect the body. Let's click on body this one, and on this body will activate my materials. And I will salect this one, just like that. I can on this materials, six the advance features, illumination, so one more time, increase the specular amounts, and one more time increase this value of specular split blurness. Just take this, and I can just validate. I will at the same time deactivate this preview, hoops, not like this to see the shadowed view. As we can see is the type of render that you can do to create this type of shower. We can also change we have demetric view. In this area, you can focus with trimetric view. You can focus with isometric view also. I can see it's pretty good. About this training, sometimes we can forget something also because try to not spend times to try to a various trainings, but not to spend also too many times. As you can see, it is pretty good about what you will be able to do if you want to create these type of models.